06 – Town Meeting

 Lou’s Views

“Unofficial” Minutes & Comments



BOC’s Special Meeting 06/04/26

Board of Commissioners’ Agenda Packet » click here

Audio Recording » click here 


1. Legal Services – Mayor Pro Tem Dyer
  a) Interview with Interested Firm
  b) Discussion and Possible Direction

Previously reported – May 2026
The RFQ for our Town Attorney had only one response.

Previously reported – March 2026
ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Action on Legal Services

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Attorney Moore submitted her resignation effective May 1st. In order to solicit new legal counsel, the Board would need to accept the resignation and determine the process for selection of the new attorney/firm. Staff recommends the Board direct staff to issue a Request for Proposals for Legal Services unless a different method is preferred to move forward.

The Board accepted attorney Moore’s resignation
A decision was made – Approved unanimously

Previously reported – June 2025
ISSUE/ ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Selection of Town Attorney

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Three firms applied to provide legal services to the Town. All the firms have been interviewed

They interviewed three (3) law firms and chose to select the Town  Attorney by ballot. They selected Moore Law firm was selected to provide legal services to the Town. Sydnee Moore our interim Town Attorney will remain as the Town Attorney.

Update –
The Board interviewed Brough Law Firm to review its proposal for legal services. During the discussion, it was noted that the firm had also interviewed with the Board approximately two years earlier. The firm stated that it currently represents Southport and Oak Island and expressed the view that those representations would not create a conflict of interest. Brough Law Firm emphasized that it would provide access to a team of attorneys, offering the Board a broader range of legal support and availability. It was also encouraging that all Board members participated in the discussion. By consensus, the Board directed staff to bring back a letter of engagement for consideration at the next regular meeting.


BOC’s Special Meeting 06/04/26

Board of Commissioners’ Agenda Packet » click here

Audio Recording » click here 


1. Budget Message


Budget Message

 Proposed Budget by Fund
                                                               2023               2024                2025               2026
General                                           $5,169,737     $4,736,246     $4,802,398     $6,350,726
Water & Sewer                              $8,007,682     $7,665,209     $2,873,651     $2,929,275
Water & Sewer Capital Charge  NA                   $1,482,145     $1,352,662     $3,529,111
BPART                                             $6,274,144      $6,239,679     $5,757,489     $5,079,590
Canal Dredging                             $3,370,912      $3,553,603     $4,889,843     $5,252,474
FEMA Capital Projects Fund      $73,644,019    NA                   NA                  NA
Water Capital Reserve Fund      $212,571         $244,674         $303,056       $363,056
Sewer Capital Reserve Fund      $358,063         $579,461         $675,440       $805,440
Beach & Inlet Reserve Fund       $1,375,110      $1,744,053     $6,507,152    $9,456,538
Capital Project                               NA                   NA                   $4,581,336    NA
Total All Funds                              $98,412,238   $26,245,070    $31,743,027  $33,766,210

2021 / $66,091,210 – $45,745,632 = $20,345,578
2022 / $96,588,739 – $73,664,019 = $22,924,720
2023 / $98,412,238 – $73,664,019 = $24,768,219
2024 / $26,245,070                          = $26,245,070
2025 / $31,743,027 – $4,581,336   = $27,161,691
2026 / $33,766,210                          = $33,766,210


The General Fund budget serves to fund daily and long-term operations and infrastructure of the town. This includes administration, police department, building and inspections as well as sanitation and streets.

The Water and Sewer Fund is an Enterprise (business type) fund that finances the daily administration and operations of the water and sewer department.

The Beach, Parks, Access and Recreation Tourism Fund (BPART) is a special revenue fund enabled by local legislation for the purpose of providing for beach nourishment and tourism related expenses.

The Canal Dredging Fund is also a special revenue fund authorized by local legislation. Its purpose is to maintain navigability of the islands’ twenty-five thousand linear feet of canals

The FEMA Capital Projects Fund serves to provide pass through federal grant reimbursements for debt service on storm damage repairs performed during the winter of 2021/2022 along the central portion of the island’s beach

The Water Capital Reserve and the Sewer Capital Reserve Funds were established in accordance with the Water and Sewer System Development Fee Act of2017 as amended and will be used to fund capital improvements to the Town’s water /sewer infrastructure in the coming years.

The Beach Re-nourishment and Inlet Management Capital Reserve Fund provides funding for future year beach and inlet maintenance projects.

The Capital Project Fund/Sewer Lift Station Project Fund is required to be established by the grants that will remain open across budget years until the project is complete.


Main Points

The total budget is $33,766,210 and provides for the following initiatives to improve or maintain service delivery:

      • Proposed tax rate is fourteen cents: no change from prior year
      • Satisfies all debt service and capital obligations
      • Focuses on high quality infrastructure
      • Continues the annual streets resurfacing program
      • Plans for a canal dredging event
      • Allocates 3% COLA/2.5% merit for personnel

The proposed budget sets forth four main governmental funds (General; Water & Sewer; Beach, Parks, Access, and Recreation Tourism (BPART); and Canal Dredging). Additionally, it outlines three Capital Reserve Funds and one Capital Project Fund. Each fund is represented in the following pages with detailed revenues and expenditures proposed for the upcoming fiscal year.

The following document presents the proposed annual budget for the upcoming fiscal year beginning July 1, 2026 and ending June 30, 2027, in accordance with the Local Government Budget and Fiscal Control Act. The document shows a balanced budget that totals $33,766,210. It is meant to serve the public in understanding the Town’s spending plan for next fiscal year and the process by which it was developed.


Conclusion

The proposed budget is the Town’s spending plan for the next fiscal year that specifically aligns with the targeted budget priority areas outlined earlier in this document and with the commissioners’ stated Goals and Objectives for the fiscal year. It requires collaboration and open communication between staff, elected officials, and the public. The plan positions us to face the unknown challenges that come from market variability. The budget is balanced with revenues equaling expenditures as required by the Local Government Budget and Fiscal Control Act and focuses on meeting obligations while advancing goals. Administration thanks all involved in its preparation and looks forward to moving toward adoption.

Update –
The Board reviewed and reached agreement on the submitted budget. The next step is the Public Hearing.


Editor’s note –

Part-Time Police Officer Positions 

The proposed budget would add four part-time police officer positions at no additional cost by shifting funds from overtime.

Holden Beach is an approximately 8-mile barrier island with about 2,486 housing units and 917 permanent residents. Its Police Department is staffed with 12 full-time officers, no part-time officers, and 7 beach rangers.

Ocean Isle Beach is an approximately 7- to 8-mile barrier island with about 3,200 housing units and 903 permanent residents. Its Police Department has a stronger staffing model, with 16 full-time officers, 3 part-time officers, and more than 10 seasonal beach patrol officers, giving it broader coverage and greater flexibility to serve residents and visitors.

Given these differences in staffing and coverage, which department appears better equipped to provide the safest and most welcoming environment for everyone?

For those keeping score at home,

HB has 19 staff members, while OIB takes the lead with 29.


Holden Beach maintains tax rate in proposed budget
The town of Holden Beach has set a public hearing date of June 16 at 5 p.m. for its proposed $33,766,210 fiscal year 2026-2027 budget, which will keep the property tax rate at $.14 per $100 value and increase the base rate for water usage by $3.50. The Holden Beach Board of Commissioners met for budget workshops four times this spring to determine goals, objectives, revenues and expenditures. During its June 4 special meeting, Town Manager Bryan Chadwick presented the budget message. “Your goals are to address Block Q area planning and construction,” Chadwick said, “to evaluate parking options, to further explore stormwater project construction, to explore future capital improvement spending and to focus on employee retention. The budget priority areas were high-quality infrastructure, community improvements, accessibility and strategic capital investment.” The proposed FY 26-27 budget includes, among other expenditures, a new part-time police officer program, funding for pier property planning and a 3% cost of living adjustment (COLA) for town employees. The town’s general fund revenue for the next fiscal year is expected to match general fund expenditures at $6,350,726, which is $1,548,328 more than in the fiscal year 2025-2026. Of that revenue, $3,421,653 is projected to come from ad valorem (property) taxes, an $86,375 increase from the FY 25-26 budget. The largest chunk of the town’s general fund expenditures, $2,199,323, is allocated for public works. The department has allocated $1.5 million for a phased stormwater initiative. The federal government will cover 75% of that project’s cost through a grant. This $1,125,000 in revenue from the federal government accounts for the majority of the increase in the general fund revenue compared to FY 25-26. The second largest general fund expenditure, $1,840,965, is for the police department. The proposed budget adds four part-time police officer positions, which Police Chief Steven Barger said would help cover special events, holidays and staffing shortages without relying as heavily on overtime. Chadwick said the positions can be funded within the department’s existing budget by shifting funding from overtime. The proposed FY 26-27 budget allocates $65,000 for overtime pay, down from $105,951 in FY 25-26. “All of our folks who were supposed to be off were forced to work the [NC Festival by the Sea],” Barger said, “because we had a couple thousand extra people here. It’s creating burnout.” Barger said the part-time officers would provide additional staffing during busy periods like festivals and holiday weekends, helping reduce employee burnout and allowing the department to maintain coverage when officers are on leave. The proposed budget also accounts for a reduction in parking revenue compared to the current fiscal year. The board came to the consensus that the town will not charge for parking during the months of November and December, resulting in an $89,755 projected decrease in revenue. Revenue from paid parking goes to the beach, parks, access and recreation tourism (BPART) fund. BPART fund revenues, designated for beach preservation and tourism related expenses, are projected to match expenditures at $5,079,590. The projected FY 26-27 BPART revenue is $677,908 less than last fiscal year’s total of $5,757,489. Projected BPART expenditures include $308,000 for operations, maintenance and repair of the Tri-Beach Fire Department substation on Starfish Drive. It also includes a $500,000 transfer to the beach and inlet capital reserve fund, and $85,000 for Block Q projects and professional services. Finance Director Daniel McRainey said the town currently owes roughly $2.8 million in total debt service on the pier property. The board decided to allocate $250,000 in the FY 26-27 budget for pier-related professional services. The town recently issued a request for proposals to conduct an underwater study of the pier structure. With a due date of June 10, the board will likely review the proposals and approve a contract soon after. The $250,000 will cover the underwater study and any future work stemming from its findings, Assistant Town Manager Christy Ferguson said. Planning and inspections department expenditures, $529,757, are projected to increase $21,271 from last fiscal year’s total of $508,489. This is due to incentive increases for achieving training certificate levels and an increase in the gas, oil and tires line to account for market fluctuations, the budget message states. Sanitation expenses are projected to cost $242,147 in FY 26-27, a $5,305 increase from FY 25-26’s projected cost of $236,842. The base rate for monthly water usage will increase from $26.62 in FY 25-26 to $30.12 in FY 26-27.
Read more » click here


BOC’s Public Hearing / Regular Meeting 06/16/26

Board of Commissioners’ Agenda Packet » click here

Audio Recording » click here 


Public Hearing


THB Newsletter (05/29/26)
TOWN OF HOLDEN BEACH OFFICIAL NOTICE
FY – 2026/2027 BUDGET / JUNE 16, 2026

Notice is hereby given that the Budget proposed for the Fiscal Year beginning July 1, 2026 and ending June 30, 2027, has been submitted to the Board of Commissioners and is available for public inspection online at https://hbtownhall.com/.

A public hearing on the proposed Budget will be held by the Board of Commissioners at 5:00 p.m. or shortly thereafter on Tuesday, June 16, 2026 in the Holden Beach Town Hall Public Assembly, 110 Rothschild Street. Oral and written comments will be received at the hearing from any interested person.

The Town of Holden Beach does not discriminate on the basis of disability. If you need an auxiliary aid or service or other accommodation in order to attend or fully participate at this meeting, please contact the Town Hall as far in advance of the meeting as is possible so that your request may be considered.


A public hearing on the proposed budget for 2026 – 2027 was held. Highlights include: maintaining the current tax rate of 14 cents per $100; purchasing three patrol vehicles for the Police Department and one vehicle for the Water/Sewer Department; funding for 3% cost of living adjustment and 2.5% merit pool for personnel; plans for a canal dredging event; engineering designs and construction for a phased stormwater initiative; a base rate increase on the water side of $3.50 for future capital project spending; and funding to begin design of a fire department and work at the pier property.

Update –
The Board is required to hold a Public Hearing prior to adopting the budget. The $33.8 million dollar budget as presented reflects budget meeting dialogues, is balanced as required by the Local Government Budget & Fiscal Control Act and is scheduled to be considered by the BOC’s later on tonight’s agenda. Town Manager Chadwick briefly presented the highlights of the proposed budget and is scheduled to be considered by the BOC’s later on tonight’s agenda.. The public was given an opportunity to comment but there were no comments made.


Regular Meeting


1. Consent Agenda Items

a) Police Report – Chief Steve Barger

Agenda Packet – pages 8 – 14

Police Report » click here

 b) Inspections Department Report – Inspections Director Evans

Agenda Packet – pages 1518

Inspections Report » click here

 c) Finance Department Report – Finance Officer McRainey

Agenda Packet – pages 19 – 24

Finance Report » click here 

 d) Public Works Department Report – Public Works Director Benton

Agenda Packet – pages 25 – 26

Public Works Report » click here 


2. Discussion and Possible Action on Ordinance 26-03, The Revenues and Appropriations Ordinance for Fiscal Year 2026 – 2027 – Town Manager Chadwick

Agenda Packet –
pages 2756

Ordinance 26-03 » click here 

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Approval of Ordinance 26-03, The Revenues and Appropriations Ordinance for Fiscal Year 2026- 2027

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Ordinance 26-03 is presented for the Board’s consideration. Highlights of the proposed budget include an ad valorem tax rate of fourteen cents per one hundred dollars; a part time officer program for the Police Department; and a $3.50 increase on the water base rate to plan for future needs. The budget also takes into account a reduction in parking revenue predicated on the Board’s discussion of allowing two months of free parking . An amendment to the fee schedule and a contract amendment with Otto Connect will be presented at a future meeting for the Board’s consideration.

Update –
The Board is required to hold a Public Hearing prior to adopting the budget. A public hearing on the budget for fiscal year 2026 – 2027 was held prior to the BOC’s Regular Meeting.  State law defines an annual budget as “a proposed plan for raising and spending money for specified programs, functions, activities or objectives during a fiscal year.” Local governments must balance their budget. Ensuring that government commitments are in line with available resources is an essential element of good governance. The proposed budget balanced with revenues equaling expenses. Commissioners must adopt the budget no later than July 1st for the next fiscal year. Adopting the annual budget is a primary responsibility of the Board. BOC’s approved the amended town’s budget ordinance for the upcoming fiscal year. The BOC’s approved the town’s $33,766,210 budget ordinance as submitted for the upcoming fiscal year.

A decision was made – Approved (4-1)
Commissioner Myers opposed the motion


Editor’s Note

North Carolina League of Municipalities

The average Cost-of-Living Adjustment (COLA) for North Carolina municipal and local government employees is 2.9% for the 2026-2027 fiscal year. This figure represents a slight decrease from previous years, continuing a downward trend toward pre-pandemic norms. Additionally, only 41.7% of the municipalities plan to offer both a COLA and merit increases, with a combined total average of 6.06%.

Holden Beach budgeted for a 4% COLA and a 2.5% merit increase for a total of 6.5%

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

Following discussion regarding the need to recognize the approximately $1.2 million expected to be returned by Brunswick County for Central Reach during the fiscal year, Commissioner Myers expressed concern that the proposed budget did not account for those funds. Commissioner Myers, a retired CPA, stated that he could not support a budget that knowingly omits the anticipated return of the Central Reach Interlocal Agreement deposit, which he believed should be reflected in the Town’s FY 2026/27 budget. He considered the intentional omission of more than $1 million, together with the apparent disregard for North Carolina’s Local Government Budget and Fiscal Control Act, to be a serious concern that could place his CPA license at risk—a risk he was unwilling to accept. Since he is the only financial professional on the Board, it was disappointing that the Board did not give greater weight to his concerns.

Budget Treatment of Central Reach Interlocal Agreement Deposit
The anticipated return of the Central Reach Interlocal Agreement deposit from Brunswick County should have been included in the Town’s FY 2026/27 budget. In 2016, the Town borrowed approximately $12 million to help fund the Central Reach beach nourishment project. Because the project involved placing sand on the beach, there was no traditional physical collateral for the loan. To support the financing, Brunswick County agreed under an Interlocal Agreement to guarantee the Town’s annual debt service. In return, the Town deposited $1,461,600 with the County, an amount equal to the largest single year’s debt service payment, to be held as security in the event of a missed payment. The money has remained a Town asset and has been reported in audited financial statements as “Deposit – Brunswick County Interlocal Agreement.” As the debt has been paid down, the County has returned excess amounts to the Town. The current remaining balance is approximately $1.18 million. The final debt payment is due in October 2026. Once that payment is made, the loan will be retired, the County’s guarantee obligation will end, and the remaining reserve will be contractually required to be returned to the Town under the Interlocal Agreement. The Interlocal Agreement Section 4.3 states:  Any of the Reserve Amount remaining on the date that the Town is required to make the final payment on the Special Obligation Bonds will be returned by the County to the Town for the Town’s use in making such a final payment. Brunswick County has approved this payment in their 2026-27 budget, adding even more certainty that the money will be sent to the Town. The Holden Beach FY 2026/27 budget does not reflect receipt of these funds. That omission is difficult to justify because the funds are the Town’s own money, are already identified in audited financial statements, and are expected to become available during the fiscal year. The receipt is also more certain than grant revenues already included in the budget. Under North Carolina’s Local Government Budget and Fiscal Control Act (G.S. Chapter 159), the budget ordinance must include all anticipated revenues and appropriations for the fiscal year. Excluding a known, material receipt creates a transparency concern, particularly when less certain grant revenues are already included in the budget. A budget that knowingly omits a near-certain, material cash receipt, one that is already an identified asset on our audited balance sheet, is an incomplete budget. The Town can address this issue by including the anticipated return of the deposit in the FY 2026/27 budget as a revenue line, such as “Return of Restricted Deposit – Central Reach Interlocal Agreement.” A corresponding appropriation should also show how the Board intends to use the funds. The Capital Improvement Plan already identifies these funds for the Beach and Inlet Reserve Fund in FY 2027/28. Because the receipt is expected in FY 2026/27, the related revenue and appropriation should be moved into the FY 2026/27 budget. If timing changes, the budget can be amended accordingly. Including the anticipated return of the Central Reach deposit would provide the public and the Board with a complete view of expected resources and ensure the budget accurately reflects the Town’s financial position.


3. Discussion and Possible Approval of Resolution 26-06, Resolution Amending the Town of Holden Beach Fee Schedule– Town Clerk Finnell

Agenda Packet – pages 5759

Resolution 26-06 » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Approval of Resolution 26-06, Resolution Amending the Holden Beach Fee Schedule (Water Base Rate and other fees)

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Increased water revenues are needed to offset increased expenses. Based on research, comparative analysis of neighboring municipalities and feedback from the Board, an increase of $3.50 is proposed, increasing the water base charge to $26.22 per month. Other service fees as attached are proposed to be amended. The Holden Beach Fee Schedule needs to be updated to reflect the proposed changes.

Update –
The Resolution updates the Holden Beach Fee Schedule to reflect the new water base rate charge. The increase in the water base rate charge was approved as submitted.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


4. Discussion and Possible Approval of Ordinance 26-04, An Ordinance Amending the Holden Beach Code of Ordinances, Title VII: Traffic Code – Town Manager Chadwick

Agenda Packet – pages 6068

Ordinance 26-04 » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Approval of Ordinance 26-04, An Ordinance Amending the Holden Beach Code of Ordinances, Title VII: Traffic Code

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:

    • To address concerns received from Otto Connect and observed by the police department about individuals taking advantage of the new parking spaces at the Block Q restroom for beach
    • To make a change in the ordinance to accommodate Board of Commissioners’ future actions on when paid parking is required, based on an annual
    • In preparing this update, additional items where identified that should also be updated. Explanations are included in line with each recommendation.

SHORT-TERM PARKING AREA.
A parking lot, space or other area designated  by the Town  as a location for short-term fee free parking. A designation  for  these  purposes shall  be indicated with installation of official signage indicating the allowed  term and/or  time restriction.
(Allows designation of parking areas fee free for restroom facilities, etc.)

Update –
The proposed changes primarily address the short-term parking spaces at the Block Q restroom facility. Additional wording was also cleaned up and modified for clarity. Overall, this is primarily a housekeeping item. The Board approved the item as submitted.

A decision was made –
Approved unanimously


5. Discussion and Possible Scheduling of a Date to Hold Interviews for Vacancies on Town Boards – Town Clerk Finnell

Agenda Packet – pages 6973

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Scheduling of a Date to Hold Interviews for Town Boards

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
There are terms expiring on Town boards in July, I recommend the Board hold interviews on Tuesday, July 21st  at 4:45 p.m. for people interested in filling the vacant terms. Attached are the lists of current members and their terms.

Update –
Heather indicated that some Boards would have vacancies  and they will need to hold interviews. The Board agreed by consensus to hold interviews to fill the vacancies before the next BOC’s Regular July meeting.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


Volunteers needed
Are you interested in serving on a Town board? The Town has vacancies on the Board of Adjustment, Planning & Zoning Board, the Parks & Recreation Advisory Board and the Audit Committee. Click here to view information on these boards.

Interviews for vacancies will be held on Tuesday, July 21st at 4:45 p.m. Click here to access an application if you are interested in applying to serve. Completed applications can be emailed to heather@hbtownhall.com or dropped off at Town Hall prior to July 10th.


6. Discussion and Possible Approval of Memorandum of Understanding Between the Town and Brough Law Firm – Town Clerk Finnell

Agenda Packet – pages 7479

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Approval of Memorandum of Understanding Between the Town and Brough Law Firm

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The Brough Law Firm has provided a Memorandum of Understanding as a result of their interview with the Board at the June 4th meeting. They are proposing that Brady Herman will serve as Deputy Town Attorney, rather than Bob Hornik, who was originally identified as the Deputy Town Attorney in their initial RFP response. If the Board would like to select the Brough Law Firm as the Town’s attorney, the suggested motion is to approve the Memorandum of Understanding.

Update –
Approval of the Memorandum of Understanding between the Town and Brough Law Firm. Town Manager Chadwick requested that we retain our current Town Attorney until several loose ends have been resolved.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents TextThis Board pushed out Town Attorney Sydnee Moore because she did not give them the answers they wanted. With only one interested law firm, the Town will move from paying $250 per hour to $1,350 per meeting. Therefore, we will be raising our annual professional services costs by roughly $10,000. Brilliant!


7. Discussion and Possible Action on Responses for an Engineering Firm to Perform an Underwater Study for the Holden Beach Pier – Town Manager Chadwick

Agenda Packet – page 80, plus separate packet

Proposals Pier Underwater Study » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and possible action on responses for an engineering firm to perform an underwater study for the pier.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The Town  issued  an  RFQ  for engineering services to perform an underwater inspection  of the  below  substructure  elements  of the Town pier. The RFQs were submitted on June I 0, 2026 and are included with the agenda packet.  Staff will review and have a recommendation at the meeting.

Previously reported – March 2025
HDR Executive Summary » click here

Previously reported – April 2025
HDR Condition Assessment » click here

A Bridge, Sun, Ocean, and a Couple of BirdsUpdate –
After reviewing the qualifications, the Board selected MidAtlantic Engineering Firm to assess the underwater structure, including the pilings, of the pier. Commissioner Myers noted that this represents a shift from the previous plan to build a new pier to repairing the existing pier. He reminded the Board that HDR Engineering Firm had previously advised that, over the long term, repairs could be more costly. Commissioner Smith stated that the objective is to determine the condition of the pier pilings and the estimated cost of repairs so the Board can decide how to proceed.

A decision was made – Approved (4-1)
Commissioner Myers opposed the motion

Editor’s note –
A Request for Qualifications (RFQ) is a document that asks potential suppliers or vendors to detail their background and experience providing a specific good or service. In this case, the buyer is only concerned about the vendor’s skills and experience. Professionals responding will be selected solely based on their qualifications and not on price. Once a firm is selected the Town will negotiate a contract for the desired services. Therefore, the response is not a bid.

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents TextThe HDR report clearly concludes that repairing the existing pier is not cost-effective. The structure has reached the end of its useful life, so any repairs would be temporary while still requiring substantial upfront and ongoing maintenance costs. From a fiscal responsibility standpoint, investing significant funds in a structure that will need continual repairs and eventual replacement is difficult to justify and risks throwing good money after bad. HDR made a strong effort to explain to the Board why repairs are not in the Town’s best interest. This is not only a financial issue: on five separate occasions, public input has shown insufficient support for a pier. Ignoring both the financial realities and repeated public feedback raises serious concerns about priorities and decision-making. Although other funding sources continue to be discussed, no funding has been identified to repair or replace the pier under either option.


Holden Beach solicits underwater pier study
The Holden Beach Board of Commissioners is taking another step in evaluating the future of the town pier, voting April 21 to move forward with an underwater study of the structure’s pilings. The pier property has been one of if not the most contentious topic of debate in town hall since the town bought it in 2022. It currently sits bare of any building, and the pier is closed to the public because of its instability. While some residents want to have a functioning pier back at all costs, others would rather focus on public safety and infrastructure projects, like building a fire station on the island. The current board is now tasked with navigating those competing priorities while trying to determine what is both financially and structurally feasible. The board during its April 10 special meeting discussed the project with staff, HDR Senior Engineer Bill Kincannon and HDR Project Manager Will Fuller. Some commissioners expressed desire to solicit realistic cost estimates of both repair and replacement options. HDR had been contracted in early 2025 to evaluate both repair and reconstruction options, including preliminary designs and cost estimates. However, after an initial structural inspection, the firm recommended against pursuing repairs, stating they were unlikely to be cost-effective compared to rebuilding, Fuller said. “Not that it is not possible,” Fuller said, “but it is not going to be cost-effective.” That recommendation led the town to halt further repair analysis at the time and focus instead on reconstruction concepts. It asked HDR to give a not-to-exceed cost estimate for the purpose of a referendum, which came out to $7.3 million. However, the engineers cautioned that the not-to-exceed estimate was partially based on speculation because of several unknowns that remain. Typically, those estimates are made much further along in the design process. Most importantly, the town has no credible study that tells what type of wood the pilings are made of, or what the condition the existing pilings are in. “You’re not really going to have a good handle on your final design until we have the underwater testing done,” Kincannon said, “and until we’ve validated the material that is out there.” Kincannon noted that even details such as how deep the pilings were driven during past repairs are unclear, which raises concerns about their structural reliability. Without that information, engineers cannot determine how much of the pier could realistically be reused or what additional work would be required, he said. Commissioner Keith Smith said that he senses an unequivocal desire for a fishing pier in the town. He wants to find out what it would cost the town for a repair and compare it to what it would realistically cost the town to replace, he said. “Until we know what the repair number is,” Smith said, “we can’t really make an educated decision that repair is better than rebuild.” Inspections Director Tim Evans echoed that concern, pointing to the possibility that some pilings could be made of green heart wood, a highly durable material commonly used in marine construction. However, he said that cannot be confirmed without testing. “Without the actual testing of the piles,” Evans said, “without us actually knowing what’s there, I think the town is risking too much.” He added that the condition of the underwater foundation is likely to be the most significant factor in determining the overall project cost. Following that discussion, the board on April 21 considered how to best obtain that information. Town Manager Bryan Chadwick presented two options: re-engaging HDR under a new contract that would include the underwater study as part of the broader scope or issuing a separate request for qualifications (RFQ) to hire an engineering firm directly for the inspection. Chadwick said using HDR would involve subcontracting the work, which could add 5% to 10% in administrative costs. Issuing an independent RFQ, he said, would allow the town to obtain the study more directly and potentially move faster. “My recommendation would be to go with the second one,” Chadwick said. Smith agreed, saying pursuing the study independently would allow the town to determine whether repairs are even feasible before committing to additional engineering work. Commissioner Tom Myers raised concerns about costs even if the pilings are found to be in good condition, noting that bringing the pier up to code could still require significant investment. “If the piles are bad, it’s no go,” Myers said. “But if piles are good, I’m still not convinced we don’t have a lot more costs involved to do all the hardware repairs and build it to code.” Ultimately, Smith made a motion to issue the RFQ for an underwater study. The motion passed by a 3-1 vote, with Myers opposed.
Read more » click here


8. Discussion and Possible Approval of Resolution 26-07, Resolution Approving Conveyance of Personal Property to a Nonprofit Organization Pursuant to North Carolina General Statute 160A-280 – Town Manager Chadwick

Agenda Packet – pages 81 – 82

Resolution 26-07 » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Approval of Resolution 26-07, Resolution Approving Conveyance of Personal Property to a Nonprofit Organization Pursuant to North Carolina General Statute 160A-280.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The Town would like to donate a 2014 Dodge Ram 1500 truck and a Coleman light tower that are no longer in use to the Tri-Beach Fire Department. The fire department will use the items to further their response capabilities for beach rescue and other emergency operations. The donation is allowed per NCGS 160A-280.

G.S. 160A-280 — Donations of Personal Property to Other Governmental Units
Authorizes certain North Carolina cities to donate surplus, obsolete, or unused personal property to other governmental units, sister cities, or qualifying nonprofit organizations.

Update –
A motion was made to donate a truck and other equipment to the Tri-Beach Fire Department for use in enhancing its beach rescue response capabilities and other emergency operations.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


9. Town Manager Report – Town Manager Chadwick

Agenda Packet – background information was not provided

Town Manager Report » click here

Bryan reviewed the Town Manager Report


July is Parks & Recreation Month
Check social media for activities scheduled throughout the month


Ocean Boulevard Stormwater
McGill has finalized exiting condition survey
Hydraulic modeling information and base stormwater assessment have been completed
They have also done a preliminary evaluation of outlet structures

Previously reported – May 2026
Meeting is being coordinated with McGill, the USACE, and the Town

Previously reported – February 2026
Contract is included in February agenda packet

Previously reported –  June 2025
The Town was awarded $2.2M in Environmental Infrastructure Disaster Relief Funding for stormwater projects. To get started USACE requires the execution of the Project Partnership Agreement. The Town portion of the 2.2 million dollar project is 25%, which would cost us $550,000. The motion was made to approve the project partnership agreement with the USACE and have the town staff execute the paperwork.


Corner of a building with beige siding and a metal roof.

 

Block Q Restrooms & Parking
There will be short-term free parking there
Changes to parking Ordinance on agenda tonight

Previously reported – May 2026
Restrooms are finally open

Previously reported –
April 2026
Certificate of Compliance has been issued

Previously reported – November 2025
Grant extension was applied for with the state and timeline has been extended


Block Q Master Plan RFQ
Held kickoff meeting yesterday,  June 15th
Survey, stakeholder meeting, and BOC’s focus group are all scheduled
At the BOC’s September work session they
will be presented with two options 

Previously reported – May 2026
Contract with McGill in agenda packet, contract approved tonight

Previously reported –
April 2026
Draft contract with McGill in agenda packet

Previously reported – March 2026
Staff met with McGill to narrow the scope for inclusion in contract

Previously reported – February 2026
Discussion and recommendation for a firm on agenda


Block Q Stage Area
Construction in progress

Previously reported – April 2026
Work started last week on the site

Previously reported – March 2026
Request for Proposals are out for bid
Bids will be returned to staff with a recommendation for approval by commissioners

Previously reported – February 2026
Final specs are completed for distribution in Request for Proposals
Bids will be returned to staff with a recommendation for approval by commissioners


Resilient Coastal Communities Program (RCCP)
We are in Phase 2 which includes the following: Planning, Project Identification, and Prioritization

Previously reported – May 2026
Survey is on the Town website to help identify potential projects

The Town is currently participating in the 2025 – 2026 cycle of the North Carolina Resilient Coastal Communities Program (RCCP). The RCCP is a community-based initiative that greatly benefits from involvement, engagement and feedback among local stakeholders. Click here to view details on the program.  

Previously reported – April 2025
ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Action regarding an application to the N.C. Resilient Coastal Communities Program for Phases 1 and 2.

Possible Action:
Direct town staff to complete and submit an application for Phases 1 and 2.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The Resilient Coastal Communities Program (RCCP) is a component of the North Carolina Resilient Communities Program, developed through the 2020 North Carolina Climate Risk Assessment and Resilience Plan. The North Carolina Division of Coastal Management (DCM) administers the RCCP with funding from the NC State Legislature and the National Fish and Wildlife Foundation (NFWF).

DCM is accepting applications from eligible communities for no-cost technical assistance to complete Phases I and 2 of the RCCP.

    • Phase 1: Community Engagement and Risk & Vulnerability Assessment
    • Phase 2: Planning, Project Identification, and Prioritization

There is no cash or in-kind match requirement from community applicants. DCM will contract directly with third-party contractors to assist communities in completing Phases 1 and 2.

The application involves responses to 14 questions. Applications are due at 5PM on April 25th,

Logo for North Carolina's Resilient Coastal Communities Program with water droplet and wave icons.

N.C. Resilient Coastal Communities Program » click here

The RCCP is a four-phase program designed to:

    1. Address local barriers to coastal resilience, including limited capacity, economic constraints, and social inequities .
    2. Assist communities in conducting risk and vulnerability assessments to create a prioritized portfolio of resilience
    3. Advance coastal resilience projects through engineering and design to achieve shovel­ ready
    4. Link communities with funding sources for project

The four phases are :

    • Phase 1: Community Engagement and Risk & Vulnerability Assessment
    • Phase 2: Planning, Project Identification, and Prioritization
    • Phase 3: Engineering and Design
    • Phase 4: Project Implementation

Update –
North Carolina Division of Coastal Management  is accepting applications from eligible communities for no-cost technical assistance to complete Phases I and 2 of the Resilient Coastal Communities Program. The motion was made to complete an application to Resilient Coastal Communities Program by the deadline of April 25th, if it is at all possible.
A decision was made – Approved unanimously


Canal Dredging
No change, still working

Previously reported – April 2026
Staff is actively working with the Corps on the cost of Dredge spoils disposal

Previously reported – March 2026
Plans are being made to dredge canals next winter


Pier Property Site
RFQ responses on agenda tonight

Previously reported – May 2026
RFQ will be coming out shortly

Previously reported – April 2026
BOC at the Special Meeting asked him to review the HDR contract and see if it covers them evaluating the condition of the pilings. Bryan presented them with two options to move forward. This is a necessary step if the piles are bad the entire project would be a NO GO. The Board voted to have the Town rather than HDR send out a Request for Qualifications for an underwater engineering study of the pier pilings.
A decision was made – Approved (3-1)
Commissioner Myers opposed the motion

Editor’s note –
A Request for Qualifications (RFQ) is a document that asks potential suppliers or vendors to detail their background and experience providing a specific good or service. In this case, the buyer is only concerned about the vendor’s skills and experience. Professionals responding will be selected solely based on their qualifications and not on price. Once a firm is selected the Town will negotiate a contract for the desired services. Therefore, the response is not a bid.


Inlet Hazard Area
Staff will be attending another Coastal Resources Commission (CRC)  meeting this week
Inlet Hazard Area changes is on the agenda

Previously reported – April 2026
Staff attended the recent Coastal Resources Commission (CRC)  meeting and are actively involved in the discussion of possible changes to the Inlet Hazard Area

Hot Button Items / Inlet Hazard Areas
For more information » click here


Dredging Area Maintenance
The Corps is conducting maintenance at DA293 which is off Sailfish. Please be aware there may be work occurring in this dredge spoil area.

Previously reported – March 2026
USACE maintenance work in the inlets utilizing dredge spoil area on Sailfish  


Restroom Maintenance and Cleaning
Staff continues to monitor and implement changes as necessary

Previously reported – May 2026
Analyzing, trying to work it out

Previously reported – April 2026
Staff is making changes and proposing other changes to help mitigate damages and maintenance of restroom facilities


Unattended Beach Equipment
Items are being left on beach strand overnight. Staff is contacting the rental property companies requesting that they educate their guests about the Ordinance.

Chapter 94 / Beach Regulations / §94.06 / Placing obstructions on the beach strand

All unattended beach equipment must be removed from the beach
on a daily basis between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. 

Here’s a crazy idea – 

Why don’t we try enforcement of our existing Ordinance?


Tax Laws
Monitoring the proposed changes, letter sent to our representatives

Previously reported – April 2026
Staff was directed to draft a letter opposing proposed changes to property tax laws at the state level


Town Attorney
Engagement letter on agenda tonight

Previously reported – May 2026
The RFQ for our Town Attorney had only one response.


Employee Updates
Alyse Wade is now  a Senior Patrol Officer

Public Safety Center
Some Town staff attended the Alan Holden Public Safety Center dedication ceremony at Brunswick Community College


In Case You Missed It 


THB Newsletter (06/18/26)
OttoView by Otto Connect
Just in time for peak beach season, Otto Connect, Inc. has launched a new feature designed to make parking along the coast easier and less stressful for visitors and residents alike. “OttoView by Otto Connect,” is part of the SurfCAST parking system and allows users to check parking availability in real time before heading to the beach. The feature is now available in Holden Beach. For many drivers, finding parking during busy summer weekends can be one of the most frustrating parts of a beach trip. OttoView aims to reduce congestion and save time by showing which lots have open spaces—and which do not—before users arrive. “Instead of circling for a spot, people can now see their options ahead of time and go directly to available parking,” Jim Varner (CEO) said in a statement.

Know before you go:
OttoView can be accessed through the SurfCAST website
(
https://park.surfcast.ottoconnect.us/), the QRcode link, and will be available soon via mobile app update (“SurfCAST by Otto”) making it easy for visitors to plan from home or on the go.

What OttoView Shows:

    • A map of the area and locations of all parking lots
    • Real-time parking availability by location
    • Estimated availability based on permit turnover
    • Directions to nearby parking areas
    • Filters for amenities such as restrooms, handicap spaces, and LSV parking

OttoView is fully integrated into the SurfCAST system and is available at no additional cost.

For more information, visit https://www.ottoconnect.us.


National Flood Insurance Program: Reauthorization
Congress must periodically renew the NFIP’s statutory authority to operate. On February 3, 2026, the president signed legislation passed by Congress that extends the National Flood Insurance Program’s (NFIP’s) authorization to September 30, 2026.


News from Town of Holden Beach
The town sends out emails of events, news, agendas, notifications and emergency information. If you would like to be added to their mailing list, please go to their web site to complete your subscription to the Holden Beach E-Newsletter.
For more information » click here


What He Did Not Say

It’s the beginning of the busy season on Holden Beach

Memorial Day is the official kickoff for the 100 fun days of summer

Memorial Day is the unofficial start to summer and Labor Day is the unofficial end, from May 25th  to September 7th, this year delivers the earliest and latest possible dates for both holidays.

Remind everyone it’s Hurricane Season – be prepared, have a plan!


Public Service Announcements

    • Remember that parking ordinances are strictly enforced, including pay-to-park requirements. Do not block the emergency beach accesses located on the far east end, at the pier, the 500 block or the 800 block. These accesses are for emergency response access, not temporary parking to unload passengers or beach equipment. Blocking accesses creates a life threatening time delay to emergency response.
    • The bike lines are for bikes, not Low Speed Vehicles (LSV) and not for parking. Bicyclists under the age of 16 are required to wear a helmet.
    • LSVs are still required to follow the same traffic laws as every other motor vehicle, including travel lane regulations and very importantly seat belt and child restraint regulations.
    • Pets are required to be on a leash at all times when off of your property, and no pets are allowed on the beach strand from 9:00 a.m. – 5:00 p.m.
    • Beach equipment must be removed daily and cannot be left overnight. Storage of beach equipment on the frontal dunes is also restricted. Items left unattended will be removed and discarded as trash.
    • Fireworks and pyrotechnics create a safety risk to the operator and bystanders as well as a fire hazard to the dune vegetation and houses. Fireworks are illegal on the island; possession of fireworks is a Class 2 misdemeanor which carries a maximum penalty of 60 days in jail and a $1,000 fine. If you light it, we write it.

If you know something, hear something, or see something –
call 911 and let the police deal with it.


A reminder of the Town’s beach strand ordinances:
…..1)
Chapter 90 / Animals / §90.20 / Responsibilities of owners
…….a)
pets are not allowed on the beach strand except between 5p.m. and 9a.m. daily
…….b)
dog’s must be on a leash at all times
…….c)
owner’s need to clean up after their animals
…..2)
Chapter 94 / Beach regulations / §94.05 / Digging of holes on beach strand
…….a)
digging holes greater than 12 inches deep without responsible person there
…….b)
holes shall be filled in prior to leaving
…..3)
Chapter 94 / Beach regulations / §94.06 / Placing obstructions on the beach strand
…….a)
all unattended beach equipment must be removed daily by 6:00pm

For a full list of beach regulations visit https://hbtownhall.com/visitors.


Low Speed Vehicle Safety » click here
Public Service Announcement from Chief Dixon regarding low speed vehicle safety.


Police Chief encourages everyone to download the app

NC Police Connect on the AppStore

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Upcoming Events 


2026 Concert Schedule
The 2026 concert schedule is now available. Enjoy the sounds of summer at our FREE concert series. Concerts are held on Sundays at 6:30 p.m. throughout the summer.

Click here to view the schedule. 

Beginning May 24th and continuing through September 6th


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

Tide Dyed Program
The Tide Dye program will be held on Tuesdays between 1:00 to 2:30 p.m. at Bridgeview Park picnic pavilion. Participants must be in line by 2:00 p.m. to participate because the process takes approximately 30 minutes to complete. Fee is $7 per shirt for youth sizes through Adult XL and $10 per shirt for 2XL. Payment via cash or check only.

.                                     Beginning June 9th and continuing through August 11th


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Turtle Talk
Two programs both are held every Wednesday during the summer at
the Holden Beach Chapel. Children’s Turtle Time is at 4:00 p.m. with crafts, stories and activities for children ages 3 – 6. All children must be accompanied by an adult. Turtle Talk is an educational program at 7:00 p.m. for everyone else.

Beginning June 24th and continuing through August 12th


10. Mayor’s Comments

From the Mayor’s Desk (06/01/26)
Hurricane Season
June 1st is the official start to the hurricane season in the Atlantic. Would your family be prepared in the event of a hurricane? Click here to visit the Emergency Information section of our website. You will find helpful tips to implement now, before the threat of a storm. Please make sure you have your vehicle decals in place now. Do not wait! These decals are necessary for re-entry to the island in the event of an emergency situation that restricts access to the island. Click here for more information on decals.


Building Numbers
Safety issue Building Numbers Ordinance needs to be enforced

Alan stated that there are oceanfront homes without the required house numbers visible from the beach strand. Ocean front homes are required to have house numbers visible from the beach strand.

§157.087 BUILDING NUMBERS.

(A) The correct street number shall be clearly visible from the street on all buildings. Numbers shall be block letters, not script, and of a color clearly in contrast with that of the building and shall be a minimum of six inches in height.

(B) Beach front buildings will also have clearly visible house numbers from the strand side meeting the above criteria on size, contrast, etc. Placement shall be on vertical column supporting deck(s) or deck roof on the primary structure. For buildings with a setback of over 300 feet from the first dune line, a vertical post shall be erected aside the walkway with house numbers affixed. In all cases the numbers must be clearly visible from the strand. Other placements may be acceptable with approval of the Building Inspector.


Beach Strand Trash Receptacles
Alan stated that trash on the beach strand was the WORST he had ever seen. His disappointment is understandable, but the outcome was predictable after trash cans were removed from the beach strand. The Town should reconsider this policy and restore trash cans to help keep the beach clean.

The 'Most Interesting Man in the World' meme about saying 'I told you so'.

 Previously reported – April 2026
Staff will be moving receptacles to the roadside of the beach accesses. This will be easier to maintain even in the middle of the day when beach access is difficult. Despite objections from Commissioner Myers the majority of the Board decided to allow them to try this.

The beaches are the economic engine of our tourism-based economy.

Jackie Chan Still from a Movie with Wait What Text

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

I strongly oppose this decision. I walk the beach strand four days a week and routinely pick up trash. Even though trash cans are out there, I typically pick up one to two bags per day this time of year, and more than three bags daily during peak tourist season. Based on this firsthand experience, I can say with confidence that reducing or removing trash cans will make an existing problem significantly worse. When trash cans are full, people leave their garbage next to them. When cans are removed, due to storm events, people continue to leave trash where the cans used to be. This behavior is consistent and predictable, and it is unlikely to change. Expecting the public to walk off the strand and up to street-level disposal points is unrealistic—they simply don’t or won’t do it. If anything, we should be making disposal easier, not more difficult. The practical solution is clear: more trash cans and more frequent pickups, especially during peak seasons. This service is currently funded through the BPART account, so cost should not be a barrier to maintaining or improving it. There are also logistical inconsistencies that need to be addressed. For example, some trash cans on the strand are located in front of oceanfront homes where there is no public beach access. What is the plan for locations like this? As it stands, this approach gives the impression that operational convenience is being prioritized over maintaining a clean and safe public environment. Additionally, the suggestion that mid-day pickups are too difficult does not reflect operational reality. Trash collection should occur early each morning on a daily basis to prevent overflow issues. With proper enforcement of ordinance (§94.06), including maintaining the required ten-foot corridor adjacent to the dunes, there should be adequate access for collection vehicles—even if a mid-day schedule is required. In short, reducing or removing trash cans will result in more trash on our beach.

Editor’s note –
If you would like to share your perspective on this matter, I encourage you to reach out to the Town Manager and the Board of Commissioners. Your input is valuable and can help inform their decisions.

Contact information:
alan@alanholdenrealty.com; tmmyers56@gmail.com; Dyer@hbtownhall.com;
pate@hbtownhall.com;
smith@hbtownhall.com; brown@hbtownhall.com; bryan.chadwick@hbtownhall.com

Angry villagers holding torches and pitchforks in protest.


General Comments 


BOC’s Meeting
The Board of Commissioners’ next Regular Meeting is scheduled on the third Tuesday of the month, July 21st


Colorful word cloud centered on 'BUDGET' with related financial and government terms.

Budget Calendar
The Town Manager’s proposed budget is due by June 1st
Commissioners must adopt budget no later than June 30th for the next fiscal year
Adopting the annual budget is a primary responsibility of the Board.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

It’s not like they don’t have anything to work on …

The following five (5) items are what’s In the Works/Loose Ends queue:

        • 2019 – Dog Park
        • 2021 – Pier Properties Project
        • 2021 – Rights-of-Way
        • 2021 – Block Q Project/Carolina Avenue
        • 2023 – Fire Station Project

The definition of loose ends is a fragment of unfinished business or a detail that is not yet settled or explained, which is the current status of these items. All of these items were started and then put on hold, and they were never put back in the queue. This Board needs to continue working on them and move these items to closure.

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

.

Lost in the Sauce 

.

 


From 2024 / Emergency Beach Access

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Chief Todd (Tri-Beach Fire) & Chief Dixon have observed emergency access issues

Over the last couple of summers, emergency responders have noticed an increase in people using the areas around the emergency accesses for their beach equipment. More and more often we are seeing canopies, tents, towels, volleyball nets, surfboards, and other beach related equipment directly surrounding the emergency access points. This causes significant emergency response delays. During certain situations, it is not uncommon for some beach equipment to be run over by emergency vehicles as moving the equipment takes too long and no alternate routes are available. This not only increases emergency response times, but it also threatens damage to personal beach equipment and threatens damage to emergency vehicles. We are asking that the Board of Commissioners consider discussing the possibility of enacting ordinances that either prevent beach equipment within a certain distance of emergency access points, and/or ordinances which create emergency vehicle lanes on the beach strand.

Update –
They were here tonight presenting an issue that needs to be addressed by the Board. They would like to prohibit blocking emergency access points by not allowing any obstructions there. In addition, they would like to have a travel lane for emergency vehicles on the beach strand. They discussed the issue and decided to benchmark off the surrounding islands policies and have the staff bring back a  proposal at the next scheduled Regular Meeting. 

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

We already have verbiage in Ordinance §94.06  that you can’t place items within ten (10) feet of the dunes. That ten (10) feet gives emergency responders a clear path along the dune line for them to go up and down the beach strand. We would just need to modify the Ordinance to prohibit blocking emergency access points.

§94.06 PLACING OBSTRUCTIONS ON THE BEACH.
   (A)   All beach equipment must be removed from the beach by its owner or permitted user on a daily basis. All personal items and beach equipment unattended and remaining on the beach between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. will be classified as abandoned property and shall be removed and disposed of by the town.
(B)   All beach equipment shall be set at least ten feet from any sea turtle nest or dune vegetation


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Hurricane Season
For more information » click here.

Be prepared – have a plan!

 


No matter what a storm outlook is for a given year,
vigilance and preparedness is urged.


Prepare now as hurricane season begins, NC officials urge
With this year’s Atlantic hurricane season beginning Monday, which is forecast to have below-normal activity, state officials are urging residents to prepare now for tropical weather impacts because “North Carolinians know that it takes only one storm to affect communities statewide.” Gov. Josh Stein said Monday in a press release marking the start of hurricane season that this time of year brings uncertainty for families across the state. “I encourage all North Carolinians to make a plan now to keep themselves and their families safe in case of a storm,” he explained. “Just as you prepare your family for hurricane season, the state emergency management team is preparing by closely monitoring forecasts, updating response plans, and coordinating with federal and local partners.” The State Emergency Response Team has been preparing for the hurricane season that ends Nov. 30 by reviewing lessons learned from past storms, updating response procedures, meeting with all levels of government, coordinating with the private sector and nonprofit organizations, and conducting exercises. “Preparation is the key to resilience during hurricane season. We encourage all North Carolinians to take time to develop plans and take proactive steps with their loved ones before a storm impacts our state,” N.C. Emergency Management Director Will Ray said Monday. Ray added that preparation includes “creating evacuation plans in case you must leave your home, securing all important documentation in a waterproof container, and checking your insurance policies to make sure you are properly covered. Home and flood insurance are especially important resources in returning to normalcy after a disaster.”

Officials recommend taking the following steps to be prepared before disaster strikes:

    • Put together an emergency kit with up to a week’s supply of nonperishable food, including one gallon of water per person per day, and prescription and over-the-counter medication.
    • Be aware of any unique needs for babies, elderly, or disabled members of the household, as well as pets.
    • Have multiple ways to receive severe weather warnings such as a weather alert app on your phone, a battery-powered or hand-crank radio or other device and extra batteries to listen to NOAA Weather Radio, or app or radio access to local news outlets.
    • If you live along the coast or are planning to visit the beach this season, Know Your Zone! This is how local governments order evacuations along the coast when storm surge is a threat. Visit KnowYourZone.NC.Gov to search by address.
    • Establish an emergency evacuation plan and meeting point if your group becomes separated.
    • Have a printed list of family member’s phone numbers, social media handles, email addresses, and medical information in case mobile devices lose power or otherwise become disabled.
    • Have copies of important papers such as birth and adoption certificates, driver licenses, or military IDs.
    • Meet with your insurance agent so you know what is covered should a storm affect your neighborhood.
    • Prepare a full list of personal items, along with photos and videos of every room in your home, to help with insurance settlements or tax deductions. 
    • Be sure you know how to shut off your utilities safely. Water, electricity, and gas are key services that can also cause special problems during an emergency. Do not try to turn the gas back on yourself. Call a trained expert.
    • The N.C. Flood Inundation Mapping and Alert Network, or FIMAN, features access over 700 flood gauges across the state. Visit Fiman.NC.Gov to search for the flood gauges closest to your home and to sign up for alerts.

To become involved in preparedness efforts where you live, officials recommend learning about schools, workplace, and neighborhood emergency plans and join in preparedness exercises and drills. Other ways include volunteering with a Community Emergency Response Team, or CERT, to learn about disaster preparedness and receive training in basic disaster response skills or contacting N.C. Volunteer Organizations Active in Disaster at ncvoad.org for more ways to help.

For more information on how to prepare for hurricane season, visit ReadyNC.Gov.
Read more » click here

Brunswick County reminds community to prepare for 2026 Atlantic hurricane season
June marks the start of the Atlantic hurricane season, which runs from June 1 through Nov. 30, and the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) predicts below-normal hurricane activity in the Atlantic basin this year. Brunswick County encourages all community members to start preparing now. For the 2026 Atlantic hurricane season, NOAA is forecasting a range of 8 to 14 total named storms (winds of 39 mph or higher). Of those, three to six are forecast to become hurricanes (winds of 74 mph or higher), including one to three major hurricanes (category 3, 4 or 5; with winds of 111 mph or higher). NOAA has a 70% confidence in these ranges. An average season has 14 named storms with seven hurricanes, including three major hurricanes.
The alphabetical list of 2026 Atlantic hurricane names can be found at hurricanes.gov/aboutnames.shtml#atl.

Prepare for Hurricane Season with Brunswick County

To be ReadyBrunswick is to be responsible for your personal and household preparedness efforts, and to stay alert for any events that could impact you and your loved ones. During the month of June, Brunswick County will be doing a weekly countdown for hurricane preparedness. Each week will focus on different actions you and your household can take to prepare for any tropical activity that may impact the area.

    • Week 1 (June 7-13): Make a plan. Create and practice a Family Emergency Communication Plan that includes all members of your household and pets. Discuss your household evacuation plan for every member of the household and pets. Review your insurance policies (including flood insurance) to ensure your property is covered for any flooding or natural disasters that could occur.
    • Week 2 (June 14-20): Build a kit. An emergency kit is vital for your survival in situations where help might not be easily accessible due to power outages and road damage. When preparing an emergency kit, it is recommended to prepare three to seven days’ worth of medicine, water, and non-perishable food for each person and pet in your home. Make sure you store important documents physically and digitally in secure locations.
    • Week 3 (June 21-27): Stay informed. It’s important to plan for multiple ways you will receive credible and accurate information before, during, and after a tropical event. To get updates from Brunswick County, sign up for the ReadyBrunswick Emergency Notification System and follow Brunswick County on social media. Know the terms and categories used by weather professionals and public safety officials for tropical cyclones.
    • Week 4 (June 28-July 4): Practice resilience. Take time to learn how to prepare your home/property before, during, and after a storm. Know who maintains roads and how residents play a part. Practice home safety skills to protect your family and property.

For more hurricane preparedness tips from Brunswick County, visit BrunswickCountyNC.gov/hurricanes. Find information on emergency planning and hurricane safety online at ReadyNC.gov or Ready.gov. View updates from the National Hurricane Center, a real-time emergency weather map, and additional online resources at nhc.noaa.gov.
Read more » click here


Brunswick County – Hurricanes

Overview
Hurricanes are tropical cyclones that rotate counterclockwise with wind speeds in excess of 74 mph. Most hurricanes form over warm seas near the equator. They are created when the sun heats the ocean surface, causing heated water vapor to rise, condense, and form clouds. These clouds begin to spiral as the earth rotates. More air is pulled underneath and a large vortex is formed.

On average, six Atlantic hurricanes develop each year. When a hurricane moves toward coastal areas it often causes severe damage. Strong winds create storm surges, floods, rip tides, and can even spawn tornadoes. As the hurricane moves forward, its right front quadrant is typically where the most devastation occurs.

Hurricane season begins June 1 and continues through November 30. Be sure to practice hurricane preparedness and learn about hurricane safety and survival.

To assist in being prepared before, during, and after a storm, review the following links for helpful information.

Hurricane Preparedness Tips
We would like to encourage you to start preparing for emergencies and stay #ReadyBrunswick by reviewing the following tips.

STAY INFORMED
KNOW THE TERMS
KNOW YOUR EVACUATION ZONE
MAKE A PLAN
KNOW WHO TO CALL
GATHER IMPORTANT DOCUMENTS
CHECK YOUR INSURANCE
PREPARE YOUR HOME
LEARN / PRACTICE SAFETY SKILLS
SUBSCRIBE TO EMERGENCY ALERTS
SIGN UP FOR THE ACCESS AND FUNCTIONAL NEEDS REGISTRY
ACCESS LOCAL RESOURCES

Quick Links


NOAA predicts below-normal 2026 Atlantic hurricane season
Early preparation essential to staying safe all season
Forecasters with NOAA’s National Weather Service are predicting a below-normal hurricane season for the Atlantic basin this year. NOAA’s outlook for the 2026 Atlantic hurricane season, which runs June 1 to November 30, predicts a 35% chance of a near-normal season, a 10% chance of an above-normal season, and a 55% chance of a below-normal season. The agency is forecasting a total of 8-14 named storms (winds of 39 mph or higher). Of those, 3-6 are forecast to become hurricanes (winds of 74 mph or higher), including 1-3 major hurricanes (category 3, 4 or 5 with winds of 111 mph or higher). NOAA has a 70% confidence in these ranges. An average season has 14 named storms with seven hurricanes, including three major hurricanes. 

“With the most advanced forecast modeling and hurricane tracking technologies, NOAA and the National Weather Service are prepared to deliver real-time storm forecasts and warnings,” said Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick. “Our experts are integrating cutting-edge tools to ensure communities in the path of storms receive the earliest, most accurate information possible.” “NOAA’s rapid integration of advanced technology, including AI-based weather models, drones, and next-generation satellite data will deliver actionable science to safeguard the lives and livelihoods of the American people,” said NOAA Administrator Neil Jacobs, Ph.D. “These new capabilities, combined with the unmatched expertise of our National Weather Service forecasters, will produce the most accurate forecasts possible to protect communities in harm’s way.”

Key factors driving NOAA’s forecast
The Atlantic season is expected to be below-normal due to competing factors. El Niño is expected to develop and intensify during the hurricane season, while ocean temperatures in the Atlantic are expected to be slightly warmer than normal and trade winds are likely weaker than average. El Niño conditions tend to support less tropical storms and hurricanes, while warmer ocean temperatures and low winds support a more active year.

“Although El Niño’s impact in the Atlantic Basin can often suppress hurricane development, there is still uncertainty in how each season will unfold,” said NOAA’s National Weather Service Director Ken Graham. “That is why it’s essential to review your hurricane preparedness plan now. It only takes one storm to make for a very bad season.” NOAA’s outlook is for overall seasonal activity based on large-scale weather and climate patterns. It does not indicate where or when any storms may affect land as that is determined by short-term and variable weather patterns is not a landfall forecast. “Preparing now for hurricane season — and not waiting for a storm to threaten — is essential for staying ahead of any storm. Visit weather.gov/safety and Ready.gov for important preparedness information,” added Graham.

New and enhanced communication products this season

    • NOAA’s National Hurricane Center (NHC) will implement an improved version of the tropical cyclone forecast cone graphic that will now include tropical storm and hurricane watches and warnings for inland areas for the continental United States, Hawaii, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. 
    • NHC will begin testing an experimental version of the tropical cyclone track forecast cone that will capture a greater range of possibilities for the track of the storm by incorporating uncertainties for both direction of movement and timing.  
    • NHC will provide new products and services for the Hawaiian Islands to include storm surge watches and warnings, and a peak storm surge graphic. These will be publicly available for the main Hawaiian Islands on gov.  

Advancements to hurricane analysis and forecasts

    • NOAA, in collaboration with the Unified Forecast System community, is testing an experimental high-resolution Seasonal Forecast System that utilizes the latest modeling technology and new methods to assess the evolution of the global ocean-atmosphere system. The system is helping forecasters better simulate tropical storms and hurricanes, and more effectively predict the number of hurricanes and major hurricanes. 
    • NOAA’s Atlantic Oceanographic and Meteorological Laboratory (AOML) is using machine learning to quality-control data collected from tail Doppler radar — a specialized radar system mounted on the back of NOAA’s “Hurricane Hunter” aircraft. This new method gathers more than 25% more meteorological data than the current method and leads to more high-quality data to support structure and wind analysis by forecasters.

Innovative technologies for this year

NOAA also issued seasonal hurricane outlooks for the eastern Pacific and central Pacific hurricane basins, with both anticipated to have active seasons. The 2026 Atlantic seasonal outlook will be updated in early August, ahead of the historical peak of the season, which typically extends from mid-September through October.
Read more » click here


Don’t get complacent with tropical outlook; ‘it only takes one’
The below-normal activity predicted for the 2026 Atlantic hurricane season doesn’t give North Carolinians a pass on preparation this year. “For the Atlantic hurricane season, NOAA is predicting a below-normal season for 2026, with roughly a 55% chance of being below normal, a 35% chance of near normal, and a 10% chance of above normal,” National Oceanic and Atmospheric Association Administrator Dr. Neil Jacobs said during a media conference Thursday morning from NOAA’s Aircraft Operations Center at Lakeland Linder International Airport in Lakeland, Florida. “This equates to eight to 14 named storms with winds at or above 39 miles an hour. Of these, three to six hurricanes with winds at or above 74 miles an hour, and one to three major hurricanes, that’s your Category 3 to 5 with winds at or above 111 miles an hour,” he added. Jacobs is referring to the Saffir-Simpson hurricane wind scale, which categorizes maximum sustained wind speeds for tropical storms. Categories 1 and 2 are windspeeds between 74 and 110 mph, categories 3 to 5 are major hurricanes with speeds from 111 to 157 or higher, according to NOAA. Hurricane season begins Monday, June 1, and ends Nov. 30. “Even though we’re expecting a below-average season in the Atlantic, it’s very important to understand that it only takes one,” Jacobs said, adding there have been Category 5s that made landfall in the past during below-average seasons. During the news conference Thursday morning, Jacobs said that “what’s driving this forecast is largely an El Niño event. There’s a 98% chance of El Niño conditions occurring later this season, and an 80% chance that this El Niño will be moderate to strong.” NOAA National Weather Service Director Ken Graham, who spoke after Jacobs, reiterated that “it just takes one,” and urged the public during the press conference not to “let words like ‘below average’” change the way you prepare. “Now’s the time to start thinking about your hurricane preparedness,” Graham said. “Early preparedness is absolutely everything. Period. End of story. The actions that you take today really get you ready for the hurricane season.” Especially a season like this, “there’ll never be a Hurricane Just-a. We’ll never make that a name. There’s no such thing as just a Cat 1, just a tropical storm, just a Cat 2. That is absolutely not the case,” Graham said. “It doesn’t matter what it is, you got to look at the size, the forward motion, little wiggles matter on the impacts. Even the smallest storm, if it’s slow enough and big enough, it’s going to create catastrophic flooding and storm surge.” Graham said that the public needs to pay attention to every single one of the storm “systems, and the actual impacts, not the category, not the name, but the actual impacts associated with that storm, and that includes the tornadoes, heavy rain, damaging winds, even the high surf and rip currents, as well, including storm surge.” Erik Heden, warning coordination meteorologist in the National Weather Service’s Newport office, said in an interview with Coastal Review that just because the forecast calls for a below-normal season, residents shouldn’t let their guard down. “Just because the outlook says it’s going to be a low year doesn’t mean we won’t be impacted,” he said, adding “It just takes one storm. The graphic says a 55% chance below-normal year, but if we get one storm, it really doesn’t matter what the prediction was, it could be a big deal for us.” Heden also warned in the interview against making decisions based on the category of the storm. “Categories are only wind,” he said. Wind is to be respected, but the other storm impacts are more likely to be more frequent in terms of issues in our area. “Water is what kills people. About 85% of people that die in hurricanes, it’s water related — nothing to do with the wind. but it’s, it’s things like rip currents, storm surge, and flooding. Those are the three things that would get us if we get a storm.” Two years ago, the Southeast faced a potential tropical cyclone that didn’t have a name. No. 8 resulted in almost 20 inches of rain in the Wilmington area, and last year Tropical Storm Chantal produced six to 10 inches of rain in Raleigh. Steven Pfaff, meteorologist-in-charge for the National Weather Service’s Wilmington office, in an email to media partners Thursday morning, also expressed concern that the forecast for below-normal activity can cause messaging challenges because people may misinterpret what it means for any potential local impacts. “All it takes is one storm to define a hurricane season regardless of the outlook,” his emphasis, “Given southeast NC’s and northeast SC’s hurricane history our communities must prepare the same way every year,” Pfaff continued. “Now is the time to prepare for hurricane season and remain vigilant this summer and fall.” Jacobs said during the press conference that for official forecast guidance, go to hurricanes.gov. “June 1 is almost here. Be ready, have a plan, listen to your state and local emergency managers. Preparation is essential. You can learn more at ready.gov,” Jacobs added. Heden told Coastal Review that the best way to stay informed in eastern North Carolina is to remember “if it’s the weather you love, it’s weather.gov,” where there’s up-to-date information, as well as on the office’s website, Facebook or X.
Read more » click here


Do you enjoy this newsletter?
Then please forward it to a friend!


Lou’s Views . HBPOIN

.        • Gather and disseminate information
.        • Identify the issues and determine how they affect you

.        • Act as a watchdog
.        • Grass roots monthly newsletter since 2008

https://lousviews.com/

06 – News & Views

Lou’s Views
News & Views / June Edition


Calendar of Events 



A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

Conway Riverfest Celebration
June 27th

Conway SC

 

Held along the Waccamaw River in downtown Conway the festival celebrates Independence Day since 1980 with music and events for the entire family.
For more information »click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.
N.C. 4th of July Festival
July 4th

Southport

 

The patriotic spirit of America is alive and well in the City of Southport. For over 200 years this small maritime community has celebrated our nation’s independence in a big way. Incorporated as the N.C. 4th of July Festival in 1972 the festival committee strives to keep the focus of the festival on honoring our nation’s birthday with a little fun thrownin.
For more information » click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Battleship Blast
4th of July Celebration
July 4th

Wilmington

.
.
Annual 4th of July Celebration at Riverfront Park in downtown Wilmington since 1981. Featured entertainment will perform from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM, followed by fireworks at 9:05 PM launched from a barge in the Cape Fear River adjacent to the USS North Carolina Battleship. The only place you need to be this holiday is downtown Wilmington for the best view of fireworks.

For more information » click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Discover a wide range of things to do in the Brunswick Islands for an experience that goes beyond the beach.
For more information » click here.


Calendar of Events Island


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Concerts on the Coast Series
The Town’s summer concert series calendar has been released! Live performances featuring local musical groups will be held at the Bridgeview Park picnic pavilion across from Town Hall. It will be on Sunday evenings at 6:30pm from May 24th to September 6th. The concerts are FREE of charge.

Beginning May 24th and continuing through September 6th


Summer Concert Schedule

The park will be blocked from vehicular access beginning Saturday evening. The splash pad will be closed on Sundays and the multipurpose court will close at 3:00 p.m. each Sunday. No seating will be provided so everyone should bring their own chair for the event.

Meet the Holden Beach Police Dept. and the Tri-Beach Fire Dept. before the concert.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

Tide Dye Tuesday Program
The Tide Dye program will be held on Tuesdays between 1:00 to 2:30 p.m. at Bridgeview Park picnic pavilion. Participants must be in line by 2:00 p.m. to participate because the process takes approximately 30 minutes to complete. The fee is $7 per shirt for youth sizes through Adult XL and $10 per shirt for 2XL. Payment via cash or check only.     

          Please check Facebook on the day of the event for any inclement weather updates

      Beginning June 9th and continuing through August 11th 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Turtle Talk
Two programs both are held every Wednesday during the summer at
the Holden Beach Chapel. Children’s Turtle Time is at 4:00 p.m. with crafts, stories and activities for children ages 3 – 6. All children must be accompanied by an adult. Turtle Talk is an educational program at 7:00 p.m. for everyone else.

Beginning June 24th and continuing through August 12th


Parks & Recreation / Programs & Events
For more information » click here


Reminders


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Pets on the Beach Strand


§90.20 RESPONSIBILITIES OF OWNERS

Effective May 20th through September 10th

 

      • Pets are not allowed on the beach strand during the hours of 9am through 5pm
      • Dog’s need to be on a leash
      • Owner’s need to clean up after their animals

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

Bird Nesting Area
NC Wildlife Commission has posted signs that say –
Bird Nesting Area
The signs are posted on the west end beach strand around 1335 OBW.
People and dogs are supposed to stay out of the area from April through November
. 1) It’s a Plover nesting area
. 2) Allows migrating birds a place to land and rest without being disturbed


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

 

 

A Second Helping

.

 

Program to collect food Saturday mornings (8:00am to 10:30am) during the summer at the Beach Mart on the Causeway.
.   1) Twenty-second year of the program
.   2) Food collections have now exceeded 317,000 pounds
.   3)
Collections will begin on Memorial Day weekend
 4) Food is distributed to the needy in Brunswick County
For more information » click here
.
Hunger exists everywhere in this country; join them in the fight to help end hunger in Brunswick County. Cash donations are gratefully accepted. One hundred percent (100%) of these cash donations are used to buy more food. You can be assured that the money will be very well spent.

Mail Donations to:
A Second Helping
% Sharon United Methodist Church
2030 Holden Beach Road
Supply, NC 28462


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.News from Town of Holden Beach
The town sends out emails of events, news, agendas, notifications, and emergency information. If you would like to be added to their mailing list, please go to their web site to complete your subscription to the Holden Beach E-Newsletter.
For more information »
click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Paid Parking

Paid parking in Holden Beach
Paid parking will be enforced from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. daily with free parking before and after that time. All parking will use license plates for verification.

Rates
Parking rates for a single vehicle in all designated areas will be:

$5 per hour for up to four hours
$20 per day for any duration greater than four hours
$80 per week for seven consecutive days

Handicap Parking
A vehicle displaying a handicap license plate and/or hang tag parked in a designated handicap space is free. Any other parking space will require a parking permit via the app.

Annual Passes
Annual permits for the calendar year allow vehicles (this includes low-speed vehicles and trailers) access to designated parking.

$175 for a single vehicle

Passes can be purchased via the app, website or by telephone.

Where to Park
Per ordinance, there is no parking on the streets or rights-of-way except in designated parking spaces identified by Pay-to-Park signs. Click here to view an interactive map. The table with authorized parking can be viewed below.

Citations will be issued for:

      • Parking without an active paid permit in a designated parking area
      • Parking within 40 feet of a street intersection
      • Parking in a crosswalk, sidewalk, or pedestrian access ways
      • Parking blocking a driveway or mailbox
      • Parking facing opposing traffic
      • Parking in a no parking zone, or within right-of-way
      • Parking on any portion of the roadway or travel lane
      • Parking a non-LSV vehicle in an authorized LSV location

How Do I Pay to Park
The Town uses the SurfCAST by Otto Connect Mobile Solution. This is a mobile app downloadable for Apple and Android devices. Download the app today. Users will setup their account, enter their license plate details and pay for parking directly on the app. Alternatively, users can scan the QR Code located on the parking signs to access a secure website.

The Otto Connect customer service team will be available to help via phone and email.

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


THB Newsletter (06/18/26)
OttoView by Otto Connect
Just in time for peak beach season, Otto Connect, Inc. has launched a new feature designed to make parking along the coast easier and less stressful for visitors and residents alike. “OttoView by Otto Connect,” is part of the SurfCAST parking system and allows users to check parking availability in real time before heading to the beach. The feature is now available in Holden Beach. For many drivers, finding parking during busy summer weekends can be one of the most frustrating parts of a beach trip. OttoView aims to reduce congestion and save time by showing which lots have open spaces—and which do not—before users arrive. “Instead of circling for a spot, people can now see their options ahead of time and go directly to available parking,” Jim Varner (CEO) said in a statement.

Know before you go:
OttoView can be accessed through the SurfCAST website
(
https://park.surfcast.ottoconnect.us/), the QRcode link, and will be available soon via mobile app update (“SurfCAST by Otto”) making it easy for visitors to plan from home or on the go.

What OttoView Shows:

    • A map of the area and locations of all parking lots
    • Real-time parking availability by location
    • Estimated availability based on permit turnover
    • Directions to nearby parking areas
    • Filters for amenities such as restrooms, handicap spaces, and LSV parking

OttoView is fully integrated into the SurfCAST system and is available at no additional cost.

For more information, visit https://www.ottoconnect.us.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Solid Waste Pickup Schedule

GFL Environmental change in service, the Saturday before Memorial Day till the end of September, trash pickup will be twice a week.

 

Please note:

Trash carts must be at the street by 6:00 a.m. on the pickup day
BAG the trash before putting it in the cart
Carts will be rolled back to the front of the house


GFL Refuse Collection Policy
GFL has recently notified all Brunswick County residents that they will no longer accept extra bags of refuse outside of the collection cart. This is not a new policy but is stricter enforcement of an existing policy. While in the past GFL drivers would at times make exceptions and take additional bags of refuse, the tremendous growth in housing within Brunswick County makes this practice cost prohibitive and causes drivers to fall behind schedule.


Solid Waste Pickup Schedule 

starting the Saturday before Memorial Day (May 23rd) twice a week

 Recycling 

starting after Memorial Day (June 2nd) weekly pick-up


Curbside Recycling – 2026A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.
GFL Environmental is now offering curbside recycling for Town properties that desire to participate in the service. The service cost per cart is $122.93 annually paid in advance to the Town of Holden Beach. The service consists of a ninety-six (96) gallon cart that is emptied every other week during the months of October – May and weekly during the months of June – September.
Curbside Recycling Application » click here
Curbside Recycling Calendar » click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Trash Can Requirements – Rental Properties
GFL Environmental – trash can requirements
Ordinance 07-13, Section 50.08

Rental properties have specific number of trashcans based on number of bedrooms.

* One extra trash can per every 2 bedrooms
.
.

§ 50.08 RENTAL HOMES.
(A) Rental homes, as defined in Chapter 157, that are rented as part of the summer rental season, are subject to high numbers of guests, resulting in abnormally large volumes of trash. This type of occupancy use presents a significantly higher impact than homes not used for summer rentals. In interest of public health and sanitation and environmental concerns, all rental home shall have a minimum of one trash can per two bedrooms. Homes with an odd number of bedrooms shall round up (for examples one to two bedrooms – one trash can; three to four bedrooms – two trash cans; five – six bedrooms – three trash cans, and the like).


Upon Further Review


Fire Service Funding

Brunswick County to form fire service committee
The Brunswick County Board of Commissioners on June 1 voted unanimously to form a committee to review the fire service situation in Brunswick County and work to develop a path forward for a new fire service funding mechanism. Commissioner Frank Williams made the recommendation for the establishment of the committee, first proposed earlier this spring by Brunswick County Fire Chief’s Association President Charles Drew, who is also the Southport Fire Department Chief. Drew on April 20 asked the commissioners to form a committee including fire chiefs, county commissioners, mayors and citizens to study a new funding fire service mechanism to be established in Brunswick County by the 2027-28 fiscal year, beginning July 1, 2027. Williams on June 1 noted Drew’s recommendation was for the proposed committee “to review the fire situation and, specifically, to help develop a path forward for a new funding mechanism, review and agree on a contract, and possibly discuss capital oversight.” “[Drew’s] proposed structure was two commissioners, two chiefs (one from a municipal and one from a nonprofit department), two mayors (one a town with a municipal department, one from a town without), and two citizen members,” Commissioner Williams said last week. “I would like to see us form a committee, but with a couple of additional people on it. One being the county fire administrator, one being a member of our county management team, and then other county staff, whether it be finance or legal, in an advisory capacity as needed.” The board of commissioners unanimously agreed with Williams’ recommendation and instructed county staff to add the official creation of the committee as an item on the board of commissioners’ June 15 meeting agenda. Brunswick County for over a year has been exploring moving away from its current fire fee funding model that both county and fire service leadership have called inadequate at meeting the needs of the growing county. Fire fees are imposed by the county on real property owners to fund the furnishing of fire protection services, per state law. Fire fees for improved properties are calculated based on a building’s heated square footage; fire fees for vacant land are calculated based on property acreage. Fire fees are not based on tax value. A funding model change is not planned for fiscal year 2026-2027 that begins July 1, though county officials have previously said they are working towards enacting a change in FY 2027-2028 that starts next July 1. Primary fire service in Brunswick County jurisdiction is typically provided by nonprofit volunteer fire departments — most of which now are primarily staffed by paid firefighters — with nearby municipal fire departments, and other nonprofit departments, providing secondary response. Municipal departments also often cover areas in county jurisdiction within their respective fire districts that also include areas within municipal jurisdiction. Many local nonprofit departments, which operate entirely on fire fees and grants, fundraising and donations, are facing challenges stemming from exploding call volume, declining volunteer firefighter numbers, increasing costs for fire apparatus and other equipment and the need for new or updated facilities due to ongoing growth. Some municipal departments, funded partly by fire fees supplemented by property taxes collected by their respective municipalities, are facing similar struggles related to growth and increased costs. In lieu of a funding mechanism change in FY 26-27, the Brunswick County Board of Commissioners on May 4 voted to ratify a resolution requesting the North Carolina General Assembly amend local fire fee legislation to increase fire fee caps by 50% total over the next two fiscal years. The cap increase, originally requested by local fire departments through the Brunswick County Fire Chiefs’ Association, would allow fire departments to increase maximum collectable fire fee amounts by a total of 50% by fiscal year 2027-2028, with a maximum 25% cap increase in FY 2026-2027 beginning July 1. The cap increase would not require local fire departments to increase fire fee rates but rather will allow them to do so if demand requires it. This is a developing story. The Brunswick Beacon will continue reporting updates on this situation as it progresses.
Read more » click here

Brunswick County formally requests fire fee cap increase
The Brunswick County Board of Commissioners on May 4 voted to ratify a resolution requesting the North Carolina General Assembly amend local fire fee legislation to increase fire fee caps by 50% total over the next two fiscal years. Fire fees are imposed by the county on real property owners to fund the furnishing of fire protection services, per state law. Fire fees for improved properties are calculated based on a building’s heated square footage; fire fees for vacant land are calculated based on property acreage. Fire fees are not based on tax value. The cap increase, originally requested by local fire departments through the Brunswick County Fire Chiefs’ Association, would allow fire departments to increase maximum collectable fire fee amounts by a total of 50% by fiscal year 2027-2028, with a maximum 25% cap increase in FY 2026-2027 beginning July 1. 
The requested cap increase, if approved, will not require local fire departments to increase fire fee rates, but rather will allow them to do so if demand requires it. For example, Calabash Fire Department in a social media statement last week said it does not plan to raise fire fees in FY 2026-27. Primary fire service in Brunswick County jurisdiction is typically provided by nonprofit volunteer fire departments — most of which now are primarily staffed by paid firefighters — with nearby municipal fire departments, and other nonprofit departments, providing secondary response. Municipal departments also often cover areas in county jurisdiction within their respective fire districts that also include areas within municipal jurisdiction. Many local nonprofit departments, which operate entirely on fire fees and grants, fundraising and donations, are facing challenges stemming from exploding call volume, declining volunteer firefighter numbers, increasing costs for fire apparatus and other equipment and the need for new or updated facilities due to ongoing growth. Some municipal departments, funded partly by fire fees supplemented by property taxes collected by their respective municipalities, are facing similar struggles related to growth and increased costs. The current fire fee schedule was last adjusted in 2017, and the resolution notes in-county growth and fire service demand has necessitated another adjustment. The existing fee schedule, the resolution states, has “become further outdated” and is “insufficient to keep up with inflation as well as the growing population and needs of Brunswick County.” The resolution asserts that the requested cap increase will “enhance the ability of Brunswick County to meet the fire protection needs of its citizens.” During the May 4 meeting, Calabash Fire Department Chief and Fire Chiefs’ Association Vice President Keith McGee requested commissioners support for the resolution.
Read more » click here

Previously reported – February 2026
County proposes new fire service contract focused on performance, accountability
While Brunswick County continues working out how it will fund local fire service in the future, county commissioners on Jan. 20 were presented with an updated fire services agreement draft aimed at establishing performance standards and improving financial reporting standards for local nonprofit fire departments. The board did not vote on adopting the updated agreement on Jan. 20, instead providing county administration with feedback on the proposed changes. The primary changes outlined in the updated service contracts related to establishing performance standards for local fire departments and increasing financial accountability for departments that plan to accept additional funding the county plans to provide in the upcoming fiscal year, county staff explained. For over a year, Brunswick County has been investigating how to sufficiently fund in-county fire service following concerns about the existing fire fee funding model adequacy. Fire fees are imposed by the county on real property owners to fund the furnishing of fire protection services, per state law. Fire fees for improved properties are calculated based on a building’s heated square footage; fire fees for vacant land are calculated based on property acreage. Fire fees are not based on tax value. Many local nonprofit departments are facing challenges stemming from declining volunteer numbers necessitating most departments to hire paid staff, increasing costs and delivery time for fire apparatus and equipment, increased call volume and the need for new or updated facilities due to growth. These departments operate entirely on fire fees, grants, fundraising and private donations. Municipal departments are facing similar struggles related to growth and increased costs. These departments are funded partly by fire fees supplemented by ad valorem (property) taxes collected by each department’s municipality. As a potential solution, the county has been exploring moving away from its fire fee funding model to a fire tax funding model. With a fire tax model, counties can charge a 10-cent fire tax per $100 property value in each fire district or between 11- and 15-cents per $100 value with a voter-approved referendum. If the county moves to a fire tax system, citizens would no longer pay fire fees. Though this change is not planned for fiscal year 2026-2027, which begins July 1, county officials are working to prepare for a possible change in FY 2027-2028. In lieu of the funding model switch in FY 26-27, County Manager Steve Stone in November recommended the county revise its fire service funding contracts with local nonprofit departments to clarify its service expectations and require more financial accountability aimed at improving service across the county. The county is also considering providing between $10 million and $12 million in one-time supplemental funding to local departments to help meet service demands while a permanent solution is worked out. Stone said the $10-$12 million estimate is based on funding needed for minimum staffing levels at each department. The final subsidy funding figure will be calculated as part of the FY 26-27 budget process, he added. “It could be more. It could be less.” The county manager also explained fire departments would need to sign the finalized new services agreement “to be eligible to receive supplemental funding.” Brunswick County Spokesperson Meagan Kascsak said the current agreements between local fire departments and the county do not expire for another two fiscal years, and departments can continue operating under those agreements if they so choose. “However, if a department chooses this route, they will not be able to request subsidized funding for particular projects or purchases that their current fire fee allotment may not be able to cover,” Kascsak said. The new agreement contains a proposed stipulation requiring any equipment fire departments purchase with county-subsidized funds to be titled to Brunswick County and leased to respective fire departments, Kascsak confirmed. “Any existing equipment a fire department owns that was purchased in the past from their general fund/fire fees allocation, grant funding, donations, etc. will continue to belong to that fire department and will not be titled to the county,” she added. County staff has met with the Brunswick County Fire Chief’s Association to discuss the updated agreement and its provisions, Stone said. County officials following the Jan. 20 meeting were also set to meet with the municipal fire departments, he added, though these departments’ contracts differ and will apply to areas outside municipal fire departments’ corporate limits. The county manager during the Jan. 20 meeting explained the major changes in the proposed new agreement. “What we have here essentially are for the really the first time in the past 26 or 27 years or more, whereby we have some specific department performance standards which are based on national standards from the National Fire Protection Association for rural areas,” Stone said. “We also are moving towards more financial accountability with this agreement, but we would not really require additional financial work on the part of the departments. The additional auditing, we would propose that the county actually engage an auditor to do that work.” The proposed agreement also adds requirements related to response times, staffing, operational capabilities, required data collection and reporting that data to the county Fire Oversight Committee. Concerning response times, the proposed agreement requires fire departments to “make reasonable efforts to deliver the first-arriving unit and the minimum Effective Response Force (ERF) to emergency incidents within” 14 minutes or less from dispatch to arrival on-scene for structural fire suppression, and eight minutes or less from dispatch to arrival on-scene for single unit response. Departments would be expected to achieve these response times in “at least 80% of all emergency incidents occurring within the contract service area, measured annually.” If a department’s performance falls below the outlined 80% threshold, it would be required to: conduct a root-cause analysis with the county fire administrator and submit a written corrective action plan within 60 days identifying the deficiency and outlining corrective measures. Regarding response staffing, the proposed agreement would require a total of six “qualified firefighters” on the scene for fire suppression incidents requiring an initial attack capability within the required response times. Four of the six qualified firefighters would be required to be from the primary responding department. The proposed agreement defines “qualified firefighters” as “individuals of the department who meet the training and certification standards recognized by the department and applicable state and federal regulations for their assigned role.” Additionally, each department would be required to maintain records of dispatch times, turnout times, travel times, personnel counts upon arrival on scene, incident types and locations and any factors resulting in delayed or impaired response. Departments would also need to submit quarterly performance reports to the Brunswick County Fire Oversight Committee. Information contained in those reports include the percentage of incidents in which the departments met the 14-minute performance objective, staffing compliance data, analysis of deficiencies and contributing factors and performance improvement recommendations. The county would provide the software to each department for aforementioned data and records collection, Stone told the board. Brunswick County Fire Chiefs Association Vice President Keith McGee, who is also the Calabash Fire Department Chief, said the proposed agreement “represents several fundamental shifts in how fire service governance, performance expectations, and accountability are structured in Brunswick County,” noting the chief’s association is “not at this time expressing agreement with the contract as currently written.” McGee asked the county to continue conservation and collaboration with local fire departments and allow departments more time to review the agreement before bringing it to a vote. “We believe that this approach will help ensure a final agreement that is clear, workable, and supported by both the county and the fire departments that are responsible for delivering emergency services to our citizens,” he said. County administration is expected to bring an updated draft, incorporating board feedback and additional feedback from local fire departments to the board of commissioners during its Monday, Feb. 16 meeting at 6 p.m.
Read more » click here


Corrections & Amplifications 


Ocean Isle Beach Terminal Groin

Ocean Isle Beach Terminal Groin, Holden Beach AreaOcean Isle Beach completed construction of a terminal groin on its east end in April 2022 to help protect the beach immediately behind it. However, this structure has contributed to significant erosion at the east end near Shallotte Inlet by interrupting natural longshore drift, prompting ongoing efforts such as sandbag use to prevent ocean encroachment on properties in that area.

2024 OIB SHORELINE AND INLET ANNUAL MONITORING REPORT

On Holden Beach, the recent volume change rates (May 2024 to November 2024) along the oceanfront shoreline indicated erosion at 12 of the 21 monitoring stations. Similarly, the MHW shoreline change rates indicated a shoreline retreat at 15 of the 21 monitoring stations. The long-term post-construction linear shoreline changes along the Holden Beach oceanfront shoreline indicated landward retreat. However, volumetric changes indicated slight accretion (0.2 cy/ft./yr.) within this area over the long-term period. The shoreline threshold analysis results along the Holden Beach oceanfront shoreline show that the post-construction shoreline change threshold was exceeded at only one monitoring station. This is the first time a threshold has been exceeded at Holden Beach since this annual analysis started in 2022. In addition, the analysis of May 2024 aerial imagery-derived wet/dry line revealed an 885 ft. section of Holden Beach’s inlet shoreline that exceeded the inlet shoreline threshold by a maximum distance of 100 feet. The inlet shoreline threshold on Holden Beach was also exceeded in Year-2. This marks two straight years where this threshold was exceeded. The inlet shoreline recession is believed to likely be attributed to a combination of morphological changes within Shallotte Inlet including the position and orientation of the main channel through Shallotte Inlet and the formation of a flood channel on the inlet shoulder of Holden Beach. Regardless, as stated in the Plan, because the shoreline changes in this area exceeded the threshold over the entire 2-year confirmation period, an assessment of the proper responsive measures will be made through coordination with State and Federal regulatory officials.

Wooden breakwater structures on a sandy beach under a clear blue sky.East End/Terminal Groin Short Term Mitigation
As required by State and Federal permits associated with the Town’s Shoreline and Inlet Management Plan, annual shoreline monitoring identified erosion east of the terminal groin that exceeded established management thresholds. To maintain permit compliance and address localized erosion concerns, the Town implemented a short-term mitigation project consisting of targeted beach nourishment east of the terminal groin.

Project Update

    • Project completed: May 24, 2026
    • Sand placed: Approximately 45,000 c/y
    • Engineer: Coastal Protection Engineering
    • Contractor: Southwind Construction
    • Total project cost: $667,696.61

This project, along with the US Army Corps of Engineers – Shallotte Inlet Crossing & Widener Project, placed 70,000 cy of sand east of the terminal groin with another 35,000 cy west of the terminal groin. With this short-term mitigation measure in place, the Town has engaged with Coastal Protection Engineering (CPE) to investigate long-term mitigation plans to prevent any further erosion adjacent to the terminal groin.

After nourishment, NC beach towns face rising risks and costs
Many Wilmington-area beaches are seeing fresh injections of sand. But as nourishment costs rise, is that a long-term answer to growing erosion challenges?
Bill Franklin marched up to the sand crossover pushed up and over the rusty-colored pipe carrying sand from Carolina Beach Inlet to near the southern end of Kure Beach and paused. “It’s nice to see the wide beach back,” said the Kentucky tourist and frequent visitor to Pleasure Island. “We needed the fresh sand after all those storms.” While Southeastern North Carolina hasn’t seen a direct hurricane strike in several years, Mother Nature hasn’t let folks forget Wilmington is located along the coast. No-named storms, passing strikes by systems like Hurricanes Chantal and Helene, and general nasty nor’easters have chewed up the region’s beaches over the years. The erosion woes in Carolina and Kure beaches were compounded by a year delay in the towns’ federal nourishment project due to sky high bids. But with the latest nourishment of Pleasure Island this spring, officials feel confident they are well placed to weather whatever Mother Nature has planned for the region. Still, they also know the new sand won’t last − nor will the sense of security that comes with it. So is periodically pumping new material onto a beach the best solution to long-term questions about erosion and impacts like sea-level rise from climate change? Like many things, it depends where you are talking about and how it’s funded.

Pumping sand
The two New Hanover County towns weren’t the only Wilmington-area beach towns to see a fresh injection of sand during the 2025-26 winter dredging window. In Brunswick County, Oak Island saw a series of projects add sand to most of the town’s 10 miles of oceanfront. According to the town’s website, the placement of the nearly 2 million cubic yards of sand is the largest non-emergency nourishment project in more than 25 years. Caswell Beach, which occupies the east end of Oak Island, also saw fresh sand as part of the Army Corps of Engineers’ dredging of part of the Cape Fear River shipping channel. In Pender County, Surf City saw fresh sand added to its beach as part of a $19.3 million project during the 2024-25 dredging window. The pumping of sand and dredging of inlets is generally only allowed during the fall and winter months to limit impacts on nesting sea turtles, shorebirds and other marine life. A year before that, Topsail Beach at the southern tip of Topsail Island saw new sand put on its beach. But all of those projects had one glaring difference than the Pleasure Island nourishment: how they were funded. 

‘Really no long-term solution’
While the Outer Banks have become North Carolina’s poster child in recent years for collapsing homes and the inevitability of Mother Nature winning the oceanfront battle as seas continue to rise and climate change fuels bigger and stronger storms, a beach town closer to the Cape Fear region shows how difficult it could soon be for many coastal areas to keep battling the encroaching sea. Thanks in large part to the adjacent New River Inlet and a flat topography, the north end of North Topsail Beach has been an erosion hot spot for decades. “No, there really is no long-term solution that will bring the beach back,” said Dr. Robert Young, director of the Program for the Study of Developed Shorelines at Western Carolina University, told the StarNews in November 2024. “These areas near inlets are the most dynamic areas along barrier islands, and unfortunately that’s what we’re seeing and have been seeing in North Topsail Beach.” Sandbags now protect dozens of homes near the town’s northern tip. And while sand is often dumped onto the beach by the Army Corps when it dredges the nearby inlet, it doesn’t last very long. Other parts of the town’s 11 miles of beach also are dealing with erosion woes. That’s prompted North Topsail Beach to aggressively move to shore up its beachfront with several different nourishment projects. But a big chunk of the town is in a Coastal Barrier Resources Act (CBRA) zone, a classification that prevents the expenditure of federal dollars on projects − including beach nourishment − in hazardous coastal areas. That means the town has to ask Onslow County for help, dip into its own budget to fund the work, or seek aid from the state. But there’s only so much money to go around. Those budgetary pressures played a large role in the town withdrawing from Surf City’s federal nourishment project, which originally was supposed to also include nourishing 4 miles of beach in North Topsail. Town officials said the price tag of North Topsail’s portion jumped nearly 200% between 2012 and 2021 to almost $34 million. Surf City is now pushing for its own federal nourishment project, with local officials traveling to Washington, D.C., in late April 2026 to reaffirm the town’s commitment to the 50-year project that could cost nearly $187 million over its lifetime. Dare County, which includes the Outer Banks, also is facing the reality that it simply doesn’t have the funds to protect all of its beach areas. County officials have told residents in Rodanthe, an unincorporated village where more than 10 oceanfront homes have washed away since 2020, that a one-time beach nourishment could cost as much as $40 million. Maintaining the village’s beach over 30 years, where sand is washing away upwards of 20 feet a year in places, would cost more than $175 million − money the county simply doesn’t have as it works to reinforce beaches in Avon, Buxton, Kitty Hawk, Nags Head and other parts of the popular tourism destination. The state also is reviewing its strategies for living with Mother Nature at the coast. The N.C. Department of Transportation has started a public engagement study to see whether trying to maintain a fixed road − N.C. 12 − on the Outer Banks that’s constantly threatened by blowing sand and tidal flooding is beneficial to local communities and the environment, guarantees the best form of connectivity, and is the smartest way to use limited taxpayer funds.

Rising costs and rising risks
Since 1964 when the first federal nourishment project pumped sand onto Carolina Beach’s eroded beach, mining offshore sand to rebuild battered beaches has been North Carolina’s go-to to keep its sandy strips plump for tourists and to protect pricey oceanfront property. But pumping sand isn’t practical for all parts of the coast and is increasingly becoming more challenging, partly to a declining supply of compatible sand to meet all the demands. An even bigger issue staring beach towns in the face, however, is the rising costs of nourishment projects. The cost of beach-building projects has been increasingly rapidly in recent years. Factors that are helping send the cost of beach nourishment surging is the high demand for projects to rebuild beaches all along the Gulf and East coasts battered by recent hurricanes and the few number of American companies out there in the dredging business. The just completed Pleasure Island beach project, for example, was delayed for a year after bids came in well above the corps’ estimate. According to a review of 2020 imagery by the N.C. Division of Coastal Management, more than 750 of the state’s 8,777 oceanfront structures were considered at risk from oceanfront erosion, with no dune or vegetation between them and the Atlantic. That number has likely gone up in recent years. But what to do about disappearing beaches often divides communities, with no easy answers. Getting the federal government to agree to largely fund a periodic nourishment, with Washington generally picking up 65% of the cost and local/state governments funding the remaining 35%, is the optimum solution for the state’s beach communities. But only four North Carolina towns have federal nourishment projects − Wrightsville, Carolina and Kure beaches in New Hanover County and Ocean Isle Beach in Brunswick County. That leaves communities without guaranteed federal funding either relying on help from the state, their counties, or leaning on local revenue sources to help finance nourishments. Both the biggest part of the Oak Island nourishment and last season’s Surf City project were partly funded by one-time state grants. But funding for beach building could become a heated issue in a world of tighter budgets in both Washington and Raleigh when many see nourishment projects as only benefiting oceanfront property owners and that the work needs to be done every several years to be truly effective. That’s led some environmentalists and others to push managed retreat, in effect surrendering the most vulnerable areas of the coast where fighting the waves is expensive and has only questionable benefits and long-term chance of succeeding. A study by Young’s group at Western Carolina, for example, found a buyout of Rodanthe’s most threatened structures would require significant upfront costs, but would give the village a viable beach for 15-25 years versus the five years or less a nourishment project would guarantee. Young’s team proposed something similar for North Topsail Beach in 2019. Instead of simply throwing good money − or sand − after bad money, their report suggested that instead of spending those resources on 7% of the town’s tax base that is seriously at-risk, dedicate them to the 93% of the town’s tax base that is sustainable over the next 30 years. So far, that approach has proven largely politically and economically unpalatable to coastal officials and residents. Yet local officials admit just letting their beaches wash away isn’t a viable option, either. Beaches draw visitors, prime the local economy, and keep real estate values high. And for communities that have few sources of income and jobs other than tourism, sand is the only game in town.

‘It’s that simple’
Back at Kure Beach, the new-and-improved beach was slowly filling up on the mild mid-April afternoon, even if heavy equipment associated with the nourishment still littered parts of the beach as the demobilization process was still underway. Franklin, the visitor from Kentucky, said he didn’t know what the answer was for keeping the beaches that drive the economies of places like Pleasure Island plump and attractive to tourists and second-home buyers in place. But he said he had no doubt an eroded or damaged beach would impact tourism. “People aren’t coming here to see the seagulls or eat flounder,” Franklin said. “It’s that simple.”
Read more » click here


Odds & Ends


This beach ranks No. 1 in NC. Here’s what makes it an ‘idyllic’ getaway spot
A coastal destination has a peaceful setting — and was named the best beach in North Carolina. Holden Beach ranks No. 1 on a list of the state’s top places for sun and surf. And in a state that boasts hundreds of miles of coastline, plenty of popular beach destinations earned spots in the top 10. “Sandy expanses in the Tar Heel State are often remote and rarely crowded, and a charming Southern coastal town is seldom far away,” USA Today’s 10Best wrote in its May 27 report. To create the list, 10Best said it asked travel experts to nominate top-notch beaches across the state. Editors narrowed down the list of nominations before readers could spend a month voting on their favorites.

What makes Holden Beach special?
On the resulting list of readers’ choice award winners, Holden Beach rose to the top. The town is in Brunswick County, near the South Carolina border and a roughly 40-mile drive from Wilmington. “With a particularly idyllic atmosphere thanks to its low population, Holden Beach is perfect for a relaxed seaside getaway,” 10Best wrote in its report. “Golfing is a popular hobby across the area, while visitors gather along the town’s shores to scour the tide for shells and even watch hatching sea turtles during the summer months.” Holden Beach has fewer than 1,000 year-round residents but can swell with tourists. The town boasts roughly 8 miles of beachfront and calls itself a family-friendly destination, according to its website and the holdenbeachnc.com tourism guide. “Holden Beach is proud of what we do not have,” the town wrote. “We are primarily a residential community, with a small commercial area. Holden Beach is a great place to relax, enjoy the beach and the natural wildlife that surrounds us.” 

Which other NC beaches rank high?

Here are the other North Carolina destinations that earned spots on the 10Best list:

      • Surf City at No. 2
      • Atlantic Beach at No. 3
      • Topsail Beach at No. 4
      • Carolina Beach at No. 5
      • Cape Lookout National Seashore at No. 6
      • Corolla at No. 7
      • Indian Beach at No. 8
      • Wrightsville Beach at No. 9
      • Kure Beach at No. 10

Holden Beach was crowned the winner after it landed at No. 3 in last year’s rankings. More recently, other North Carolina getaway spots have surged into the spotlight. The Outer Banks barrier islands ranked among the nation’s best places for family vacations. And the town of Beaufort was named a fan-favorite coastal destination, The Charlotte Observer and The News & Observer previously reported. In the past, 10Best has told The N&O it doesn’t share the number of people who vote in its contests.
Read more » click here

This Brunswick County beach is a top summer ‘playcation’ destination
A Brunswick County beach is emerging as a popular vacation destination this summer, according to Airbnb. The rental agency says several North Carolina coastal towns are seeing an increase in summer travel, exemplifying a growing vacation trend across the country. Airbnb released a report on May 8, 2026, that revealed how people in the United States are traveling this summer. The report says that Airbnb has seen a noticeable increase in domestic travel so far. It also highlighted several trends, including a rise in what Airbnb calls “playcations.” Airbnb says that Holden Beach has been swept up in this trend as the town is shaping up to be one of the top destinations for summer.

What is a playcation?
True to its name, a playcation is a vacation centered around play. According to Airbnb, “Action-packed adult ‘playcations’ are defining summer travel in the US, with travelers seeking out nearby destinations to partake in their favorite activities.” As a result, Airbnb said that listings near golf courses, lakefronts, and surf spots have seen some of the highest booking growth for this summer. Simply put, Airbnb says that adults are traveling to places with lots of activities available. As far as Holden Beach goes, Airbnb says “mellow surfing conditions and a laid-back vibe” are putting the town on the map for travelers. And while Airbnb didn’t specifically take note of it, Holden Beach is also in close proximity to several golf courses, another popular element of playcations. Two other coastal towns in North Carolina — Kill Devil Hills and Nags Head — were also highlighted in Airbnb’s summer trends report.

Things to do in Holden Beach

Even if you aren’t surfing, there’s plenty to do in and around Holden Beach.

    • Olden Holden Bike Tour: Learn a bit about the island’s history and take in the natural beauty with this bike tour. Visit the town’s parks and recreation webpage for a downloadable map.
    • Magic Mountain Fun Park: Kids and adults can cool off on the water slides. Open from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. from Memorial Day to Labor Day, 3399 Holden Beach Road S.W., 910-842-2727.
    • Treasure Island Mini Golf and Arcade: A miniature golf course, an indoor arcade, and more than 30 flavors of ice cream await. Open from 5 p.m. to 10 p.m., 3445 Holden Beach Road SW, 910-212-6838.

A new concert venue is also expected to open this summer.
Read more » click here

Despite not having a pier we still managed to be a top summer destination

Hmm!


The beaches are the economic engine of our tourism-based economy.

Beach Access Trash Receptacles

Previously reported – April 2026
Staff will be moving receptacles to the roadside of the beach accesses. This will be easier to maintain even in the middle of the day when beach access is difficult. Despite objections from Commissioner Myers the majority of the Board decided to allow them to try this.

Jackie Chan Still from a Movie with Wait What Text

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

I strongly oppose this decision. I walk the beach strand four days a week and routinely pick up trash. Even though trash cans are out there, I typically pick up one to two bags per day this time of year, and more than three bags daily during peak tourist season. Based on this firsthand experience, I can say with confidence that reducing or removing trash cans will make an existing problem significantly worse. When trash cans are full, people leave their garbage next to them. When cans are removed, due to storm events, people continue to leave trash where the cans used to be. This behavior is consistent and predictable, and it is unlikely to change. Expecting the public to walk off the strand and up to street-level disposal points is unrealistic—they simply don’t or won’t do it. If anything, we should be making disposal easier, not more difficult. The practical solution is clear: more trash cans and more frequent pickups, especially during peak seasons. This service is currently funded through the BPART account, so cost should not be a barrier to maintaining or improving it. There are also logistical inconsistencies that need to be addressed. For example, some trash cans on the strand are located in front of oceanfront homes where there is no public beach access. What is the plan for locations like this? As it stands, this approach gives the impression that operational convenience is being prioritized over maintaining a clean and safe public environment. Additionally, the suggestion that mid-day pickups are too difficult does not reflect operational reality. Trash collection should occur early each morning on a daily basis to prevent overflow issues. With proper enforcement of ordinance (§94.06), including maintaining the required ten-foot corridor adjacent to the dunes, there should be adequate access for collection vehicles—even if a mid-day schedule is required. In short, reducing or removing trash cans will result in more trash on our beach.

Editor’s note –
If you would like to share your perspective on this matter, I encourage you to reach out to the Town Manager and the Board of Commissioners. Your input is valuable and can help inform their decisions.

Contact information:
alan@alanholdenrealty.com;tmmyers56@gmail.com;Dyer@hbtownhall.com;
pate@hbtownhall.com
;
smith@hbtownhall.com;bryan.chadwick@hbtownhall.com

Angry villagers holding torches and pitchforks in protest.


Concert Stage

Holden Beach concert stage construction underway
Holden Beach Residents and visitors will be able to enjoy a new concert stage and dance floor this summer if all goes to plan. Construction is underway on Block Q, the town-owned lot near the bridge, and the contractor is expected to finish work by June 30 at the latest. The town is also currently working with an engineering firm to create a comprehensive master plan for Block Q and the surrounding area.

Concert stage, dance floor
The Holden Beach Board of Commissioners, during an April 10 special meeting, unanimously approved a contract with A. W. Babson Construction, a local builder, for construction of the stage. The project will cost the town $349,154, per the contract. “This contractor has a very good work history with the town,” Assistant Town Manager Christy Ferguson said. “They’re currently working on Halstead [Park], they’ve done several of our walkways … I feel that they will meet the timeline that they laid out.” Until that construction is completed, the town’s scheduled concerts will be held at Bridgeview Park. The concert season will kick off on May 24 with a performance from Special Occasion Band. All concerts are free and will continue throughout the summer. Holden Beach has been without a concert stage since 2024 when the previous board voted to tear down the old pavilion due to safety concerns. Concert-goers will also be able to use the newly opened restroom building on Block Q. That project, completed by a different builder, took much longer to complete than was expected. The original contract had a completion date in July 2025, The Brunswick Beacon reported. The bathroom project had been delayed because a subcontractor performed work incorrectly, necessitating the contractor, Caleb Chavis, to redo a portion of the project. To mitigate delays in the stage’s construction, town staff will meet with A. W. Babson every other week, Town Manager Bryan Chadwick said. Both the pavilion and concrete dance floor will be 40-foot by 40-foot, with the front of the pavilion facing the Intracoastal Waterway. The stage will be raised two feet off the ground and the pavilion roof will feature a cupola, Inspections Director Tim Evans said in January. Four parking spaces included behind the pavilion along Brunswick Avenue East will be designated for the entertainers. The portion of Carolina Avenue between South Shore Drive and Quinton Street will be removed, Evans said.

Comprehensive master plan
During its April 21 meeting, the board of commissioners unanimously approved a draft contract with McGill Associates for the completion of a master plan for the area surrounding Block Q and Jordan Boulevard. The draft contract does not yet include a total cost for the project, but the board will consider a formal contract with a price tag during its next meeting, Chadwick said. The town had previously issued a request for qualifications (RFQ) for services to complete a master plan, and the board selected McGill for the project in February. As there have been several sharp turns in the town’s vision for this project, Chadwick brought the draft contract in front of the board April 21 to make sure that the commissioners agreed to the scope before moving toward a formal contract, he said. The draft contract states that McGill will create a comprehensive design plan for the Jordan Boulevard, Block Q, and bridge area. The scope of services includes a kick-off meeting, site assessment and public engagement. Among other plans, it recommends a community workshop, two work sessions and a final, public presentation of the plan to the board.

Read more » click here

 

New concert venue to open soon in this Brunswick beach town
After knocking down a former concert venue, a Brunswick beach town expects to have its new facility completed in time for summer. The town of Holden Beach is preparing for completion of its new stage and dance floor as town officials still mull over what to do with the rest of Block Q. The town purchased the 1.79-acre lot between Shore Drive and Brunswick Avenue, commonly known as Block Q, for $2 million in early 2022. Town officials have gone back and forth on plans for Block Q since, countering a variety of property uses, including recreational activity space, parking, boat parking, and leaving it open. Well over four years later, the town is taken a few steps forward with plans to transform the space and create more than just a parking lot.

Performance and dance space
The former pavilion was built in 2010 underneath the Holden Beach Bridge and served as a homebase for summer concerts, festivals and town events. After a slew of public safety concerns and discussions about whether the pavilion was worth saving, the town ultimately voted to both close and demolish the pavilion in 2024. Work has begun on the town’s new open-air pavilion and dance floor. Town commissioners decided to build the stage on Block Q, facing the Intracoastal Waterway, instead of rebuilding it on the former pavilion site. The project is located at the intersection of Brunswick Avenue East, Quinton Street, and Jordan Boulevard in Block Q. The town expects the new concert venue to be up and running by June 30, a month into the roughly 16-week long summer concert series. The facilities are expected to be used during festivals as well.

ADA bathrooms
Despite several delays, the Americans with Disabilities Act-compliant restroom facility and associated parking at Block Q is completed. The project is part of a grant through the North Carolina Public Beach and Coastal Waterfront Access Program, a program to help local governments fund projects that improve pedestrian access to beaches and waterways.

Next steps
Commissioners in April unanimously approved a draft engineering services contract between the town and McGill & Associates for the Block Q/Jordan Boulevard Master Plan, which includes the old pavilion area. McGill & Associates also constructed a parks and recreational master plan for the town in 2021. A formal contract and estimated price tag is to be presented to the town in May. Prior board discussions and ideas for the property on Jordon Boulevard revolved around bathrooms, pickleball courts, concerts and boat parking. Now, McGill & Associates are to look at what the town needs are today, and how the site can be used to best address those needs. In McGill & Associates’ statement for qualification, it stated the process will take about eight months for engineers to present a final comprehensive, conceptual design plan. During those eight months, engineers will analyze the site and engage with both the town and public.

Read more » click here

Previously reported – April 2026
Project Overview the Town of Holden Beach is seeking sealed bids from qualified general contractors for the complete construction of the Holden Beach Pavilion in accordance with the provided plans and specifications. The project is located at the intersection of Brunswick Avenue East, Quinton Street, and Jordan Boulevard in Block Q, Holden Beach, NC (part of Carolina Avenue Park). It involves a 40′ x 40’open-air pavilion structure stage and 40′ x 40′ Dance Floor designed for coastal conditions, with associated site improvements including stormwater management.

The low bid was from A.W. Babson at a cost of $349,150, which does not include the bid bond which is required. The BOC’s decided to move forward including the cost of the bid bond awarding the contract to A.W Babson.
A decision was made – Approved unanimously


This and That


Water Alert

Brunswick County urges water conservation as demand rises over capacity
Brunswick County is urging residents to cut back on water use after demand climbed above 80% of the system’s capacity. “This time of year leading up to Fourth of July is usually when we hit our peak season, so we’re just trying to take some proactive measures now in the weeks leading before that,” said Meagan Kascsak with Brunswick County. The alert applies to customers of Brunswick County Public Utilities and the water systems on Bald Head Island, Holden Beach, Oak Island, and Ocean Isle Beach, which receive water from Brunswick County. Officials are asking for voluntary reductions, especially limiting irrigation, to cut peak demand and avoid mandatory restrictions.

Here are some tips from the county:

    • Adjust your irrigation schedule: don’t irrigate 5 a.m.–11 a.m.
    • Follow the odd/even schedule:
      • Odd addresses: Tue / Thu / Sat
      • Even addresses: Wed / Fri / Sun
      • No one irrigates Monday
    • Water overnight if you must
    • Don’t overwater: save water (and money) and reduce plant stress
    • “1-inch rule:” about 1 inch/week for most summer lawns
    • Plant drought-tolerant landscaping: grasses, trees, plants (Cooperative Extension has suggestions)
    • Don’t water pavement
    • Maintain your yard to hold moisture: refresh mulch, pull weeds/thatch, aerate soil
    • Cut back on laundry/dishes: run full loads; avoid washers 5 a.m.–11 a.m.
    • Scrape plates first: keep food out of sinks/dishwashers
    • Don’t let faucets run: brushing teeth, shaving, rinsing, prepping food
    • Keep drinking water in the fridge: don’t run tap to cool it
    • Swap to water-efficient fixtures/appliances: showerheads, toilets, faucets
    • Take showers not baths: aim for 5 minutes or less
    • Clean showerheads and faucets regularly
    • Fix leaking toilets

“We don’t want to go to any higher level, higher stage, or anything like that that’s not you know ideal,” Kascsak with Brunswick County. For questions, contact your provider or Brunswick County Public Utilities at 910-253-2657 or utilityadmin@brunswickcountync.gov.
Read more » click here


Property Tax Cap

North Carolina is advancing a proposed constitutional amendment (House Bill 1089) that would require the General Assembly to limit how much local governments can increase property tax collections. If passed by the legislature, voters will decide whether to implement these levy limits on the November 3, 2026 ballot.

Current Tax Caps
Under current state law, North Carolina caps the maximum property tax rate that local governments can levy at $1.50 per $100 of assessed property value, though no county currently reaches this symbolic limit.

Proposed Constitutional Amendment (2026)

    • What it does: Instead of capping the tax rate, the proposed “levy limits” would cap the total revenue (levy) a municipality or county can collect, protecting homeowners from surging tax bills caused by skyrocketing property valuations.
    • The unknown variables: The exact limit (e.g., whether it will be tied to inflation, population growth, or a set percentage) and any specific exceptions are not defined in the amendment itself. Those details will be determined by follow-up legislation if the amendment is enacted. 

NC lawmakers advance proposed property tax cap, affordable housing exemption
The state House of Representatives’ Finance Committee on Tuesday voted to advance a proposed state constitutional amendment restricting how much city and county governments could raise property taxes each year.
State lawmakers on Tuesday advanced a proposal to limit property tax increases — putting the idea one step closer to a ballot referendum in November. The state House of Representatives’ Finance Committee on Tuesday gave a favorable report to a proposed state constitutional amendment restricting how much city and county governments could raise property taxes each year. The bill goes next to the House Rules Committee. Amendments to the state Constitution must be approved by North Carolina voters. If the idea is approved by a supermajority of legislators, North Carolinians would be asked to decide the issue through a ballot vote, likely in November. Legislative leaders said Tuesday they plan to adopt the proposal. “Both chambers want to deliver additional tax relief to the citizens of North Carolina,” Senate leader Phil Berger said when announcing that he and House Speaker Destin Hall had reached agreements on key details of a state budget. The legislation, House Bill 1089, doesn’t outline a limit for property tax increases. It calls on state lawmakers to come up with specific restrictions at a later date — if the referendum is approved by voters. The bill enjoyed bipartisan support among committee members, with Republicans and Democrats disagreeing over why the amendment is needed. Republicans accused city and county governments of raising taxes to pay for frivolous projects. “We don’t have a taxing problem, we have a spending problem,” said Rep. Keith Kidwell, R-Beaufort. Democrats said many municipalities are raising taxes to fill budget holes created by a lapse in state funding, specifically for education. Legislative leaders failed to adopt a comprehensive state budget for the current fiscal year. “When you squeeze the balloon up top, that balloon is gonna pop out somewhere else,” said Rep. Eric Ager, D-Buncombe. The proposed constitutional amendment is part of a broader push by legislators in the Republican-controlled General Assembly to address affordability issues ahead of the midterm elections. Republicans in the state Senate last week approved a bill that would temporarily block county governments from applying appraisals conducted during this calendar year to property tax bills. Reappraisals often lead to higher property tax bills. Republican Senate leader Phil Berger has referred to that proposal as a “moratorium” that could bring temporary relief to taxpayers in a number of counties scheduled to reappraise properties this year — including Guilford and Harnett. Berger has framed the idea as simply buying time for the legislature to come up with more sweeping reforms. The proposed constitutional amendment could serve as that more sweeping idea, although it’s unclear if the Senate will go along if the idea passes the House. Tax reduction has been a stated goal of Republican lawmakers for decades, but the proposed reappraisal moratorium and constitutional amendment are not guaranteed to pass. Neither Berger nor House Speaker Destin Hall has committed to supporting the other chamber’s idea for addressing rising property taxes. Democrats have expressed skepticism over both plans. Senate Minority Leader Sydney Batch, D-Wake, chided Senate Republicans last week for failing to take up an amendment to Berger’s bill that would have lowered the state’s income threshold to qualify for property tax exceptions. Rep. Lindsey Prather, D-Buncombe, said Monday — during a press conference calling for higher taxes on millionaires — that the property tax changes being proposed by GOP lawmakers seemed aimed more at gathering political credit than solving a problem. “We can be the quote-unquote ‘good guys’ down here in Raleigh and say we’re going to lower your property taxes,” Prather said. “But all that means is that the local governments are going to have to be the ‘bad guys’ to raise revenue in other ways.”

Closing a loophole
The House Finance committee on Tuesday also advanced a proposal that could help municipal governments recoup more property tax revenue. The committee gave a favorable report to  House Bill 1042, which would tighten rules for nonprofit organizations that receive property tax exemptions. The bill goes next to the House Rules Committee. The state currently allows certain organizations to avoid paying property taxes if they use their property entirely for charitable purposes and are not run for profit. However, some developers have identified a loophole in the law that allows them to build housing with a minimal number of affordable units. State Rep. Erin Pare, R-Wake, said the loophole enabled developers to keep nearly $750 million worth of property out of Wake County’s tax base in 2025. The proposed change seeks to winnow down the list of who qualifies, especially nonprofits that provide affordable housing for low- or moderate-income people. “The intent of this work is to preserve the affordable housing exemption … and to sure there is a public benefit to providing this exemption,” Pare told the committee.
Read more » click here


Turtle Watch Program –


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

 



Turtle Watch Program – 2026

 

.
.
The first nest of the 2025 season was on May 21st

Average annual number of nests is 45

Current nest count – (32) as of 06/20/26

Members of the patrol started riding the beach every morning on May 1 and will do so through October looking for signs of turtle nests.
For more information » click here
.


.Turtle Talks
The Holden Beach Turtle Watch Program conducts weekly educational programs on selected Wednesday evenings in June, July and August. Please check our Events Calendar for details on dates, times and locations. Seating is limited.

Children’s Turtle Time
Special programs for younger turtle enthusiasts are held at 4 p.m. on Wednesday afternoons in June, July and August on select dates.

Both programs are free of charge and will be held at the Holden Beach Chapel.

How you can protect sea turtles at NC beaches during nesting season
People aren’t the only folks flocking to North Carolina’s beaches as the weather warms up. In the coming weeks, beachgoers could find themselves sharing the sand with mamma sea turtles and shorebirds looking for a spot to start a new family. Already, skimmers, oystercatchers and other birds are vying for space on the sandy spits at the tips of barrier islands like Wrightsville Beach, and North Carolina has already seen one false crawl by a sea turtle even though sea turtle nesting season doesn’t generally start until May 1, according to the N.C. Wildlife Resources Commission. But sharing the beach can be a challenge, with the deck largely stacked against coastal wildlife as the lure of sand and the ocean keeps attracting more and more people to the N.C. coast − never mind the other challenges the animals face in the wild off the beach. Still, officials say following a few simple rules can give the critters a flipper and wing up during their beach visit. “Seeing a sea turtle on the beach is a wonderful, rare experience,” said Terry Meyer, deputy and conservation director at the Karen Beasley Rescue and Rehabilitation Center in Surf City. “But just keep a respectful distance while enjoying it.”

One in 1,000
Sea turtle nesting season in North Carolina occurs from May through September. Female sea turtles emerge from the ocean at night, and using their flippers, dig an 18-inch-deep hole that will serve as the nest where she will deposit 80 to 120 eggs. After laying the eggs, she covers the nest and returns to sea. After about a 60-day incubation period, the hatchlings emerge and make their way to the ocean. Only about one in 1,000 hatchlings will live to reproduce. In 2025 North Carolina recorded 1,088 nests, with the first one recorded on Topsail Island on May 8, 2025. The first nest to emerge was a Kemp’s Ridley nest on Ocean Isle Beach on July 10, 2025. The vast majority of North Carolina nests were laid by loggerheads. Green sea turtle nest numbers are slowly increasing in the state, with Tar Heel beaches seeing 58 last year. There also were 10 Kemp’s Ridley nests.

Range of threats
Both in the water and on land, sea turtles face a range of threats. In the ocean, dangers range from entanglement in fishing gear to boat strikes to ingesting plastics and other trash. But that’s if the hatchlings even make it off the beach to have a life at sea. “Our No. 1 greatest threat by far is artificial lighting,” Meyer said. She said it’s the biggest concern because the lights can not only disorientate the nesting female as she comes ashore, but also hatchlings as they move toward the brightest light they see when they come out of their nest. In a perfect world, that’s the moon or the stars as they make their way toward the ocean. And it isn’t just exterior lighting that is a problem. Meyer said a recent study found 57% of the light pollution along the Topsail Island beachfront was from interior lights − a major concern since many oceanfront homes don’t have shades or curtains on their ocean-facing windows. Factor in a rotating mix of residents as vacationers cycle on and off the island almost weekly and it’s a constant battle for the turtle volunteers and others to get the message about lighting out there. “We just can’t stay ahead of the light situation,” Meyer said, noting volunteers hand out door hangers warning about the danger of keeping lights on at night and promote the use of turtle-friendly ambient light bulbs for exterior uses instead of traditional bulbs. “It’s definitely a challenge.” Predators like foxes and raccoons along with overanxious tourists eager to see and get selfies with a giant marine reptile that predates the dinosaurs are other challenges nesting sea turtles and their hatchlings can face. Climate change also is a growing concern. On the beach, the warming weather is increasing sand temperatures, which helps determine the sex of hatchlings as the buried eggs incubate. If the beach is warmer than 89 degrees, most of the hatchlings will be female; if it’s cooler more will be male. For a long time, researchers have believed that the cooler beaches in the Carolinas produced males to mate with the female-heavy hatchlings produced by the warmer beaches in Florida and along the Gulf Coast. But what will happen if all the country’s beaches get so warm that the vast majority of hatchlings are female? A warming climate, which scientists are predicting for North Carolina in the coming years, also could impact when sea turtles nest, prompting turtles to lumber ashore earlier than the traditional May start date.

‘Fill in those holes’
The Topsail Turtle Project, run by the sea turtle hospital, monitors the beaches in Topsail Beach, Surf City and North Topsail Beach. With volunteer groups in other beach towns along with federal and state agencies, officials monitor all 330 miles of ocean-facing sandy beaches in N.C. for sea turtle nests, stranded animals and even signs of false crawls. “We want them all counted, all documented,” Meyer said. “We want to know how many turtles we have.” If an injured or stressed sea turtle is found, it often ends up at the sea turtle hospital. As of April 21, the turtle hospital was treating 45 patients − most cold-stun victims from this winter that were slowly being nursed back to health. Kathy Zagzebski, the hospital’s executive director, said during the busy fall and winter season the facility sometimes deals with more than 100 turtles at a time, many cold-stunned animals brought down from New England for treatment. Recovery times can often take several months per turtle. As the weather warms up, the hospital sees fewer turtles being brought in suffering from hypothermia or other temperature-related issues. But the animals that are brought in are often those that have been accidently hooked by a fishermen or hit by a boat. “We usually see fewer turtles, but those that we do see probably require more treatment,” Kathy said. Like Meyer, Zagzebski said just taking a few steps and being considerate can help people and sea turtles better share the state’s coastal environment. “And fill in those holes,” she said, noting that holes dug on the beach can deter mother sea turtles from nesting and prevent hatchlings from reaching the ocean after they emerge from the nest.
Read more » click here

The N.C. Sea Turtle Project works with 20 different volunteer groups. Contact information for each is available at nc-wild.org/seaturtles/contacts, or call the statewide sea turtle hotline at 252-241-7367.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Fauna & Flora –


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

NC State Native Plant Resources » click here

NC Native Plants for Pollinators » click here

NC Sea Grant Coastal Landscapes » click here

New Hanover County Arboretum Native Plant Garden » click here

Audubon Native Plant Database » click here

North Carolina Extension Gardener Plant Toolbox » click here

Fauna & Flora » click here
Holden Beach recommended plant list – deer resistant & salt tolerant


Factoid That May Interest Only Me


The simple trick that can stop a mosquito bite from itching
The application of heat or cold can be an easy way to curb the urge to scratch.

It’s hard to think about much else when you have a fresh mosquito bite you’re desperate to scratch.  The insatiable itch, the swollen red bump — it can even be uncomfortable enough to keep you up at night. While you can’t do much to make the bite go away faster, there are ways to relieve itch in the meantime — and prevent you from scratching so hard that you break the skin and risk an infection. One unexpected method: applying concentrated (though not too hot) heat or something cold on your mosquito bite, a technique that “could inhibit the feeling of itch,” said Gil Yosipovitch, a professor and director of the Miami Itch Center at the University of Miami.

How heat and cold relieve mosquito bite itch
When a mosquito pierces the skin, it injects saliva, which contains proteins that prevent blood clotting, said Shawn Kwatra, chair in the department of dermatology at the University of Maryland School of Medicine and director of the Maryland Itch Center.  “It’s these saliva proteins that trigger a reaction,” he explained. “Within the first hour of the bite, the area may become more swollen, red, warm and itchier.” For some people, this reaction can be even more dramatic. “In highly sensitive people, the system recognizes those proteins more strongly and releases larger amounts of histamine and other inflammatory chemicals,” resulting in more significant swelling and redness, said Kwatra. But even mild reactions can be uncomfortably itchy as they heal, which can take anywhere from hours to days. Heat might help relieve mosquito bite itch because it’s essentially a distraction, said Ethan Lerner, an associate professor of dermatology at Harvard Medical School. The theory explained Kwatra, is that a change in temperature may help interrupt nerve and inflammation signals that cause that itchy feeling. “Heat activates temperature-sensitive receptors in the skin,” he said. “Stimulating these pathways may temporarily override or dampen each signal similarly to how rubbing a bump can briefly distract from itch.”  In other words: “It’s kind of averting the nervous system from one sensation to another,” said Yosipovitch. Applying something cold may relieve itch using a similar process, experts said, and cold temperatures also have the benefit of helping to reduce inflammation. “Cold can slow itch nerve signaling, constrict blood vessels, calm inflammation and can help numb the area,” said Kwatra.

What the research shows
There’s not a lot of research on the topic, but the studies that do exist are promising. A 2022 review article that Yosipovitch co-wrote on mosquito bite reactions identified cold compresses as a topical treatment option. Researchers noted that cold may help by activating something called the TRPM8 receptor, a sensor on nerve cells that’s activated by cold temperatures and cooling compounds such as menthol. In 2023, researchers looked at the efficacy of a smartphone-controlled medical device that emitted heat and found that mosquito bite-induced itch decreased by 57 percent within the first minute of treatment and by 81 percent within 10 minutes. Because participants reported rapid itch reduction, this suggests the relief “is working through nerve signaling rather than slower anti-inflammatory pathways,” noted Kwatra. (This study “was a bit flawed,” said Yosipovitch, since users of the device were invited to join the study, so “it’s not a real control,” he said.) A randomized clinical trial published the following year investigated a thermo-therapeutic heat pen that was similarly designed to relieve mosquito bite itch. Participants who used the product reported significantly reduced itching within one minute of treatment compared with those who had a placebo device.

How to use heat and cold safely on itchy bites
Applying heat on a mosquito bite may temporarily distract from the itch, but it shouldn’t be hot enough to burn your skin. “Use brief, mild, localized warmth,” said Kwatra, “so potentially a warm washcloth.” Other options include running a metal spoon under warm water or applying a reusable warm gel pack or heating pad on low, Kwatra said. “I would avoid a hair dryer because it’s harder to control the temperature and can overheat skin quickly.” However, if you’re someone who tends to experience one of those bigger, more dramatic reactions from a mosquito bite or even has an allergy — in which case you might develop significant inflammation and swelling after a bite — heat may not be the best option, cautioned Yosipovitch. Heat “could maybe work for some folks,” he said. But because warmth can also increase blood flow, “heat itself can actually sometimes lead to more itch,” which could be especially irritating for people who are already more sensitive to mosquito bites, he said. Applying something cool may be a safer first option in this case, said Kwatra: You might wrap an ice pack in a thin cloth, or use a cool, wet washcloth or chilled gel pack as a cold compress on the bite for about 10 minutes.

Other mosquito bite remedies to try

For mild mosquito bites, there are other strategies to ease the itch:

    • An over-the-counter 1 percent hydrocortisone cream is “a first-line option for itchy, inflamed mosquito bites” and reduces redness and swelling in addition to relieving itch, said Kwatra. Hydrocortisone sprays are also worth trying, added Lerner. “In my own bias, [they] work better and faster than a cream,” he said.
    • Taking an over-the-counter oral antihistamine is another option for mosquito bites, according to the American Academy of Dermatology Association.
    • Creams or lotions that contain camphor or menthol can possibly help distract from itch in a similar way to a cold pack. “They activate your cool receptors,” explained Kwatra.
    • A baking soda and water mixture can help make skin feel less itchy, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Mix one tablespoon of baking soda with water to create a paste; leave it on your bite for about 10 minutes before washing off.
    • Calamine lotion can be soothing and feel cooling for any kind of mild skin irritation, including itchy mosquito bites, said Kwatra.

A more severe reaction from any insect bite warrants a call to your medical provider, especially if you’re experiencing symptoms such as significant swelling, hives, swollen lymph nodes or a low-grade fever, which may be signs of an allergic reaction.
Read more » click here


Think Urinating on a Jellyfish Sting Is Helpful? Think Again.
Jellyfish myths and misconceptions abound. Here’s how to stay safe this beach season around these gelatinous wonders.
Is urinating on a jellyfish sting helpful? Can jellyfish still sting when they are beached? And what should you do if you find one in the water or the sand? With beach season upon us, here are some things to keep in mind about these boneless tentacled creatures, which populate all the oceans, from tropical waters to freezing depths.

They have been around for more than 500 million years.
“Jellyfish are some of the most resilient creatures on Earth,” said Yana Yanovsky, who recently founded the Jellyfish Museum in Pompano Beach, Fla., about 12 miles north of Fort Lauderdale, with her husband, Alex Yanovsky. To researchers, jellyfish are fascinating not only for their colorful and bulbous shapes but also because they play important roles in the marine ecosystem and are a key source of food for some fish and sea turtles. Scientists estimate that there are at least 1,000 species of jellyfish and that they have survived for more than 500 million years. Jellyfish lack backbones, heart, blood or gills and are more than 95 percent water, according to the Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission. They are known to drift with the currents, but they occasionally swim by pulsing their umbrella, or bell, at the top of their bodies, according to the commission. “Their movement is mesmerizing, almost meditative,” Ms. Yanovsky said. “While they lack a brain, they maintain a simple nerve net that allows them to respond to their environment.”

 Jellyfish don’t ‘go after’ people.
“Any contact with jellyfish is incidental,” the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration said on its website, noting that humans are not on their menu. “They eat a variety of prey using their tentacles,” including plankton, fish, shrimp and even other jellyfish,” said Heather Bracken-Grissom, a professor of biological sciences at Florida International University in Miami. But when people swim in a jellyfish’s environment, humans can get in the way of their tentacles, which have stinging cells.

Don’t urinate on a sting.
You may have heard that urinating on a jellyfish sting is a useful remedy to relieve the pain. “There’s something, like ammonia in that, that kills the pain,” Chandler (Matthew Perry) tells Monica (Courteney Cox) and Joey (Matthew LeBlanc) in a 1997 episode of “Friends” after Monica is stung by a jellyfish. But urinating on a jellyfish sting can actually cause more pain than it provides relief, Dr. Thomas Waters said in a 2024 article published by the Cleveland Clinic. “The logic is based upon the idea that ammonia, urea and other compounds found in your urine can break down the stinging cells and get them to detach from your skin,” according to the article. “But the truth is that your urine is made up of mostly water, so there isn’t enough ammonia and other chemicals to have the desired effect of stopping the stinging cells and their barbs,” he wrote.

What should you do if you are stung?
“A saltwater wash is the best first step for all species of jellyfish and their look-alikes because it will not stimulate further ‘firing’ of stingers, or further release of their venom,” Dr. Christopher Bazzoli of the Cleveland Clinic said in an interview. Vinegar can also help. “Vinegar rapidly halts the thousands of tiny unfired stinging cells left on the surface of the skin after tentacle contact,” according to University of Florida Health. Dr. Bazzoli suggested that people apply ice to the affected area to help reduce inflammation. Someone who has been stung should also consider taking an antihistamine to reduce itching and skin reactions, or an anti-inflammatory, such as ibuprofen, to reduce pain and swelling.

Don’t touch them.
Although they may look like small balloons on the sand, avoid stepping on jellyfish and don’t touch or pop them. Even if you are wearing shoes or sandals, washed-up jellyfish — no matter the size — can still pose a risk because of their tentacles, according to the Cleveland Clinic. “The stinging cells on small jellyfish can be just as potent as the stinging cells on large jellyfish, so it’s possible to get a painful sting even from a microscopic jellyfish,” James Douglass, a professor of marine science at Florida Gulf Coast University in Fort Myers, Fla., said in an interview. “The thing about large jellyfish, though, is that they have more and longer tentacles with more stinging cells overall, so they can get you with a lot of stinging cells at once,” he added.

Can stings be fatal?

Yes, though fatal stings are “very rare” and are “associated with allergic reactions,” Dr. Bracken-Grissom said. Dr. Douglass said that while there are many species “that sting quite painfully,” there are a few species, such as the box jellyfish, whose stings can be life-threatening. Box jellyfish live in tropical areas and are commonly found on the northern coast of Australia and the Indo-Pacific Ocean, according to the Cleveland Clinic, which noted that the Australian box jellyfish is the most venomous jellyfish in the world.
Read more » click here


The $255 Beach Shade Dividing America’s Coastal Towns
Some beachgoers love Shibumis for their simplicity and safety. Others consider them a nuisance, and some places have banned them.
If you’re lucky enough to own an oceanfront house in Wrightsville Beach, you’ll look out on the sand, the water and—starting this weekend—an endless stretch of blue and turquoise fabric. In this North Carolina town, Shibumis, lightweight shade structures that flap in the wind like giant flags flown horizontally, are everywhere. “When I see them popping up on the sand, it means everyone is back here enjoying the beach,” Wrightsville homeowner Tracy Dix said contentedly. But don’t try planting a Shibumi on the sand in Myrtle Beach, S.C. From now until Labor Day, the only shade structures permitted in that resort town are traditional umbrellas. “The beach was being consumed by tents and canopies,” said Mayor Mark Kruea. “They blocked access to the beach for some folks, and potentially to emergency responders.” In fact, when some residents proposed relaxing the rules for quieter beaches away from Myrtle’s main commercial strip, the Beach Advisory Committee voted unanimously not to allow that. At a public hearing last month, Nan Trout, who lives near the beach, presented the committee with a long list of reasons to keep the ban in place. Among them: congestion that leads to “conflicts over territory, and the possibility that guy lines and anchors will cause many people to trip. Trout said she talks to her neighbors and “none of them want to see Shibumis on the beach.” If you can’t imagine a four-pound shade structure causing so much dissension, you’ve probably never seen a Shibumi. Breathtakingly simple, it consists of a polyester sheet that is slid onto an arch-shaped aluminum pole, the ends of which are then buried in the sand. In even a light breeze the polyester billows, like a bedsheet on a clothesline, providing enough shade for a family. Invented by a trio of recent UNC-Chapel Hill graduates, Shibumis are practically an obsession in the Carolinas. Owners say they are easy to carry and set up and are safer than umbrellas, which can cause injuries or death when the wind uproots them. The company says it has sold about 500,000 Shibumis, many of them in the Carolinas. The device has enriched its inventors, brothers Dane and Scott Barnes and their friend Alex Slater. (Shibumi is a Japanese term for “effortless perfection” as well as the name of an apartment building where the three men lived in Chapel Hill.) In 2021, just six years after they made their first Shibumi by hand, they accepted an offer from Stripes, a New York-based investment fund, for majority ownership. They remain board members, brand ambassadors and strategic advisers. Not surprisingly, there are copycats, some sold right alongside Shibumis on Amazon. The company has sent cease-and-desist letters citing the company’s 15 U.S. patents to nearly 200 competitors, and sued two of them, according to Dane Barnes. Barnes said he spends much of his time dealing with imitators and lobbying in places where shade structures like Shibumis are prohibited. In Rehoboth Beach, Del., Beach patrol captain Jeff Giles said the shades were simply taking up too much space on the town’s relatively narrow swaths of sand. Now they’re illegal year-round. “Beach ambassadors” are sent to talk to violators, Giles said. If someone refuses to take down their shade, he said, “We call the police and they issue a ticket.” There are criticisms that go beyond crowding and safety. Some beachgoers say that when they flap in the wind, Shibumis are so loud that it’s hard to hold a conversation under or even near one. That’s why the company spent years looking for a fabric that makes new models less noisy than their predecessors. Another refrain is that Shibumis are useless in still air. There are plenty of videos on TikTok showing “Shibumi fails” on windless beaches. In response, the company introduced a wind-assist kit—a pair of cables, clips and sandbags that can keep the fabric from drooping. Then there’s the sameness problem. To build brand recognition, the founders for years stuck with a single color scheme—“deep ocean and shallow water.” But some parents complained that their children couldn’t find them in a sea of identical Shibumis, Barnes said. There are now several color combinations. And some consumers are put off by the price—at least $255 for a product that they imagine costs a fraction of that to make. (Production was moved from the U.S. to Asia in 2024.) There are lots of videos online demonstrating how to make a “Shibumi” with $50 or $60 worth of materials. The company is trying to expand well beyond the Carolinas, but that will require some heavy lifting. In places like Wilmington, N.C., Dick’s Sporting Goods stores have large displays of Shibumis. But at a Dick’s in Huntington Beach, Calif., in March, no one had heard of a Shibumi and it took a while to find a few gathering dust on a shelf in the back. Meanwhile, the company is looking for more than new territory. Last year it came out with a pricey beach chair that it says is selling well. This year it introduced a canopy meant to be used in parks and yards, where there may not be much wind. That market may prove to be enormous. There are millions of backyards in America, and none of them prohibits sun shades.
Read more » click here


Beach Strand 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

Most rip current deaths are preventable. Yet people keep drowning.
Beach-safety experts are frustrated by the mounting fatalities despite awareness campaigns and improved forecasts
Rip-current deaths in the United States are running ahead of last year’s pace – at least 29 since the beginning of the year – with peak beach season yet to come. Experts are warning the public to be aware of this largely hidden hazard ahead of Memorial Day weekend, traditionally one of the busiest beach weekends of the year. The risk of dangerous rip currents is expected to be particularly high this weekend along portions of the Southeast coast where a storm could produce heavy rain, gusty winds and rough seas. Experts say most rip-current fatalities can be prevented. Still, the number of annual rip-current deaths has steadily climbed since the National Weather Service began tracking them in 2010, reaching a record of 130 in 2021, then dipping to 85 last year. Rip currents were the third-leading cause of weather-related deaths from 2012 to 2021, behind only heat and flooding, according to the Weather Service, and in a typical year they kill more people than lightning, hurricanes or tornadoes. Rip currents are strong, narrow streams of water that flow away from the shoreline and can suddenly sweep swimmers out to sea. They can form on almost any beach with breaking waves, especially near low spots or breaks in sandbars, and near jetties or piers. Predicting where and when a rip current will form is difficult because of the many weather and ocean factors involved. The Weather Service cautions that “rip currents often form on calm, sunny days.” The Weather Service lists 26 rip-current deaths this year through April 27, not including three deaths believed to be caused by rip currents on April 28 in Destin, Fla., May 6 in Ocean City, Md., and May 12 at Cannon Beach, Ore. At this point last year, there were 19 total such deaths. Beach-safety experts are expressing frustration as fatalities trend higher again this year despite annual awareness campaigns, such as the United States Lifesaving Association’s National Beach Safety Week held every year during the week before Memorial Day, and recent improvements to rip current forecasts. “It is frustrating when we produce videos and graphics and educational information and release it at the beginning of each beach season, and it still misses so many people,” Scott Stripling, a senior meteorologist at the National Hurricane Center in Miami, said in an email. “The problem seems to be one of communication and/or lack of attention by the general public.”
Rip-current forecasts and warning signs
The Weather Service issues daily rip-current forecasts for beaches on the Atlantic Ocean, Gulf Coast, Southern California, Great Lakes, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. The forecasts categorize the rip-current risk as low, moderate or high, and are informed by a rip-current model recently developed by NOAA that has made it possible to differentiate the risk between adjacent beaches. Previously the same forecast could span 100 miles or more. However, the model doesn’t enable reliable forecasts of the exact location and time of rip currents. These are influenced by a number of factors including wave characteristics, water levels, winds and the shape of a beach. Advances in artificial intelligence could help with rip-current detection – NOAA is partnering with the Southeast Coastal Ocean Observing Regional Association on a project using AI to detect rip currents in webcam imagery – but such efforts are still in their infancy. In some cases, there are visible clues to the existence of a rip current, such as a break in the waves, foamy water or objects being carried offshore, or darker water that is due to a break in a sandbar. Often, though, rip currents are difficult to see, or are best seen from a high point such as a dune line or the top of a beach access. Rip currents are particularly hard to spot in South Florida, where, the Weather Service says, they “consistently rank at or near the top of the list of deadliest weather-related hazards,” because there is not much sediment to darken or muddy the current at the shoreline. In Brevard County alone, home to nearly 72 miles of sandy beaches, there have been eight apparent rip-current drownings since November, all at beaches without lifeguards. “We have clear-water rips, so these offshore-flowing currents are very hard to detect,” Stephen Leatherman, a professor in the department of earth and environment at Florida International University, said in an email. “The best thing is to have lifeguards and for people to swim close to lifeguards. But lifeguards are very expensive, and Florida has 825 miles of good quality sandy beaches which are swimmable for most of the year.”
Warnings and tips for surviving a rip current
Rip currents flow at speeds up to 5 miles per hour. That may not sound fast, but it’s faster than many Olympic swimmers. If you are caught in a rip current, experts say not to swim directly back to shore against the current, which can quickly exhaust and drown you. Instead, swim parallel to the shore until you are out of the current, which is typically no wider than about 50 to 100 feet. You might also escape by floating or treading water, allowing the current to take you out just past the breaking waves where many rip currents tend to dissipate, and then circulate you back toward the shore. However, some rip currents can extend hundreds of yards offshore. If you see someone caught in a rip current, experts urge you not to risk your own life to attempt a swimming rescue unless you have been trained to do so and have a flotation device to assist you and the person in distress. Instead, you should get help from a lifeguard or call 911 if no lifeguard is present. You should also throw the victim something that floats, such as a lifejacket, body board, cooler or a ball, and yell instructions on how to escape. Experts agree that the best way to survive a rip current is to avoid it in the first place. That means checking the rip-current forecast before you enter the water, heeding warnings for rip currents or rough surf, and only swimming close to a lifeguard. The United States Lifesaving Association estimates the chance of someone’s drowning at a beach with a lifeguard at 1 in 18 million. “Lifeguards are trained to spot rip currents and other beach hazards and intervene as and when needed,” Chris Houser, a professor at the University of Windsor School of Environment and a longtime beach-safety researcher, said in an email. “While there is some evidence that individual beach users can be trained to spot rips, most beach users are not aware of what to look for.” U.S. lifeguards make an estimated 80,000 or more rip-current rescues each year, which suggests that education and warning messages are not reaching or are not resonating with as many people as experts would like. “If the lifeguards are flying precautionary flags, and there are signs on the lifeguard stand identifying the potential for rips in that area, and the National Weather Service and media have advertised that there is at least a moderate risk for rip currents to be present at your local beach, what else can we do?” the Weather Service’s Stripling said.
Read more » click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

 

 

Jellyfish Guide

 

 

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Staying safe at the beach: Rip currents, jellyfish, sharks, and other hazards
A trip to the beach can turn deadly (or painful) due to natural hazards but being aware of risks and mitigating hazards is a good way to prevent problems.
Picture this: warm weather, blue skies, and your toes in the sand – it sounds like a perfect lazy summer day at the beach. Maybe you decide to cool down in the ocean and find yourself bobbing around when suddenly you realize you are a little too far out. As panic sinks in and you start to swim towards dry land you realize your efforts are in vain and your whole body is getting tired, all the while you are drifting further into the Atlantic – you have gotten stuck in a rip current. It’s not the only potential danger in the ocean, though. There are also sharks. And, of course, there are some things on shore that ruin your day at the beach, too, including stepping on jellyfish and, of course, good old-fashionedsunburn.

Rip currents
According to the U.S. Lifesaving Association (USLA), 80 percent of all ocean rescues are related to rip currents and annually more than 100 fatalities across the country are due to rip currents. While it is obvious that swimming at a beach with lifeguards is one of the safer options, there are plenty of area beaches that lack lifeguards or maybe ocean rescue season has not started just yet. So, what is the best course of action for surviving a rip current? According to the National Weather Service, there are several things swimmers should keep in mind when dealing with these often-unseen dangers.

    • Relax. Rip currents don’t pull you under.
    • A rip current is a natural treadmill that travels an average speed of 1-2 feet per second but has been measured as fast as 8 feet per second – faster than an Olympic swimmer. Trying to swim against a rip current will only use up your energy; energy you need to survive and escape the rip current.
    • Do NOT try to swim directly into to shore. Swim along the shoreline until you escape the current’s pull. When free from the pull of the current, swim at an angle away from the current toward shore.
    • If you feel you can’t reach shore, relax, face the shore, and call or wave for help. Remember: If in doubt, don’t go out!
    • If at all possible, only swim at beaches with lifeguards.
    • If you choose to swim on beaches without a lifeguard, never swim alone. Take a friend and have that person take a cell phone so he or she can call 911 for help.

Sharks
Sharks are a fear on most every swimmer’s mind, regardless of the actual dangers posed by the large predatory fish. “NOAA states that while shark attacks are rare, they are most likely to occur near shore, typically inshore of a sandbar or between sandbars where sharks can be trapped by low tide, and near steep drop-offs where sharks’ prey gather. While the risks are small, it’s important to be aware of how to avoid an attack,” according to previous reporting.

Suggestions from NOAA for reducing the risk of a shark attack include:

    • Don’t swim too far from shore.
    • Stay in groups – sharks are more likely to attack a solitary individual.
    • Avoid being in the water during darkness or twilight when sharks are most active.
    • Don’t go in the water if bleeding from a wound – sharks have a very acute sense ofsmell.
    • Leave the shiny jewelry at home – the reflected light resembles fish scales.
    • Avoid brightly-colored swimwear – sharks see contrast particularly well.

Sunburns
Most everyone has experienced a sunburn at one point in their life and while not often thought as a major concern for many, overexposure to UV light can cause serious long-term problems including skin cancer. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recommends using at least S.P.F. 15 sunscreen at least 15 minutes prior to sun exposure. Wearing a hat, long sleeves, and other protective clothing is also recommended to keep skin protected.

Jellyfish
Jellyfish and Portuguese Man of War have been spotted along the beaches of New Hanover County and surrounding area beaches already this season and the little floating creatures can pack a punch. Often times beachgoers will spot them washed up on shore and other times they can be spotted in the water, but it is best to avoid them when you can. “While all jellyfish sting, not all contain poison that hurts humans. Be careful of jellies that wash up on shore, as some can still sting if tentacles are wet. NOAA recommends that if you are stung by a jellyfish to first seek a lifeguard to give first aid. If no lifeguards are present, wash the wound with vinegar or rubbing alcohol,” NOAA suggests. And what about that … other method of treating stings? Turns out, it’s a myth. In fact, urine can actually aggravate the stinging cells of jellyfish, making things worse. These cells, which detach and stick into the skin of prey, can continue to inject venom. Urine, as well as fresh water, can cause an imbalance to the salt solution surrounding the stinging cells, causing them to continue to fire. According to Scientific American, if you don’t have vinegar or rubbing alcohol, rinsing with salt water may be your best bet.
Read more »
click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

 

Beachcombing Guide

 

 


Storm Events 


Hurricane Vehicle Decals
Property owners were provided with four (4) decals that were included in this month’s water bill. It is important that you place your decals in your vehicle or in a safe place. A $10 fee will be assessed to anyone who needs to obtain either additional or replacement decals. Decals will not be issued in the 24-hour period before an anticipated order of evacuation.

The decals are your passes to get back onto the island to check your property in the event that an emergency would necessitate restricting access to the island. Decals must be displayed in the driver side lower left-hand corner of the windshield, where they are not obstructed by any other items. Officials must be able to clearly read the decal from outside the vehicle.

Property owners without a valid decal will not be allowed on the island during restricted access. No other method of identification is accepted in an emergency situation. Click here to visit the Town website to find out more information regarding decals and emergency situations.


EVACUATION, CURFEW & DECALS


NC General Statute 166A-19.22
Power of municipalities and counties to enact ordinances to deal with states of emergency.

Synopsis – The governing body may impose by declaration or enacted ordinance, prohibitions, and restrictions during a state of emergency. This includes the prohibition and restriction of movements of people in public places, including imposing a curfew; directing or compelling the voluntary or mandatory evacuation of all or part of the population, controlling ingress and egress of an emergency area, and providing for the closure of streets, roads, highways, bridges, public vehicular areas. All prohibitions and restrictions imposed by declaration or ordinance shall take effect immediately upon publication of the declaration unless the declaration sets a later time. The prohibitions and restrictions shall expire when they are terminated by the official or entity that imposed them, or when the state of emergency terminates.

Violation – Any person who violates any provisions of an ordinance or a declaration enacted or declared pursuant to this section shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor.


Hot Button Issues

Subjects that are important to people and about which they have strong opinions


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Climate

For more information » click here
.

 


There’s something happening here
What it is ain’t exactly clear


Why a notably warm start to the year foreshadows what’s ahead
See the odds for global temperature records this year and next.
It’s been a particularly toasty start to the year on planet Earth — and it may be a sign of the kind of temperature extremes coming in the year ahead. So far this year, over 70 percent of the globe has experienced well above average temperatures. Of that area, 8 percent has seen record-breaking warmth, including parts of the western United States, Asia and the Arctic. Meanwhile, just about 1 percent of the planet has experienced well below average temperatures. This significant imbalance has occurred despite one of the coldest winters in decades along the East Coast, where temperatures so far this year have balanced out closer to average from Boston to Miami. It has been particularly chilly in Alaska and northern Canada. But that has been the exception, not the rule. And that imbalance may grow more extreme in the next year, with growing potential for a now-official El Niño to become the strongest such event on record later this year. Not only would that etch a new page in the weather history books for record-breaking Pacific Ocean temperatures, but it could drive high temperature extremes that millions or even billions of people feel into 2027. Strong El Niño periods often appear as an upward stairstep in long-term plots of global temperatures — but this El Niño could be worth two stairsteps instead of one. And that has forecasters concerned about the weather extremes that the next year will probably bring. However, shifts between La Niña and El Niño, as well as other natural climate variations, don’t tell the whole story. Record or near-record high levels of ocean heat in the West Pacific — which are fueling the developing El Niño — are linked to the long-term tailwind of rising global temperatures. And that shows how climate change is amplifying the developing El Niño, with the combined influence of both natural and human-driven factors producing more warming than either would alone.

How hot could the next year get?
Climate scientist Zeke Hausfather created a dashboard that tracks global climate anomalies and projected global temperature rankings, which consider the planet’s long-term warming trend and an increasingly likely super El Niño this year into next. According to his data, which extends back to 1850, this year has about a 54 percent chance of becoming the second-warmest year on record and a 31 percent chance of becoming the warmest year and surpassing 2024. That year had a global temperature anomaly of 1.6 degrees Celsius above average (2.9 degrees Fahrenheit). However, 2027 has even higher odds of becoming the warmest year on record: The latest projections show nearly an 83 percent chance. That’s partly because increasing air temperatures from El Niño lag slightly behind increasing ocean temperatures. Although peak ocean temperatures from El Niño will probably occur around December of this year, air temperatures will continue to rise after that. Annual to decadal projections recently released by the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) echo Hausfather’s projection, predicting an 86 percent chance that at least one year from 2026 to 2030 will be warmer than the warmest year in 2024. Described as “exceptionally unlikely” by the WMO, there’s less than a 1 percent chance that global temperatures reach more than 2 degrees Celsius (3.6 degrees Fahrenheit) above average during at least one year in the next five. The report also highlighted that the Arctic is likely to continue to warm, with temperature anomalies there predicted to be three and a half times the average across the whole planet — contributing to further reductions in sea ice concentrations. Because of this, there will be “increasing climate risks and impacts on societies, economies and sustainable development,” the organization said.
Read more » click here

U.N. warns of potentially strong El Niño soon ‘arriving on our doorstep’\
The agency estimates an 80 percent chance of an El Niño event between June and August, and a 90 percent chance of it continuing until at least November.
The United ​Nations weather agency is urging the planet to prepare for El Niño, a burgeoning weather pattern expected to develop later this year. What begins as a warming swath of water temperatures in the eastern tropical Pacific, El Niño shifts global weather patterns in a chain-reaction process. Those cascading atmospheric influences have tangible impacts around the world. “El Niño is arriving on our doorstep in the coming months with 90 percent certainty,” U.N. Secretary General António Guterres said in the World Meteorological Organization statement, warning that the climate pattern could mean that weather impacts will “hit even harder, travel even farther.”  For months, numerous climate models have predicted that a particularly strong El Niño could drive global temperatures to new highs and shift patterns of droughts, floods, heat, humidity and sea ice across the planet. El Niño is the opposite of La Niña. The two make up the El Niño Southern Oscillation (ENSO), which is like a pendulum, swinging back and forth every two to seven years. But there’s concern the upcoming El Niño may be stronger than average, leading to more significant global effects. “Although some uncertainty remains about El Niño peak strength and timing, most forecast models suggest it will be at least moderate — and possibly strong,” wrote the World Meteorological Organization. The agency estimates an 80 percent chance of an El Niño event between June and August, and a 90 percent chance of it continuing until at least November. U.S. forecasters concur: Meteorologists at NOAA’s Climate Prediction Center have issued an El Niño watch and say there’s a 96 percent chance of El Niño peaking between December and February.

What will this mean for the planet?
In its warning, WMO’s Secretary General Celeste Saulo noted the “need to prepare for a potentially strong El Niño event — which will exacerbate drought and heavy rainfall and increase the risk of heatwaves both on land and in the ocean.” The WMO noted the chance for “above average temperatures forecast nearly everywhere for June to August.” El Niños tend to raise global temperatures; added atop an already warming planet, there’s a chance that 2027 could be among the hottest years on record. Apropos to actual weather impacts, there’s good news and bad news depending on where you live. The warmer Pacific will warm the air above, leading to rising motion. That could cause more Pacific hurricanes. On the flip side, air sinks over the relatively cooler Atlantic, squashing some attempts at tropical development and reducing the number of hurricanes. That’s why El Niño events are correlated with less-severe hurricane seasons in the United States. Easterly trade winds across the equator, meanwhile, are replaced by bursts of westerly surface winds. Those pile warm waters against the western shores of South America. That suppresses cool ocean upwelling from below, which is needed to bring nutrient-rich waters closer to the surface. That starves baitfish and means poor fish harvests for dependent countries in Central America and the Pacific coast of South America. Drought, meanwhile, is likely in southern Africa, Australia, India, the Indochina peninsula and Oceania. Southeast Asia, meanwhile, could see above-average rainfall and more flooding. And stateside, the U.S. is expecting a stronger, straighter west-to-east wintertime jet stream over the southern part of the country. That will mean wetter conditions and more severe weather along the Gulf Coast, but drier and warmer conditions to the north. That could lead to a less intense winter across northern parts of the Lower 48.
Read more » click here

NOAA Officially Declares El Niño Is Here and Flashing Danger Signs
The global weather pattern threatens to worsen floods and heat waves already intensifying due to climate change. But it may also mean fewer hurricanes.
Meteorologists said Thursday that an El Niño has formed in the tropical Pacific and will likely intensify in the coming months, setting off more extreme weather and higher temperatures around the world. El Niño is the name given to a natural phenomenon that occurs every few years when trade winds shift and the Pacific Ocean warms. It affects weather patterns globally and has the potential to supercharge floods and droughts that are already worsening because of climate change. Thursday’s declaration by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration means that, technically speaking, temperatures in the equatorial Pacific have held at 0.5 degree Celsius (0.9 degree Fahrenheit) above the longer-term average for several months, and that scientists have observed atmospheric shifts conducive for an El Niño. NOAA said there is a 63 percent chance of the sea-surface temperatures climbing 2 degrees Celsius above the norm, making for a “very strong” event. Many forecasts also suggest this year’s El Niño could reach even higher, beyond 3 degrees Celsius, which would be the largest on record. “We don’t really have an analog for that,” said Malte Stuecker, the director of the International Pacific Research Center and an associate professor of oceanography at the University of Hawaii at Manoa. “In a warming world, which would be pretty catastrophic.” El Niño events typically reach their peak strength during winter in the northern hemisphere and cause higher temperatures globally into the following year. The previous El Niño, in 2023 and 2024, coincided with the two hottest years on record. Previous major El Niños have also taken a vast economic toll globally. Though no two events are alike, they raise the likelihood of wet conditions in some parts of the Americas and tend to cause dryness in South and Southeast Asia, Australia, and southern Africa. For the United States, an El Niño can have an upside, suppressing hurricane season in the Atlantic. On Thursday, Colorado State University, one of the major hurricane forecasters, scaled back earlier predictions for the Atlantic season and is now calling for the lowest activity levels since 2015. But NOAA said that El Niño events can also raise the risk of high tide flooding and algae blooms along the West Coast. Globally, poorer countries are vulnerable to food shocks and droughts, a risk intensified by preexisting vulnerabilities. This year, those include fertilizer shortages stemming from the effective closure of the Strait of Hormuz, as well as a cutbacks in funding for humanitarian assistance from the United States and others. An El Niño means “failed rains, dying crops, rising food prices and families pushed to the edge yet again,” said Mohamed Adow, the director of the Nairobi-based climate and energy think tank Power Shift. “In East Africa, especially, this will land on communities already battered by droughts and floods in recent years.”
Read more » click here

A Powerful El Niño Is Forming. If History Is a Guide, It Could Hit Hard.
The biggest episodes of the past have altered the course of human events, according to researchers. An emerging one is drawing historic comparisons.
Well before it was understood, the El Niño phenomenon was leaving its marks on humanity. El Niño is the name given to powerful shifts in Pacific Ocean winds and water temperatures that can drastically transform global weather patterns. Over the centuries these natural patterns have sparked epic droughts and heat waves and have intensified epidemics. Some academics even claim to see the fingerprints of El Niño on political and economic crises in ancient Egypt, or on the downfall of the Moche civilization in present-day Peru, more than 1,000 years ago. And in 1877 and 1878, a famine fueled by El Niño killed millions of people across the tropics, hardening inequities that, as one research paper put it, “would later be characterized as the ‘first world’ and ‘third world.’” Right now, the world is entering a new El Niño phase. Researchers are warning it could be one of the strongest on record and are invoking this history as an admonition that natural forces, when they reach their highest magnitude, can lead to profound volatility and hardship. In general, El Niño makes for wetter conditions in some parts of the Americas while suppressing the Atlantic hurricane season. The phenomenon raises the risk of dryness in South and Southeast Asia, Australia, and southern Africa. Of course, the current El Niño is in the early stages of formation and might not live up to the hype. But if the forecasts prove accurate, it would be a whopper and its consequences would play out across a world that has grown far more resilient but also has new vulnerabilities. Compared with those early times, countries today track El Niño events with oceanic gauges and early warning systems. Agriculture is far more sophisticated, and many countries vulnerable to food shocks hold strategic grain reserves. Nobody is predicting large-scale famine. But experts say an El Niño would add pressure to an already precarious global system. Fertilizer shortages caused by the effective closure of the Strait of Hormuz are straining farmers. Rising energy prices resulting from war in Ukraine and Iran are eating into countries’ budgets. And a longstanding safety net has been weakened by cuts in foreign aid to poorer countries by the United States and other nations. There’s possibility for a perfect storm of factors,” said Laurie Laybourn, who leads the Strategic Climate Risks Initiative, a think tank based in Britain. “You could see an increase in poverty, malnutrition, conflict, indebtedness, and all of the domino effects that come from that.” If history offers any lesson, it’s that strong El Niño events, like the one that started in 1877, play upon existing weaknesses. That El Niño led to punishingly dry conditions that spanned the world, including Brazil, southern Africa and China. Few places were hit harder than southern India. Contemporaneous accounts describe stick-thin people trying to survive on roots and even selling off children they couldn’t afford to care for. But for all the power of nature, man-made factors very likely raised the death toll, which ultimately rose to tens of millions of people. At the time, India was under British colonial rule, and the historian Mike Davis, in his 2001 book “Late Victorian Holocausts,” portrays Britain as prioritizing its imperial interests by maintaining huge grain exports from India even as Indians starved. “Londoners were in effect eating India’s bread,” Mr. Davis wrote. Of course, there was another factor complicating the response. People at the time had no idea why the monsoon rains had failed. Scientists in the 19th century theorized a link with weakened sunspot activity. But a far better picture emerged in the 1960s, when Jacob Bjerknes, a meteorologist at the University of California, Los Angeles, pieced together the global consequences of the feedback between the ocean and atmosphere in the Pacific. Centuries earlier, Peruvians had noticed that sometimes tropical fish would unexpectedly show up on their shores around Christmas, a phenomenon eventually named “El Niño,” or “the Christ child” in Spanish. Dr. Bjerknes made the connection: The Pacific warming that the Peruvians had spotted was, in fact, altering weather patterns around the world. “That was the big bang” realization, said Michael McPhaden, a senior scientist at the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. “He opened up a new universe of study.” By the 1980s, scientists were on a vessel in the middle of the Pacific, anchoring buoys that enabled improved monitoring of ocean temperature. Separately, researchers sought out clues for El Niño’s place in human history, studying tree ring samples, coral reefs and sailors’ logbooks, and creating a crude timeline of its spikes. The records weren’t sharp enough to measure past events with certainty. But they have led to speculation about the role of El Niño events across history, including that an El Niño in the late 1700s might have played a role in the crop failures that contributed to uprisings in the French Revolution. For the 1877 El Niño, the one that hit India so hard, the documentation is better but still involves guesswork. “Working with nineteenth-century sea surface temperature data is a bit like assembling a puzzle with many missing pieces,” Boyin Huang, a NOAA oceanographer who has studied the scale of the event, wrote in an email. El Niño events are measured by looking at temperature levels in a vast rectangular zone in the central Pacific. In a moderate El Niño, temperatures might climb, say, 1 degree Celsius, or 1.8 degrees Fahrenheit, above a longer-term average. But in the biggest El Niños of the past 50 years — the ones that started in 1982, 1997, and 2015 — temperatures have soared 2 degrees Celsius or more beyond the norm. Each of those events levied a global economic toll
This year, many forecasts say the temperature could increase by an unprecedented 3 degrees Celsius. Even the 1877 El Niño, by the best estimates, didn’t have that magnitude. “A number of the models now show a real chance for a record-setting El Niño event,” said Zeke Hausfather, a research scientist at Berkeley Earth. “It is still too early to know for sure.” El Niño events typically peak in strength late in a calendar year and then cause warmer global temperatures on land in the months that follow. As a result, many scientists predict that 2027 will be the warmest year on record. In India, which tends to be drier during El Niño periods, the government has already held preparatory meetings. Vimal Mishra, a professor at the Indian Institute of Technology Gandhinagar, said his country did not face risks on the same scale as it did more than a century ago. “If one year the monsoon fails, we won’t see famine,” he said. He cited India’s public distribution system, which guarantees access to basic staples at subsidized prices. But Dr. Mishra said India, like other countries, still faced risk. If there is very little rainfall, people will draw down on savings. They’ll spend less. They’ll close down businesses. During droughts, school dropout rates rise. “It has a direct impact on the growth rate of India’s economy,” he said. Dr. Mishra has studied India’s major famines and he draws a direct line between the one from the 1870s and the preparations India is now taking. “It gives us an idea of how to be better prepared,” he said. “It shows you, this is the worst that could happen.”
Read more » click here

The Balance That Keeps Climate Stable Is Out of Whack, U.N. Report Finds
The continued burning of fossil fuels is locking heat in Earth’s atmosphere, oceans and land — instead of allowing it to reflect back into space, a new report finds.
The Earth is out of balance. That’s the message from a United Nations report released late Sunday that looked at how much energy from the sun is absorbed by the Earth or reflected back into space. Researchers found the gap between the two is the biggest since measurements began in 1960, meaning more of the sun’s heat energy is now staying on Earth. And that energy imbalance is heating up the oceans, atmosphere, and frozen regions of the world, according to the World Meteorological Organization’s State of the Global Climate report. Ashkay Deoras, a research scientist at Britain’s National Center for Atmospheric Science at the University of Reading, likened the planet to a heated room with the windows closed. “If you open the window, naturally, you will allow the hot air to escape,” said Dr. Deoras, who was not associated with the report. “But now what is happening is that, because of all these greenhouse gases, they are just trapping more and more heat. The planet is just not getting a chance to cool down.” In previous reports, the U.N.-based meteorological organization documented changes in each element of the Earth’s system, such as surface temperatures, ocean heat, melting glaciers and sea level rise. This year, the authors, who include climate scientists and meteorologists, examined shifts on a wider scale. “The energy imbalance gives you the full picture,” Karina Von Schuckmann, an author of the report and senior adviser at Mercator Ocean International, a French scientific oceanographic organization, said at a news briefing. Under a stable climate, about the same amount of energy comes in from the sun as is reflected back. Now, however, emissions of heat-trapping greenhouse gases — carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide — have surged to their highest level in at least 800,000 years and have upset this equilibrium, the researchers found. The past 11 years have been the hottest since record-keeping began. Last year was either the second- or third-hottest on record, depending on which record is used, with global average temperatures 1.43 degrees Celsius (2.5 degrees Fahrenheit) higher than preindustrial levels. The year 2024 was the hottest year, at 1.55 degrees Celsius above the preindustrial average. The world’s oceans continue to warm as they absorb carbon dioxide from the atmosphere. The extent of sea ice in the Arctic region is at or near a record low, while Antarctic sea ice extent was the third lowest on record, according to the report. Describing the energy imbalance allows scientists to assess the rate of global warming because it encompasses all the components of the climate system. “Sometimes independent graphs are not explaining the full narrative,” said Ko Barrett, deputy secretary-general of the W.M.O. and a former U.S. climate official during the Biden administration. The surplus energy that the Earth retains gets moved around from ocean to atmosphere to land. The increase in heat within the climate system raises the likelihood and intensity of extreme weather events such as powerful storms, heat waves, droughts and extreme rainfall. About 91 percent of the Earth’s surplus heat energy is stored in the oceans; 5 percent is stored in land, 3 percent in ice sheets, and 1 percent is stored in the atmosphere near the Earth’s surface — where it affects the temperatures that humans feel, the report said. The amount of heat stored in the oceans reached a record high in 2025. The rate of ocean warming more than doubled from the period between 1960 and 2005 to the period between 2005 and 2025, the report stated. One worrying result is that scientists are detecting more heat deeper in the ocean, rather than just at the surface, according to Dr. Von Schuckmann. Below 2,000 meters, oceans store and hold heat longer than at the surface layer, which releases it to the atmosphere. That means that the effects of climate change will continue for a long time, she said. “The more we have heat kept away from communication with the atmosphere,” Dr. Von Schuckmann said, “the more we are moving to time scales of committed climate change of 400 to 1,000 years.”
Read more » click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Flood Insurance Program

For more information » click here

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


National Flood Insurance Program: Reauthorization
Congress must periodically renew the NFIP’s statutory authority to operate. On February 3, 2026, the president signed legislation passed by Congress that extends the National Flood Insurance Program’s (NFIP’s) authorization to September 30, 2026.

Congress must now reauthorize the NFIP
by no later than 11:59 pm on September 30, 2026.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


GenX

For more information » click here

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Homeowners Insurance

For more information » click here

 


North Carolina homeowners insurance rates rising 7.5%; Democrats call hike ‘insurance crisis’
North Carolina homeowners will face an average 7.5% insurance rate increase beginning June 1. Democratic leaders and residents warn that rising premiums, climate-related disasters, and state policy failures are fueling a growing insurance affordability crisis.
North Carolina homeowners will soon see an average 7.5% increase in homeowners insurance rates statewide. The increase takes effect June 1 and comes after negotiations between Insurance Commissioner Mike Causey and the insurance industry. Insurers had originally requested an average 42% increase statewide before Causey rejected the proposal in 2024. The final agreement lowered those proposed increases substantially, but homeowners and Democratic leaders say the approved rates still place additional financial strain on families already struggling with rising housing and recovery costs. According to Bankrate, the average cost of homeowners insurance in North Carolina is about $2,951 per year, which breaks down to roughly $246 per month for a home with $300,000 in dwelling coverage. That is higher than the national average of $2,424 annually. A recent report from the U.S. Government Accountability Office also found some North Carolina communities experienced insurance premium increases exceeding 50% after adjusting for inflation between 2019 and 2024, particularly in coastal areas vulnerable to severe storms. State Sen. Natalie Murdock, D-Chatham and Durham, said homeowners across the state are facing policy non-renewals, denied claims and rapidly increasing premiums. WRAL News reached out to the North Carolina Department of Insurance on Wednesday. A spokesperson outlined the responsibilities of the office- finding insurance companies are making enough to pay claims, while ensuring rates are not excessive or discriminatory.The DOI also provided tips to help homeowners save:

    • Shop around- not every insurance company is going to have the consent-to-rate
    • Make sure you’re covered for the right amount- don’t pay for more than you need
    • Ask insurance company if they have discounts available
    • The higher the deductible, the less your insurance is going to be

The spokesperson stopped short of describing North Carolina as a state in an “insurance crisis.”
Read more » click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Hurricane Season

For more information » click here

Hurricane season runs from June 1 through November 30


Brunswick County reminds community to prepare for 2026 Atlantic hurricane season
June marks the start of the Atlantic hurricane season, which runs from June 1 through Nov. 30, and the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) predicts below-normal hurricane activity in the Atlantic basin this year. Brunswick County encourages all community members to start preparing now. For the 2026 Atlantic hurricane season, NOAA is forecasting a range of 8 to 14 total named storms (winds of 39 mph or higher). Of those, three to six are forecast to become hurricanes (winds of 74 mph or higher), including one to three major hurricanes (category 3, 4 or 5; with winds of 111 mph or higher). NOAA has a 70% confidence in these ranges. An average season has 14 named storms with seven hurricanes, including three major hurricanes.

The alphabetical list of 2026 Atlantic hurricane names can be found at hurricanes.gov/aboutnames.shtml#atl.

Prepare for Hurricane Season with Brunswick County

To be ReadyBrunswick is to be responsible for your personal and household preparedness efforts, and to stay alert for any events that could impact you and your loved ones. During the month of June, Brunswick County will be doing a weekly countdown for hurricane preparedness. Each week will focus on different actions you and your household can take to prepare for any tropical activity that may impact the area.

    • Week 1 (June 7-13): Make a plan. Create and practice a Family Emergency Communication Plan that includes all members of your household and pets. Discuss your household evacuation plan for every member of the household and pets. Review your insurance policies (including flood insurance) to ensure your property is covered for any flooding or natural disasters that could occur.
    • Week 2 (June 14-20): Build a kit. An emergency kit is vital for your survival in situations where help might not be easily accessible due to power outages and road damage. When preparing an emergency kit, it is recommended to prepare three to seven days’ worth of medicine, water, and non-perishable food for each person and pet in your home. Make sure you store important documents physically and digitally in secure locations.
    • Week 3 (June 21-27): Stay informed. It’s important to plan for multiple ways you will receive credible and accurate information before, during, and after a tropical event. To get updates from Brunswick County, sign up for the ReadyBrunswick Emergency Notification System and follow Brunswick County on social media. Know the terms and categories used by weather professionals and public safety officials for tropical cyclones.
    • Week 4 (June 28-July 4): Practice resilience. Take time to learn how to prepare your home/property before, during, and after a storm. Know who maintains roads and how residents play a part. Practice home safety skills to protect your family and property.

For more hurricane preparedness tips from Brunswick County, visit BrunswickCountyNC.gov/hurricanes. Find information on emergency planning and hurricane safety online at ReadyNC.gov or Ready.gov. View updates from the National Hurricane Center, a real-time emergency weather map, and additional online resources at nhc.noaa.gov.
Read more » click here

Prepare now as hurricane season begins, NC officials urge
With this year’s Atlantic hurricane season beginning Monday, which is forecast to have below-normal activity, state officials are urging residents to prepare now for tropical weather impacts because “North Carolinians know that it takes only one storm to affect communities statewide.” Gov. Josh Stein said Monday in a press release marking the start of hurricane season that this time of year brings uncertainty for families across the state. “I encourage all North Carolinians to make a plan now to keep themselves and their families safe in case of a storm,” he explained. “Just as you prepare your family for hurricane season, the state emergency management team is preparing by closely monitoring forecasts, updating response plans, and coordinating with federal and local partners.” The State Emergency Response Team has been preparing for the hurricane season that ends Nov. 30 by reviewing lessons learned from past storms, updating response procedures, meeting with all levels of government, coordinating with the private sector and nonprofit organizations, and conducting exercises. “Preparation is the key to resilience during hurricane season. We encourage all North Carolinians to take time to develop plans and take proactive steps with their loved ones before a storm impacts our state,” N.C. Emergency Management Director Will Ray said Monday. Ray added that preparation includes “creating evacuation plans in case you must leave your home, securing all important documentation in a waterproof container, and checking your insurance policies to make sure you are properly covered. Home and flood insurance are especially important resources in returning to normalcy after a disaster.”

Officials recommend taking the following steps to be prepared before disaster strikes:

    • Put together an emergency kit with up to a week’s supply of nonperishable food, including one gallon of water per person per day, and prescription and over-the-counter medication.
    • Be aware of any unique needs for babies, elderly, or disabled members of the household, as well as pets.
    • Have multiple ways to receive severe weather warnings such as a weather alert app on your phone, a battery-powered or hand-crank radio or other device and extra batteries to listen to NOAA Weather Radio, or app or radio access to local news outlets.
    • If you live along the coast or are planning to visit the beach this season, Know Your Zone! This is how local governments order evacuations along the coast when storm surge is a threat. Visit KnowYourZone.NC.Gov to search by address.
    • Establish an emergency evacuation plan and meeting point if your group becomes separated.
    • Have a printed list of family member’s phone numbers, social media handles, email addresses, and medical information in case mobile devices lose power or otherwise become disabled.
    • Have copies of important papers such as birth and adoption certificates, driver licenses, or military IDs.
    • Meet with your insurance agent so you know what is covered should a storm affect your neighborhood.
    • Prepare a full list of personal items, along with photos and videos of every room in your home, to help with insurance settlements or tax deductions. 
    • Be sure you know how to shut off your utilities safely. Water, electricity, and gas are key services that can also cause special problems during an emergency. Do not try to turn the gas back on yourself. Call a trained expert.
    • The N.C. Flood Inundation Mapping and Alert Network, or FIMAN, features access over 700 flood gauges across the state. Visit Fiman.NC.Gov to search for the flood gauges closest to your home and to sign up for alerts.

To become involved in preparedness efforts where you live, officials recommend learning about schools, workplace, and neighborhood emergency plans and join in preparedness exercises and drills. Other ways include volunteering with a Community Emergency Response Team, or CERT, to learn about disaster preparedness and receive training in basic disaster response skills or contacting N.C. Volunteer Organizations Active in Disaster at ncvoad.org for more ways to help.

For more information on how to prepare for hurricane season, visit ReadyNC.Gov.
Read more » click here


Brunswick County – Hurricanes

Overview
Hurricanes are tropical cyclones that rotate counterclockwise with wind speeds in excess of 74 mph. Most hurricanes form over warm seas near the equator. They are created when the sun heats the ocean surface, causing heated water vapor to rise, condense, and form clouds. These clouds begin to spiral as the earth rotates. More air is pulled underneath and a large vortex is formed.

On average, six Atlantic hurricanes develop each year. When a hurricane moves toward coastal areas it often causes severe damage. Strong winds create storm surges, floods, rip tides, and can even spawn tornadoes. As the hurricane moves forward, its right front quadrant is typically where the most devastation occurs.

Hurricane season begins June 1 and continues through November 30. Be sure to practice hurricane preparedness and learn about hurricane safety and survival.

To assist in being prepared before, during, and after a storm, review the following links for helpful information.

Hurricane Preparedness Tips
We would like to encourage you to start preparing for emergencies and stay #ReadyBrunswick by reviewing the following tips.

STAY INFORMED
KNOW THE TERMS
KNOW YOUR EVACUATION ZONE
MAKE A PLAN
KNOW WHO TO CALL
GATHER IMPORTANT DOCUMENTS
CHECK YOUR INSURANCE
PREPARE YOUR HOME
LEARN / PRACTICE SAFETY SKILLS
SUBSCRIBE TO EMERGENCY ALERTS
SIGN UP FOR THE ACCESS AND FUNCTIONAL NEEDS REGISTRY
ACCESS LOCAL RESOURCES

Quick Links


NOAA predicts below-normal 2026 Atlantic hurricane season
Early preparation essential to staying safe all season
Forecasters with NOAA’s National Weather Service are predicting a below-normal hurricane season for the Atlantic basin this year. NOAA’s outlook for the 2026 Atlantic hurricane season, which runs June 1 to November 30, predicts a 35% chance of a near-normal season, a 10% chance of an above-normal season, and a 55% chance of a below-normal season. The agency is forecasting a total of 8-14 named storms (winds of 39 mph or higher). Of those, 3-6 are forecast to become hurricanes (winds of 74 mph or higher), including 1-3 major hurricanes (category 3, 4 or 5 with winds of 111 mph or higher). NOAA has a 70% confidence in these ranges. An average season has 14 named storms with seven hurricanes, including three major hurricanes. 

“With the most advanced forecast modeling and hurricane tracking technologies, NOAA and the National Weather Service are prepared to deliver real-time storm forecasts and warnings,” said Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick. “Our experts are integrating cutting-edge tools to ensure communities in the path of storms receive the earliest, most accurate information possible.” “NOAA’s rapid integration of advanced technology, including AI-based weather models, drones, and next-generation satellite data will deliver actionable science to safeguard the lives and livelihoods of the American people,” said NOAA Administrator Neil Jacobs, Ph.D. “These new capabilities, combined with the unmatched expertise of our National Weather Service forecasters, will produce the most accurate forecasts possible to protect communities in harm’s way.”

Key factors driving NOAA’s forecast
The Atlantic season is expected to be below-normal due to competing factors. El Niño is expected to develop and intensify during the hurricane season, while ocean temperatures in the Atlantic are expected to be slightly warmer than normal and trade winds are likely weaker than average. El Niño conditions tend to support less tropical storms and hurricanes, while warmer ocean temperatures and low winds support a more active year.

“Although El Niño’s impact in the Atlantic Basin can often suppress hurricane development, there is still uncertainty in how each season will unfold,” said NOAA’s National Weather Service Director Ken Graham. “That is why it’s essential to review your hurricane preparedness plan now. It only takes one storm to make for a very bad season.” NOAA’s outlook is for overall seasonal activity based on large-scale weather and climate patterns. It does not indicate where or when any storms may affect land as that is determined by short-term and variable weather patterns is not a landfall forecast. “Preparing now for hurricane season — and not waiting for a storm to threaten — is essential for staying ahead of any storm. Visit weather.gov/safety and Ready.gov for important preparedness information,” added Graham.

New and enhanced communication products this season

    • NOAA’s National Hurricane Center (NHC) will implement an improved version of the tropical cyclone forecast cone graphic that will now include tropical storm and hurricane watches and warnings for inland areas for the continental United States, Hawaii, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. 
    • NHC will begin testing an experimental version of the tropical cyclone track forecast cone that will capture a greater range of possibilities for the track of the storm by incorporating uncertainties for both direction of movement and timing.  
    • NHC will provide new products and services for the Hawaiian Islands to include storm surge watches and warnings, and a peak storm surge graphic. These will be publicly available for the main Hawaiian Islands on gov.  

Advancements to hurricane analysis and forecasts

    • NOAA, in collaboration with the Unified Forecast System community, is testing an experimental high-resolution Seasonal Forecast System that utilizes the latest modeling technology and new methods to assess the evolution of the global ocean-atmosphere system. The system is helping forecasters better simulate tropical storms and hurricanes, and more effectively predict the number of hurricanes and major hurricanes. 
    • NOAA’s Atlantic Oceanographic and Meteorological Laboratory (AOML) is using machine learning to quality-control data collected from tail Doppler radar — a specialized radar system mounted on the back of NOAA’s “Hurricane Hunter” aircraft. This new method gathers more than 25% more meteorological data than the current method and leads to more high-quality data to support structure and wind analysis by forecasters.

Innovative technologies for this year

NOAA also issued seasonal hurricane outlooks for the eastern Pacific and central Pacific hurricane basins, with both anticipated to have active seasons. The 2026 Atlantic seasonal outlook will be updated in early August, ahead of the historical peak of the season, which typically extends from mid-September through October.
Read more » click here

Don’t get complacent with tropical outlook; ‘it only takes one’
The below-normal activity predicted for the 2026 Atlantic hurricane season doesn’t give North Carolinians a pass on preparation this year. “For the Atlantic hurricane season, NOAA is predicting a below-normal season for 2026, with roughly a 55% chance of being below normal, a 35% chance of near normal, and a 10% chance of above normal,” National Oceanic and Atmospheric Association Administrator Dr. Neil Jacobs said during a media conference Thursday morning from NOAA’s Aircraft Operations Center at Lakeland Linder International Airport in Lakeland, Florida. “This equates to eight to 14 named storms with winds at or above 39 miles an hour. Of these, three to six hurricanes with winds at or above 74 miles an hour, and one to three major hurricanes, that’s your Category 3 to 5 with winds at or above 111 miles an hour,” he added. Jacobs is referring to the Saffir-Simpson hurricane wind scale, which categorizes maximum sustained wind speeds for tropical storms. Categories 1 and 2 are windspeeds between 74 and 110 mph, categories 3 to 5 are major hurricanes with speeds from 111 to 157 or higher, according to NOAA. Hurricane season begins Monday, June 1, and ends Nov. 30. “Even though we’re expecting a below-average season in the Atlantic, it’s very important to understand that it only takes one,” Jacobs said, adding there have been Category 5s that made landfall in the past during below-average seasons. During the news conference Thursday morning, Jacobs said that “what’s driving this forecast is largely an El Niño event. There’s a 98% chance of El Niño conditions occurring later this season, and an 80% chance that this El Niño will be moderate to strong.” NOAA National Weather Service Director Ken Graham, who spoke after Jacobs, reiterated that “it just takes one,” and urged the public during the press conference not to “let words like ‘below average’” change the way you prepare. “Now’s the time to start thinking about your hurricane preparedness,” Graham said. “Early preparedness is absolutely everything. Period. End of story. The actions that you take today really get you ready for the hurricane season.” Especially a season like this, “there’ll never be a Hurricane Just-a. We’ll never make that a name. There’s no such thing as just a Cat 1, just a tropical storm, just a Cat 2. That is absolutely not the case,” Graham said. “It doesn’t matter what it is, you got to look at the size, the forward motion, little wiggles matter on the impacts. Even the smallest storm, if it’s slow enough and big enough, it’s going to create catastrophic flooding and storm surge.” Graham said that the public needs to pay attention to every single one of the storm “systems, and the actual impacts, not the category, not the name, but the actual impacts associated with that storm, and that includes the tornadoes, heavy rain, damaging winds, even the high surf and rip currents, as well, including storm surge.” Erik Heden, warning coordination meteorologist in the National Weather Service’s Newport office, said in an interview with Coastal Review that just because the forecast calls for a below-normal season, residents shouldn’t let their guard down. “Just because the outlook says it’s going to be a low year doesn’t mean we won’t be impacted,” he said, adding “It just takes one storm. The graphic says a 55% chance below-normal year, but if we get one storm, it really doesn’t matter what the prediction was, it could be a big deal for us.” Heden also warned in the interview against making decisions based on the category of the storm. “Categories are only wind,” he said. Wind is to be respected, but the other storm impacts are more likely to be more frequent in terms of issues in our area. “Water is what kills people. About 85% of people that die in hurricanes, it’s water related — nothing to do with the wind. but it’s, it’s things like rip currents, storm surge, and flooding. Those are the three things that would get us if we get a storm.” Two years ago, the Southeast faced a potential tropical cyclone that didn’t have a name. No. 8 resulted in almost 20 inches of rain in the Wilmington area, and last year Tropical Storm Chantal produced six to 10 inches of rain in Raleigh. Steven Pfaff, meteorologist-in-charge for the National Weather Service’s Wilmington office, in an email to media partners Thursday morning, also expressed concern that the forecast for below-normal activity can cause messaging challenges because people may misinterpret what it means for any potential local impacts. “All it takes is one storm to define a hurricane season regardless of the outlook,” his emphasis, “Given southeast NC’s and northeast SC’s hurricane history our communities must prepare the same way every year,” Pfaff continued. “Now is the time to prepare for hurricane season and remain vigilant this summer and fall.” Jacobs said during the press conference that for official forecast guidance, go to hurricanes.gov. “June 1 is almost here. Be ready, have a plan, listen to your state and local emergency managers. Preparation is essential. You can learn more at ready.gov,” Jacobs added. Heden told Coastal Review that the best way to stay informed in eastern North Carolina is to remember “if it’s the weather you love, it’s weather.gov,” where there’s up-to-date information, as well as on the office’s website, Facebook or X.
Read more » click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Inlet Hazard Areas

For more information » click here

 


Commission to consider updating inlet hazard areas
The North Carolina Coastal Resources Commission is to meet next week to consider proposed language amendments for inlet hazard areas. The meeting for the commission, which establishes policies for the N.C. Coastal Management Program and adopts rules for both the Coastal Area Management Act and the N.C. Dredge and Fill Act, will begin with a field trip to Ocean Isle Beach’s terminal groin at 3 p.m. on April 15. The full commission meeting is scheduled for 9 a.m. on April 16 at 111 Causeway Drive, Ocean Isle Beach. An in-person public comment period is scheduled for 9:30 a.m. that day. The public may sign up to speak upon arrival at the meeting. Members of the public may attend in-person or join the meeting Thursday through the North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality’s YouTube channel. The commission establishes areas of environmental concern, which are authorized under CAMA, and are the bases of the permitting program for regulating coastal development. There are three types of ocean hazard AECs: ocean erodible, inlet hazard, and unvegetated beach. The ocean erodible area is “the area where there exists a substantial possibility of excessive erosion and significant shoreline fluctuation,” and the inlet hazard area is defined as “locations that ‘are especially vulnerable to erosion, flooding and other adverse effects of sand, wind, and water because of their proximity to dynamic ocean inlets,” according to the division, which carries out the rules and regulations for the commission. During the meeting, the commission will consider ocean erodible area and inlet hazard area erosion rates and setback factors. The division has since 1979 used the same long-term erosion data to determine construction setbacks in inlet and ocean hazard areas, and to establish the landward boundaries of ocean erodible areas of environmental concern. The commission’s setback rules are used to site oceanfront development based on the size of the structure according to the graduated setback provisions. In areas where there is a high rate of erosion, buildings must be located farther from the shoreline than in areas where there is less erosion. The size of the structure determines how far back a house must be located away from the shoreline. Because of limited data and resources, erosion rate setback factors within inlet hazard areas have traditionally been based on the rates of adjacent ocean erodible areas. “Given the rapid changes that can occur at inlets, this method has often resulted in setback factors that underestimate the true erosion dynamics of these areas,” division documents state. During the commission’s August 2025 meeting, Dr. Laura Moore, the chairperson of the commission’s Science Panel on Coastal Hazards, presented the panel’s recommendations on updated boundaries for inlet hazard areas and ocean erodible areas, and their corresponding erosion rate setback factors. A subcommittee was appointed at the time to evaluate the possible changes and presented its recommendation during the February meeting. Updating ocean hazard area boundaries for inlet hazard areas and ocean erodible areas, along with the associated erosion rate setback factors, requires rule amendments to reference the updated report and maps, documents continue. Because inlet hazard area boundaries have remained static and adjacent ocean erodible area erosion rates were applied within the inlet hazard areas, the primary amendment has been to the rule “to simply reference the updated oceanfront erosion rate report. However, this update includes revised IHA boundaries and inlet-specific erosion rates within IHAs, necessitating additional rule amendments to reference the applicable reports, maps, and use standards,” documents explain. Division staff noted that the 2025 study is consistent with previous update studies, in that inlet hazard area boundaries at undeveloped inlets were not analyzed. The commission at this month’s meeting is to consider approving rule amendments that reflect the subcommittee’s findings and recommendations and supported by the Coastal Resources Advisory Council, updated inlet hazard boundaries, and updated ocean erodible areas and inlet hazard areas erosion rate setbacks, to include ocean erodible areas landward boundaries. Division staff are to recommend removing the inlet hazard area designations from Little River Inlet, New River and Brown’s Inlets at Marine Corps Base Camp Lejeune, Bogue Inlet at Hammocks Beach State Park, Barden Inlet, Ocracoke Inlet and Hatteras Inlet. “It is important to note that while inlet hazards are present at these sites, these areas are not being developed,” staff said. In addition, division staff are to present updates on septic systems within the ocean hazard areas of environmental concern, consider draft rule amendments for human-made ditches requested by a petition for rulemaking, and a permit for temporary weather monitoring structures on the beach in the ocean hazard area of environmental concern. The full meeting agenda and briefing materials are on the commission’s website.
Read more » click here 

Commission moves forward with inlet hazard area updates
North Carolina’s Coastal Resources Commission is moving through the steps to update rules for building along high-hazard coastlines that are particularly vulnerable to erosion and flooding. When the commission met April 16 in Ocean Isle Beach’s town hall, members voted unanimously to advance the rulemaking process to draft language amendments for ocean erodible areas and inlet hazard areas. Proposed changes include using the most recent data for erosion rates and maps for the two zones, which are classified as areas of environmental concern. If approved, this will be the first time new inlet hazard boundaries have been updated since they were initiated in the late 1970s. The commission has been discussing revisions for decades, but the complicated process and public blowback have pushed talks of updates year to year. Both inlet hazard and ocean erodible areas fall under the ocean hazard areas category of areas of environmental concern, which are the foundation for the Coastal Area Management Act permitting program. CAMA was enacted in 1974, along with the commission to adopt rules for legislation that protects the state’s coastal resources. The Division of Coastal Management, under the North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality, acts as staff to the commission. Inlet hazard areas, or IHAs, encompass land along the narrow body of water that allows for tidal exchange between the ocean and inland waters. These swaths of shoreline are susceptible to inlet migration, rapid and severe erosion, and flooding. Land within the boundaries is subject to the commission’s development rules. Ken Richardson, the division’s shoreline management specialist, told Coastal Review that in addition to the proposed updates to inlet hazard area boundaries, one of the primary changes under consideration is that erosion rate setbacks within inlet hazard areas will be based on inlet-specific erosion rates detailed in a 2025 report rather than the adjacent ocean erodible area, or oceanfront, rates, which is currently the case. Because of limited data and resources, erosion rate setback factors within inlet hazard areas have been based on the rates of adjacent ocean erodible areas, essentially treating the inlet shoreline as an extension of the oceanfront. “Given the rapid changes that can occur at inlets, this method has often resulted in setback factors that underestimate the true erosion dynamics of these areas,” according to the division. Erosion rates are used to determine how far back new construction must be from the shoreline. Richardson said that, “Additionally, the rules would effectively ‘hold the line’ of existing development by preventing seaward expansion of new development in inlet areas that have experienced natural accretion.” He referenced the “Inlet Hazard Area Boundaries, 2025 Update: Science Panel Recommendations to the North Carolina Coastal Resources Commission,” presented in August 2025 to the commission that explains “any accretion at most inlets is temporary and likely to reverse over time; maintaining this line helps reduce future exposure to erosion hazards.” The commission’s Science Panel on Coastal Hazards was directed in 2016 to update IHA boundaries. Rules were in the process of being updated in 2019, but the COVID-19 pandemic paused draft rules from moving forward. The “Science Panel recommended updating IHAs on a five-year cycle alongside oceanfront erosion rates, by the time work resumed after the pandemic, the next oceanfront study (2025) was already approaching. As a result, some stakeholders asked the CRC to proceed with a coordinated update,” leading to the directive in 2023 to provide another five-year review, Richardson told Coastal Review. Richardson explained during the meeting last week that the science panel analyzed for the 2025 update the state’s developed inlets, which are Bogue, New River, New Topsail, Rich, Mason, Masonboro, Carolina Beach, Lockwood Folly, Shallotte and Tubbs. Panel Chair Dr. Laura Moore, professor of coastal geomorphology at the University of North Carolina Chapel Hill, presented the findings in the inlet hazard area boundaries report during the August 2025 meeting. Last February, the Coastal Resources Advisory Council and a subcommittee reviewed the report and suggested deviating from the panel’s recommendation to measure setbacks from the hybrid-vegetation line because of concerns that existing structures would be nonconforming, and therefore harder to replace if something happened to the structure. They decided to base the language on existing rules and continue to measure setbacks within inlet hazard areas from the actual vegetation line or pre-project line but not extend farther oceanward than the footprint of an existing structure, or, in the case with vacant lots, the landward-most adjacent neighboring structure, according to the division. Richardson told the commission that another recommendation included amending the language for ocean erodible areas language citing the 2019 report to the “North Carolina 2025 Oceanfront Setback Factors & Long-Term Average Annual Erosion Rate Update Study: Methods Report.” Richardson noted that there are no boundary maps for ocean erodible areas because boundaries are measured from the vegetation line, which are dynamic and could change overnight, so the landward boundary is determined in the field. Staff also proposes eliminating the distinction of residential or nonresidential for the type of structure, because “It doesn’t matter to erosion what the structure is being used for,” Richardson said. Now, the proposed rule changes will go through the fiscal analysis. This step in the rulemaking process determines the financial impact of the proposed amendments. After the analysis is presented and voted on, the commission will decide to move on to the public comment period, then to final approval before sending it to the Rules Review Commission.

Septic tank update
Cameron Luck, a policy analyst for the division, briefed the commission on the work to develop rules for septic system siting, repair and replacement within ocean hazard areas. He began by sharing what took place during a meeting March 30 in Buxton coordinated by the North Carolina Coastal Federation, with representatives from the North Carolina Home Builders Association, North Carolina Septic Tank Association, Outer Bank Association of Realtors, National Park Service, and from county health departments. Attendees were brought up to speed on some of the issues surrounding failed septic tanks on the oceanfront, heard from Cape Hatteras National Seashore representatives about their policies and ongoing struggles and efforts to address both the threatened oceanfront structures and the failed septic tank systems and systems out on the beach Department of Health and Human Services provided a quick synopsis of their process, focusing on the role within and alongside local health departments, with a discussion on how the department permits and cites septic tanks and how and failure enforcement. Luck said that he and other division staff presented the most recently proposed rule language for discussion. “We spent a good amount of time talking through the proposed language and some areas that could be improved,” Luck said. Main points in the discussion focused on defining what type of repair would qualify for a permit. “In other words,” Luck explained, would property owners be required to secure a permit if a filter or a section of pipe needs to be replaced, or does the rule need to be more focused on extreme failures. Discussion also focused on whether the proposed rule changes should be applied coastwide or be more targeted to specific situations or locations. “Perhaps, key takeaway from that meeting was a clear consensus among those attendees that some form of action is needed to limit the repair of failed septic systems on the ocean beach and to prevent them from remaining on the beach once they failed,” he said, adding that staff is working on those rule language updates.
Read more » click here

CRC approves draft inlet development rule changes
The Coastal Resources Commission (CRC) has approved draft rules that would update how the state regulates development near coastal inlets in Brunswick County. The commission voted unanimously April 15 to move forward with the proposed changes, which include updates inlet hazard area (IHA) maps, new erosion rate data and revised setback requirements. The vote does not finalize the rules but begins the formal rulemaking process that will include fiscal analysis, public hearings, additional review and an adoption vote before any changes would take effect, Department of Coastal Management Shoreline Management Specialist Ken Richardson said. The CRC has been working on these proposed rule amendments since August and has focused most on the IHA boundaries. IHAs define the most dynamic and erosion-prone parts of barrier islands near inlets, where development is subject to stricter regulations — mainly setback factors. The current IHA maps date back to 1979 and were originally intended to be updated more regularly, Richardson said. The new rules are based on data presented by the CRC’s science panel, which published a report last summer proposing new inlet hazard area boundaries for each inlet in Brunswick County. In Ocean Isle Beach (OIB), the number of structures within the IHA would jump from 41 to 230. In Holden Beach, the number would increase from 63 to 186. Sunset Beach, however, would see a decrease from 206 to just 17, Richardson said. The proposed changes would divide some inlet areas into multiple sections with varying setback factors. Setback factors are based on erosion rates, and they determine how far structures must be built or rebuilt from the vegetation line. The vegetation line is the line between the dry sand on the beach and the dune vegetation.

Here’s how the current setback factors would change:

    • Setback factors in Sunset Beach’s IHA at Tubbs Inlet would not change. They are two.
    • The OIB IHA at Tubbs Inlet would be split into two sections with setback factors of 10 and two.
    • The OIB IHA at Shallotte Inlet would be split into eight sections with setback factors ranging from 2 to 17.5.
    • Setback factors in the Holden Beach IHA at Shallotte Inlet would largely remain at two except for two small sections on the northern bend that would increase to nine and 16.
    • The Holden Beach IHA at Lockwood Folly Inlet setback factors would decrease. Two sections would have setback factors of two and five.

Alongside the boundary updates, the CRC is also proposing to adopt a study that recalculates long-term erosion rates for Brunswick County shorelines. Those rates are used to define ocean-erodible areas (OEA), where additional development restrictions apply. The updated erosion data would not change setback factors in any OEAs on Brunswick County’s beaches, according to the study. However, the proposed changes would significantly change how many properties fall within IHAs in Brunswick County, and some inlets would see high increases in setback factors. The east end of OIB would see the most drastic change in numbers. The CRC took a field trip to this area on April 14, where OIB’s terminal groin sits. The terminal groin, completed in 2022, is a jetty structure made of large rocks that juts out into the ocean on OIB’s east end. “The inlet where we were at yesterday,” Richardson said, “that’s going to be one of the places where you’re going to see the most significant impact in terms of how erosion rates are applied.” During the 2025 hurricane season, the east end of OIB partially washed away. Erosion threatened homes in The Pointe OIB subdivision and collapsed a portion of its culdesac, Grand View Drive. This area would see sharp required setback increases under the new rules. During the field trip, the group stood at the base of the terminal groin as it heard from representatives of the engineering firm the town of OIB hired to design the terminal groin. Some CRC commissioners questioned what was causing such extreme erosion just east of the terminal groin, and whether it was the terminal groin itself. Coastal Protection Engineering’s Senior Marine Biologist Brad Rosov said he believes that it is impossible to pinpoint one factor as the cause of erosion on any barrier island. Just west of the terminal groin, sand from a 2022 beach renourishment project remains in front of homes that used to have ocean water underneath them at high tide, he noted. Mayor Debbie Smith explained that sandbags still remain beneath the budding dunes in front of those homes behind the terminal groin. Those sandbags used to be the only wall of protection. Now, the terminal groin appears to be protecting those homes, while The Pointe OIB stands behind a wall of sandbags waiting for renourishment. Jimmy Bell, a representative of The Pointe OIB community, spoke during the public comment period at the beginning of the April 15 meeting. He inquired about the financial implications that the updated setback requirements would have on existing homes and undeveloped lots in the proposed IHAs. The proposed rules include provisions allowing existing structures that become nonconforming to be rebuilt under certain conditions. Property owners would be allowed to replace damaged or destroyed structures as long as the new building does not exceed the original footprint or square footage, meets the required setback and is placed as far landward on the lot as feasible, Richardson said. For undeveloped lots within IHAs, new construction would be limited to a line no farther seaward than the landward most adjacent neighboring structure and must be as landward as feasible. Richardson said the intent of the “grandfathering” rules is to prevent incremental encroachment toward the ocean in areas that may temporarily gain sand but be expected to erode again. Questions remain about how the proposed changes could affect specific areas and property owners. The next step in the approval process is the fiscal analysis, which will likely come back before the CRC for approval in August. After that is approved, the CRC would hold a public hearing in Brunswick County, Richardson said.
Read more » click here


.A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.
Lockwood Folly Inlet

For more information » click here.

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Seismic Testing / Offshore Drilling

For more information » click here.

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Offshore Wind Farms

For more information » click here

 

 

Renewable Groups Sue to End Pentagon’s ‘Total Halt’ of Wind Power
More than 100 planned wind farms in 21 states are now stalled indefinitely as the Pentagon delays military reviews once seen as routine.
A coalition of renewable energy groups asked a federal court on Friday to order the Pentagon to resume reviews of onshore wind projects, in an attempt to end delays by the Trump administration that have brought the U.S. wind power industry to a standstill. Since April, the Pentagon has stopped all military reviews of proposed wind farms, which are meant to ensure that turbines don’t interfere with local radar or flight paths. Virtually every new wind project in the country needs to undergo these reviews, which until recently were considered routine and often completed within months.The delays have led to a “total halt of all wind development in the United States,” the groups told the U.S. District Court for the District of Oregon in a lawsuit filed against the Defense Department last week. At least 106 planned wind projects in 21 states have been stalled indefinitely, representing an estimated $47 billion in potential investment. The nine regional renewable energy groups — including Renewable Northwest, Advanced Power Alliance and Alliance for Clean Energy New York — filed a new motion on Friday asking the court for a preliminary injunction that would order the Pentagon to resume its reviews while litigation over the case continued. “The American wind industry is ready to meet growing energy demand,” said Jason Grumet, chief executive of the American Clean Power Association, an industry trade group that is not a plaintiff in the lawsuit. “We need the U.S. government to carry out normal review and permitting processes to keep the lights on for American families and businesses.” A spokesman for the Pentagon declined to comment on the ongoing litigation. In May, Joel Valdez, the agency’s acting press secretary, said in a statement that the Defense Department was “actively evaluating land-based wind energy projects to ensure they do not impair national security or military operations, in accordance with statutory and regulatory requirements.” The delayed reviews are the latest in a series of extraordinary actions by the Trump administration to halt the expansion of wind power in the United States. On his first day in office, President Trump issued a moratorium on all approvals for wind farms on federal lands, and the Interior Department last year issued stop-work orders for five wind farms in the Atlantic Ocean that were already under construction. More recently, the administration agreed to pay several companies $1.8 billion to abandon their offshore wind plans. Mr. Trump has called wind turbines ugly and expensive and has instead pushed to meet rising power demand with fossil fuels like coal and natural gas. “My goal,” he said in January, “is to not let any windmill be built.” Federal courts have ruled against many of those actions. Earlier this year, several judges said they were not convinced by the administration’s arguments that offshore wind farms posed a threat to national security and allowed the five projects currently under construction to proceed. Yet wind developers say the delays at the Pentagon could pose the biggest risk yet to the industry. Before any large wind farm can begin construction, its developers need to apply for clearances from the Federal Aviation Administration, which regulates the national airspace. As part of that process, the F.A.A. refers the application to the Pentagon, which checks to see whether a project might interfere with military radar or nearby air bases. In the past, many wind projects have quickly received “no hazard” determinations, allowing them to move forward. But some projects do create issues, and they typically need to reach a mitigation agreement with the Pentagon. That might involve the company paying to upgrade nearby radar systems or modifying the layout of its turbines. This process was for years considered routine and predictable, with deadlines set by Congress. But since last August, wind developers began encountering severe delays, the lawsuit said. Companies that had negotiated mitigation agreements could not move forward because top Pentagon officials would not deliver the final signatures needed. Then, in April, the review process halted entirely, and Pentagon staff were directed to stop work on wind projects, the lawsuit says. Meetings with developers were suddenly canceled. That same month, the Pentagon sent some companies a letter explaining that it was looking at new national security concerns with wind turbines. But it did not provide specifics. The renewable energy groups argued that the freeze violates federal law and asked the courts for an injunction because, they said, further delays could jeopardize many projects. Some may miss deadlines to qualify for federal tax credits, while others may get canceled entirely. Of the wind projects affected by the freeze, 41 are in Texas, which produces more wind power than any other state. Large projects in Colorado, Illinois, Iowa, Kansas, New Mexico, Oregon and Washington are also affected. Wind power currently provides about 10 percent of the nation’s electricity. About 15 gigawatts worth of wind projects are currently under development and have already received F.A.A. approval. But another 29 gigawatts still need review by the Pentagon, according to the lawsuit. (One gigawatt can provide enough electricity for roughly 300,000 homes, although wind turbines don’t run at all hours.)
Read more » click here


Things I Think I Think


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Eating out is one of the great little joys of life.

Restaurant Review:
The Dinner Club visits a new restaurant once a month. Ratings reflect the reviewer’s reaction to food, ambience and service, with price taken into consideration.
///// May 2026
Name:               The Boundary House   
Cuisine:            American
Location:         1045 River Road, Calabash NC
Contact:           910.579.8888 / https://boundaryhouserestaurant.com
Food:                Average / Very Good / Excellent / Exceptional
Service:            Efficient / Proficient / Professional / Expert
Ambience:       Drab / Plain / Distinct / Elegant
Cost: $29          Inexpensive <=20 / Moderate <=26 / Expensive <=35 / Exorbitant <=60
Rating:             Two Stars
Established in 2005, The Boundary House is a family-owned and operated restaurant offering casual dining in a nautically themed setting. The same owners also operate Clark’s Seafood & Chophouse, Oyster Rock Waterfront Seafood, and Angus Steakhouse & Seafood, all located in Calabash. Overall, we enjoyed our meal, but neither the food nor the service met our  expectations.


Dining Guide – Local * Lou’s Views

Dining Guide – North * Lou’s Views

Dining Guide – South * Lou’s Views

Restaurant Reviews – North * Lou’s Views

Restaurant Reviews – South * Lou’s Views


Book Review:
Read several books from The New York Times best sellers fiction list monthly
Selection represents this month’s pick of the litter



THE ENDING WRITES ITSELF by Evelyn ClarkeA thrilling locked-room murder mystery in which six struggling authors are invited to spend a weekend on a remote private Scottish island. Following the death of a legendary mystery writer, they are recruited to compete for the chance to ghostwrite the final chapter of the author’s unfinished manuscript. With just seventy-two hours to craft an ending that could change their lives, the high-stakes competition soon turns deadly.

 


That’s it for this newsletter

See you next month


Lou’s Views . HBPOIN

                    • Gather and disseminate information
                    • Identify the issues and determine how they affect you
                    • Act as a watchdog
                    • Grass roots monthly newsletter since 2008

https://lousviews.com/

05 – Town Meeting

 Lou’s Views

“Unofficial” Minutes & Comments


BOC’s Special Meeting 05/01/26

Board of Commissioners’ Agenda Packet » click here

Audio Recording » click here 


1. Budget Workshop – Revenues & Expenditures


BOC’s Public Hearing / Regular Meeting 05/19/26

Board of Commissioners’ Agenda Packet » click here

Audio Recording » click here 


Public Hearing


PUBLIC HEARING: Ordinance, 26-02, An Ordinance Amending the Holden Beach Code of Ordinances, Section 30.15 Voting and Quorums.

THB Newsletter (05/14/26)
TOWN OF HOLDEN BEACH
PUBLIC HEARING NOTICE / May 19, 2026
Take notice that there will be a public hearing on Tuesday, May 19, 2026, beginning at 5:00 p.m. or shortly thereafter, in the Holden Beach Town Hall Public Assembly, 110 Rothschild Street, Holden Beach, NC 28462 to hear public comments on proposed Ordinance 26-02, An Ordinance Amending the Holden Beach Code of Ordinances, Section 30.15 Voting and Quorums. The proposed ordinance amends the Town’s definition of quorum to make it consistent with NCGS 160A-74. 

Click here to view a copy of the proposed ordinance.

All interested persons are invited to attend. 

Update –
The Public Hearing was held to hear comments on the proposed changes to Section 30.15 Voting and Quorums    


Regular Meeting


1. Consent Agenda Items

a) Police Report – Chief Barger
Agenda Packet – pages 11 – 17
Police Report » click here 

 b) Inspections Department Report – Inspections Director Evans
Agenda Packet – pages 18 – 21
Inspections Report » click here 

 c) Finance Department Report – Finance Officer McRainey
Agenda Packet – pages 22 – 27
Finance Report » click here

 d) Public Works Department Report – Public Works Director Benton
Agenda Packet – pages 28 29
Public Works Report » click here 


2. Discussion and Possible  Action  on Ward and Smith Contract  for Fiscal Year  Beginning July 1,  2026 –  Assistant Town Manager Ferguson       

Agenda Packet – pages 30 – 34

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Consideration and possible action on Ward and Smith Contract for upcoming fiscal year.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Ward and Smith serve as our federal advocates assisted by the Ferguson Group with federal research. This contract comes before you yearly for consideration and renewal, outlining the scope of work they will undertake for the Town.

Update –
Our lobbyist Mike McIntyre with Ward & Smith in conjunction with the Ferguson Group represents the town in advocacy matters at the federal level. The monthly retainer minimal fee will remain at $9,725 per month, plus out-of-pocket expenses that typically total approximately $2,000 per month for The Ferguson Group. The agreement with Ward and Smith is for an annual total estimated advocacy cost of $140,700. We are simply updating our existing agreement by extending it out till the end of June of 2027. The motion was made to approve renewing the contract without any price increase and have the Town Manager execute the contract.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously

Editor’s Note –
Since January of 2019, when their work officially commenced with the Town of Holden Beach, Ward and Smith have helped the Town secure $8,599,867 in appropriations. We have spent less than one million dollars and, in return, secured nearly nine million dollars in funding — an excellent return on investment.


3. Discussion and Possible Approval of Ordinance, 26-02, An Ordinance Amending the Holden Beach Code of Ordinances, Section 30.15 Voting and Quorums – Town Clerk Finnell

Agenda Packet – pages 35 – 37

Ordinance 26-02 » click here 

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Action on Ordinance 26-02, An Ordinance Amending the Holden Beach Code of Ordinances, Section 30.15 Voting and Quorums

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The Board adopted Resolution 26-05 in April which expressed the Board’s intent to update Section 30.15 Voting and Quorums of the Code of Ordinances and scheduled a public hearing on the topic. The proposed change makes the ordinance consistent with the Board’s current Rules of Procedure and NCGS 160A-74. The final step to make the amendment is to adopt Ordinance 26-02.

Previously reported – December 2025
The Board considered amending the Town’s Code of Ordinances to align the definition of a quorum with North Carolina General Statute 160A-74 and the Town’s Rules of Procedure. During the discussion, Board members raised questions about the proper procedure for making this amendment. Consequently, the Board decided to revisit the item at the next meeting, during which a Public Hearing will also be scheduled. The Board further discussed the importance of revising the quorum definition to ensure consistency across all governing documents. Staff will provide additional information and recommendations at the April meeting to support the continuation of this process.
No decision was made – No action taken

Previously reported – April 2026

Resolution 26-05 » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Action on Resolution 26-05, Resolution of Intent to Consider an Ordinance Amending the Holden Beach Code of Ordinances, Section 30.15 Voting and Quorums and Setting the Date for a Public Hearing Thereon

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Resolution 26-05 was prepared based on discussion from the March meeting. The resolution expresses the Board’s intent to update Section 30.15 Voting and Quorums of the Code of Ordinances to make it consistent with the  Board’s current Rules of Procedure and NCGS I 60A-74. It also schedules a public hearing for May 19th at 5:00 p.m.

The proposed resolution aims to update the Town’s definition of quorum, aligning it with the current Rules of Procedure and NCGS 160A-74. A Public Hearing regarding this matter is scheduled for May 19th at 5:00 p.m., providing an opportunity for community input. A motion was made to accept the Resolution, reflecting the Town’s commitment to maintaining clarity and consistency in its governance procedures.
A decision was made – Approved (3-1)
Commissioner Myers opposed the motion


Holden Beach proposes quorum update, schedules hearing
The Holden Beach Board of Commissioners voted April 21 to move forward with a proposed update to the town’s quorum definition, setting a public hearing for May 19 at 5 p.m. The change would amend the town’s code of ordinances to align its quorum language with North Carolina General Statutes and the board’s current rules of procedure. Under the proposed revision, a quorum would be defined as “a majority of the actual membership of the council plus the mayor, excluding vacant seats.” The update also states that “a member who has withdrawn from a meeting without being excused by majority vote of the remaining members present shall be counted as present for purposes of determining whether or not a quorum is present.” The current code defines a quorum as the mayor and three commissioners, or three commissioners without the mayor. The initial push to update this language came soon after the November 2025 election, which changed the membership of the board. During the board’s December meeting, while discussing changes to its rules of procedure, newly seated Commissioner Keith Smith suggested revisiting “the power of the mayor to be a part of quorum,” The Brunswick Beacon reported. The topic had also gained attention earlier in 2025 when the town faced a lawsuit relating to this issue. In that case, a citizen challenged a special meeting held by the previous board where only three commissioners were present, alleging the town’s quorum did not comply with state law. The lawsuit was later voluntarily dismissed, The Brunswick Beacon reported. While the board updated its rules of procedure in December, it at that time tabled changes to the quorum definition due to the formal process required to amend the code of ordinances. The topic returned during the board’s March 17 regular meeting. During that meeting, Town Clerk Heather Finnell said the proposed language was taken directly from state statute. Commissioner Tom Myers is the only current commissioner who was present at the contested January 2025 special meeting that spurred a lawsuit. He questioned the need for change. “I don’t understand why we’re doing it,” Myers said. “It just seems like a big change to something that has been in place for a really long time, and I don’t understand what’s driving it.” Smith said the update would resolve inconsistencies between the town’s ordinance and state law. Commissioner Sylvia Pate agreed. “That’s my understanding as well,” Pate said. “We were in conflict with what the general statute says.” Following that discussion, the board directed staff to prepare a resolution of intent to amend the ordinance. During the April 21 meeting, Mayor Pro Tem Page Dyer made a motion to accept that resolution. Myers again opposed the change. “This is a solution looking for a problem for me,” Myers said. “So I just don’t think we should be making these kinds of changes to our charter, unless there’s a real driving need on why we need to do this.” Smith said he felt like the proposed amendment was administrative and would not make a “huge change.” The resolution passed by a vote of 3-1, with Myers opposed.
Read more » click here

Update –
The required Public Hearing was held on  the proposed change to quorums. The Board approved the Ordinance amending the Town Charter definition of a meeting quorum to make it consistent with their current Rules of Procedure and NCGS 160A-74.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


4. Discussion and Possible Action on the Board of Commissioners’ Vacancy – Town Clerk Finnell

Agenda Packet – page 38

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Action on Board of Commissioners’ Vacancy.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST: Interviews for the vacancy were held in April. The next step would be for the Board to determine the process for selection. Ballots are available for the Board as an option. If you chose to vote by ballot, please make sure to sign the bottom.

Previously reported – February 2026
Commissioner Vacancy
Several commissioners have asked about the vacancy and the process to replace Recommend you discuss at either a special meeting or the March meeting on process of filling the vacant position

BOC’s discussed the various ways that they can proceed to fill the vacancy. They seemed to agree that it needs to be filled sooner rather than later. The decision was made to have the staff call for applications now and instructed them to utilize The Board Membership Application form with a request for a copy of a resume. Once they receive applications they will determine how to move forward

THB Newsletter (02/18/26)
Board of Commissioners’ Vacancy
There is currently a vacancy on the Holden Beach Board of Commissioners. If you are a resident and interested in filling the vacancy, please send your resume, along with a completed Application for Board Membership to Heather Finnell at heather@hbtownhall.com or to 110 Rothschild Street, Holden Beach, NC 28462 by March 11th


Process for Filling Vacant Commissioner Position

§30.11 TERMS OF OFFICE; FILLING OF VACANCIES.
(A)     Commissioner shall be two years, both of which begin on the day of first regular meeting in December following their election, except in case either is elected to serve an unexpired term, in which case the newly elected officers shall qualify and commence serving immediately upon the declaration of the result of the election by the Town BOC.
(B)     Vacancies shall be filled as provided for in North Carolina General Statute § 160A-63

§160A63. Vacancies.
A vacancy that occurs in an elective office of a city shall be filled by appointment of the city council. If the term of the office expires immediately following the next regular city election, or if the next regular city election will be held within 90 days after the vacancy occurs, the person appointed to fill the vacancy shall serve the remainder of the unexpired term. Otherwise, a successor shall be elected at the next regularly scheduled city election that is held more than 90 days after the vacancy occurs, and the person appointed to fill the vacancy shall serve only until the elected successor takes office. The elected successor shall then serve the remainder of the unexpired term.

Previously reported – March 2026
BOC Vacancy Resumes » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Action on Next Steps in Filling the Vacancy on the Board of Commissioners.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Seven applications were received for the commissioner vacancy. The Board needs to determine the next steps in the process.

 A total of seven (7) applications were received to fill the Commissioner vacancy. To move forward in the selection process, the Board agreed to interview all applicants. It was determined that all interviews will be conducted during the April Regular Meeting, following the same process used during the previous election. The Board will make a final decision regarding the appointment at a later date.
A decision was made – Approved unanimously

Previously reported – April 2026
ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Interviews for Vacancy on the Board of Commissioners

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
At the March meeting, the Board agreed to schedule interviews for the interested applicants. Interviews will consist of one-minute opening remarks, several questions and then one-minute closing remarks.

The Board conducted interviews with the applicants seeking to fill the commissioner vacancy. Out of the seven applicants, only five participated in the interview process.

Editor’s note –
Participated:
Robert Brown, Chad Hock, Regina Martin, Richard McInturf, and Maria Surprise

Did not participate:
Gerald Arnold, and April Branick

Update –
The Board selected Robert Brown to fill the vacant commissioner position. Following his selection, he was sworn into office.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


5. Discussion and Possible Action on Agreement Between the Town and McGill Associates for Professional Services (Comprehensive Design Plan for Block Q, Jordan Boulevard  and  Bridge Area) –  Assistant Town Manager Ferguson          

Agenda Packet – pages 39 – 49

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Consideration and possible action on a contract for McGill Associates.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The Town issued an RFQ for engineering services for the Block Q/Jordan Boulevard Master Plan. The BOC chose McGill at a previous meeting. This contract outlines the proposed services and price for the services.

Previously reported – April 2026
ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Consideration and possible action on a draft contract for McGill Associates.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The Town issued an RFQ for engineering services for the Block Q/Jordan Boulevard Master Plan. The BOC chose McGill at a previous meeting. This is a draft contract and outline of the proposed services so that the board can make any changes prior to McGill presenting a final, including the price for the plan.

The Board was presented with a draft contract and an outline of the proposed services, allowing them to make any necessary changes before McGill presents a final version that includes the pricing for the plan. The scope defined in the draft contract for engineering services related to the Block Q/Jordan Boulevard Master Plan between the Town and McGill Associates was approved. McGill Associates will prepare and submit a finalized contract, including the proposed price, for the Board’s review at a future meeting.
A decision was made – Approved unanimously

McGill – Block Q / Jordan » click here

Update –
The Board awarded the contract for engineering services to McGill for the Block Q/Jordan Boulevard master plan design.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents TextThe need is for a cohesive and comprehensive plan that incorporates all of the properties. Ideally, the board should approach development with the end goal in mind. Hopefully, the resulting plan will address not only Block Q but also the surrounding parcels, creating a comprehensive vision for the entire area.


6. Proposal to Initiate Request for Qualifications/Request for Proposals Process for Economic and Business Planning Services Related to the Pier Property Located at 441 Ocean Boulevard West – Commissioner Smith 

Agenda Packet – pages 50 – 51, plus separate packet

Social & Economic Profile of Fishing Piers Report » click here 

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Proposal to Initiate RFQ/RFP Process for Economic and Business Planning Services related to the Pier Property located at 441 Ocean Blvd. West, Holden Beach, NC 28462 otherwise known as The Holden Beach Fishing Pier.

I move that the Board of Commissioners direct Town staff to prepare and issue a Request for Qualifications (RFQ) and/or Request for Proposals (RFP) to retain a qualified economic consulting firm.

The selected firm shall be tasked with developing one or more of the following items:

    • An Economic Impact Study quantifying local and regional benefits of an Oceanic Fishing Pier, namely The Holden Beach Fishing Pier including associated public amenities, parking infrastructure, and potential revenue-generating components related to the pier property located at 44 l Ocean Blvd. West, Holden Beach, NC
    • A Long-Term Economic Plan to guide sustainability and funding strategy for the project
    • A Business and Operations Plan for the entire Holden Beach Pier Property

The deliverables should provide a clear financial and economic roadmap for the pier project, ensuring alignment with state and federal funding criteria and long-term viability.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The Town of Holden Beach is evaluating the long-term redevelopment, sustainability, and economic viability of the town pier and associated public assets. In order to support informed decision-making and position the project for potential state and federal funding opportunities, the Town should obtain professional analysis regarding operational feasibility, long-term financial sustainability, and overall economic impact.

To accomplish this, staff is requested to initiate a competitive procurement process to retain qualified consulting services capable of preparing one or more of the following:

    • An Economic Impact Study quantifying local and regional benefits of an Oceanic Fishing Pier, namely The Holden Beach Fishing Pier including associated public amenities, parking infrastructure, and potential revenue-generating components related to the pier property.
    • A comprehensive Business and Operations Plan
    • A broader Long-Tenn Economic Development Strategy associated with the pier property and related amenities

The scope of analysis may include evaluation of:

    • Pier operations and maintenance
    • Revenue and expense projections
    • Long-term replacement reserve planning
    • Parking and public access infrastructure
    • Potential complementary revenue-generating components
    • Tourism and visitor impacts
    • Local and regional economic activity
    • Grant competitiveness and funding strategy

The purpose of these studies is to provide the Town with objective  financial  and economic data to guide future policy decisions, capital planning, operational strategy, and potential funding applications related to the pier and associated public assets.

Update –
The proposal involved issuing a Request for Qualifications (RFQ) for an economic impact study of the pier property, with the goal of evaluating the project from an economic standpoint. Discussion centered on the need to wait until there is a clearer understanding of the future direction for the property before proceeding further. It was suggested that the process should begin with the development of a comprehensive Business and Operations Plan, as a key consideration is determining whether there will ultimately be a pier on the property. There was consensus that staff needs clear and defined direction in order to move forward effectively. It was also noted that there had already been agreement to wait until the underwater study is completed before developing a plan. The final decision was to defer further action until the underwater study report is completed and reviewed. The final decision was to defer further action until the underwater study report is complete and has been reviewed before proceeding any further.

No decision was made – No action taken

Editor’s note –
The agenda item stated initiate not for discussion and possible action. They amended the item and changed it to for discussion and possible action. Items added to the agenda at the meeting are designated for discussion only unless the item could be considered time critical. Therefore they still did not follow protocol. It is academic since motion was withdrawn.

A Request for Proposal (RFP) is a solicitation, often made through a bidding process, by an agency or company interested in procurement of a commodity, service or valuable asset, to potential suppliers to submit business proposals.

A Request for Qualifications (RFQ) is a document that asks potential suppliers or vendors to detail their background and experience providing a specific good or service. In this case, the buyer is only concerned about the vendor’s skills and experience. Professionals responding will be selected solely based on their qualifications and not on price. Once a firm is selected the Town will negotiate a contract for the desired services. Therefore, the response is not a bid.

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents TextIt is my opinion that this discussion is premature. This is a clear case of putting the cart before the horse. Even if there is a valid economic argument for maintaining or rebuilding a fishing pier, what difference does that make at this stage? We have not yet determined whether the existing pier can be economically repaired. Whether the outcome is repair or full replacement, we currently have no identified means to pay for either option. Until the feasibility and funding questions are answered, debating the economic benefits of a fishing pier seems secondary to the more immediate issue of how such a project could realistically be accomplished. 


Pier Property

Holden Beach solicits underwater pier study
The Holden Beach Board of Commissioners is taking another step in evaluating the future of the town pier, voting April 21 to move forward with an underwater study of the structure’s pilings. The pier property has been one of if not the most contentious topic of debate in town hall since the town bought it in 2022. It currently sits bare of any building, and the pier is closed to the public because of its instability. While some residents want to have a functioning pier back at all costs, others would rather focus on public safety and infrastructure projects, like building a fire station on the island. The current board is now tasked with navigating those competing priorities while trying to determine what is both financially and structurally feasible. The board during its April 10 special meeting discussed the project with staff, HDR Senior Engineer Bill Kincannon and HDR Project Manager Will Fuller. Some commissioners expressed desire to solicit realistic cost estimates of both repair and replacement options. HDR had been contracted in early 2025 to evaluate both repair and reconstruction options, including preliminary designs and cost estimates. However, after an initial structural inspection, the firm recommended against pursuing repairs, stating they were unlikely to be cost-effective compared to rebuilding, Fuller said. “Not that it is not possible,” Fuller said, “but it is not going to be cost-effective.” That recommendation led the town to halt further repair analysis at the time and focus instead on reconstruction concepts. It asked HDR to give a not-to-exceed cost estimate for the purpose of a referendum, which came out to $7.3 million. However, the engineers cautioned that the not-to-exceed estimate was partially based on speculation because of several unknowns that remain. Typically, those estimates are made much further along in the design process. Most importantly, the town has no credible study that tells what type of wood the pilings are made of, or what the condition the existing pilings are in. “You’re not really going to have a good handle on your final design until we have the underwater testing done,” Kincannon said, “and until we’ve validated the material that is out there.” Kincannon noted that even details such as how deep the pilings were driven during past repairs are unclear, which raises concerns about their structural reliability. Without that information, engineers cannot determine how much of the pier could realistically be reused or what additional work would be required, he said. Commissioner Keith Smith said that he senses an unequivocal desire for a fishing pier in the town. He wants to find out what it would cost the town for a repair and compare it to what it would realistically cost the town to replace, he said. “Until we know what the repair number is,” Smith said, “we can’t really make an educated decision that repair is better than rebuild.” Inspections Director Tim Evans echoed that concern, pointing to the possibility that some pilings could be made of green heart wood, a highly durable material commonly used in marine construction. However, he said that cannot be confirmed without testing. “Without the actual testing of the piles,” Evans said, “without us actually knowing what’s there, I think the town is risking too much.” He added that the condition of the underwater foundation is likely to be the most significant factor in determining the overall project cost. Following that discussion, the board on April 21 considered how to best obtain that information. Town Manager Bryan Chadwick presented two options: re-engaging HDR under a new contract that would include the underwater study as part of the broader scope or issuing a separate request for qualifications (RFQ) to hire an engineering firm directly for the inspection. Chadwick said using HDR would involve subcontracting the work, which could add 5% to 10% in administrative costs. Issuing an independent RFQ, he said, would allow the town to obtain the study more directly and potentially move faster. “My recommendation would be to go with the second one,” Chadwick said. Smith agreed, saying pursuing the study independently would allow the town to determine whether repairs are even feasible before committing to additional engineering work. Commissioner Tom Myers raised concerns about costs even if the pilings are found to be in good condition, noting that bringing the pier up to code could still require significant investment. “If the piles are bad, it’s no go,” Myers said. “But if piles are good, I’m still not convinced we don’t have a lot more costs involved to do all the hardware repairs and build it to code.” Ultimately, Smith made a motion to issue the RFQ for an underwater study. The motion passed by a 3-1 vote, with Myers opposed.
Read more » click here

Previously reported – April 2026
HDR is the engineering firm we hired to evaluate the pier structure. During the meeting, HDR representatives recapped the process that led us here, including their thorough assessment of the pier’s condition and their recommendations. According to their report, both the superstructure and substructure of the pier have reached the end of their useful service life, and repairing the existing pier would not be cost effective. They determined that pursuing repairs was not a financially sound option. A licensed marine structural engineer concluded that while repairs are technically possible, they are not practical in this situation. HDR made a concerted effort to explain and persuade the Board that it is not in the town’s best interest to pursue repairs. Planning & Inspections Director Evans emphasized that before deciding whether to repair or rebuild, an underwater inspection and study of the pilings must be conducted. Once the condition of the pilings is known, an informed decision can be made. Timbo noted that, ultimately, the only potentially salvageable portion of the pier may be the pilings.  

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

The HDR report makes it clear that repairing the existing pier is not a cost-effective solution. The structure is already at the end of its useful service life, which means any repairs would only be temporary. On top of the significant upfront cost, the ongoing maintenance expenses would continue to add up, creating a long-term financial burden. From a fiscal responsibility standpoint, it’s difficult to justify investing substantial funds into a structure that will require continual repairs and still ultimately need to be replaced. In other words, it risks throwing good money after bad. Additionally, this isn’t just a financial issue. On five (5) separate occasions, public input has consistently shown that there is not adequate support for a pier. Ignoring both the economic realities and repeated public feedback raises serious questions about priorities and decision-making.

Previously reported – March 2025
HDR Executive Summary » click here

A Bridge, Sun, Ocean, and a Couple of Birds

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Consideration and possible action to accept recommendations from HDR regarding the condition assessment of the pier.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
HDR was hired to engage in engineering analysis of the pier. The condition assessment of the pier structure has been initiated by their structural lead. HDR will present the findings.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Receive report and provide direction to HDR for continued work.


On March 3, 2025, HDR conducted a site investigation and condition assessment as defined in the “Waterfront Facilities Inspection and Assessment – Manuals and Reports on Engineering Practice No. 130” published by the American Society of Civil Engineers.

In summary, the overall condition of the existing fishing pier was assessed to be in POOR condition and HDR recommends replacing the timber superstructure in its entirety. The pier approach (superstructure and substructure) will also be required to be replaced in its entirety to satisfy federal ADA requirements. The existing substructure has many structural deficiencies which would require extensive repairs and is currently at the end of its useful service life. This coupled with the fact that the recommended construction methods would be similar for both repair and replacement options supports the conclusion that repairing the existing pier would not be structurally cost effective, nor would it provide the longevity or service life that results from replacing the timber fishing pier. Therefore, it is HDR’s recommendation that the Town of Holden Beach consider a pier replacement option only.


HDR is the engineering firm we hired to evaluate the pier structure. The presentation was on the pier condition assessment and their recommendations. The pier superstructure and substructure are currently at the end of their useful service life. Their report indicates that repairing the existing pier would not be cost effective. Commissioner Smith seemed to refuse to accept the report created by a licensed marine structural engineer that repair is doable but not practical. Commissioner Smith had an antagonistic exchange with the vendor. His behavior was completely inappropriate,  the relationship between the Board and the engineering firm should not be adversarial. It’s the firm’s recommendation that the Town consider the pier replacement option only.  Now that they are able to make an informed decision they have decided to cut our losses,  to save both time and money, by not considering the repair option. HDR will begin to develop an engineering design with cost estimates for both the building and maintaining a new pier. The motion was made to accept their preliminary report and their recommendation to move forward on preliminary planning to build a new pier.  So, we are back to the drawing board.
A decision was made – Approved (3-2)
Commissioners Smith and Dyer opposed the motion

Previously reported – April 2025
HDR Condition Assessment » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Consideration and possible action on HDR’s scope of work and structural questions regarding pier construction.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
At the March meeting, HDR presented a preliminary structural report that indicated a feasible path forward for the pier was a rebuild option. At this meeting, they will be presenting the final report, a revised scope of work/timeline for completion, and questions for the board’s consideration regarding future construction.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Receive information and consider making structural recommendations


At the March meeting, the BOC voted to move to remove the repair option and only consider a rebuild option for the pier, which would result in a scope change for the HDR agreement. The firm will be at the meeting to present the final structural analysis, outline the scope/time line change, and to ask the BOC for guidance regarding several construction questions. Questions are concentrated in the following areas:

    • Topside structural functionality requirements such as covered structures at the end of the pier, any dedicated vendor spaces along or at end of pier,
    • UTV, emergency (or other) vehicle, or top-down construction equipment access (currently only a standard pedestrian rating is assumed)
    • Timber versus concrete or a timber /concrete hybrid (currently an all-timber design is assumed)

Besides these main considerations the firm would also like to understand what the BOC sees as expected operations the pier must support and preferred construction windows to adequately account for the economic cost analysis. Specifically, would the board want to avoid summer construction, which may indicate that two mobilizations might be needed.


7. Updates and Discussion on Proposed Budget for Next Fiscal Year  –  Town  Manager Chadwick           

Agenda Packet – page 52

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Updates and discussion on proposed budget for next fiscal year

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The Town has some updates from the previous budget workshop that need to be relayed and discussed.

Update –
The following budget-related items were discussed and are typically addressed during a budget workshop. A proposed change to sewer and water fees was presented for consideration. A proposal was discussed to add four part-time police officers at no additional cost by offsetting overtime expenses. This approach has been discussed previously, but prior police chiefs did not support it. The Board was advised that more than one million dollars in Central Reach Project funds, currently being held by the County, are expected to be returned sometime during the next fiscal year. Commissioner Myer stated that the funds should be earmarked for beach nourishment. The Town Manager will determine whether that is the appropriate use of the funds.


How coastal Brunswick towns prepare to keep you safe from the unknown
Summer weather, riding waves and long walks on the beach may be on most of our minds while coastal Brunswick County towns prepare for a beach battering that could come at any time. Residents rely on coastal Brunswick municipalities to have funds ready in the event of a natural disaster. While a small storm could cause minimal damage, big and small coastal towns are saving money for when a larger, unexpected disaster strikes. North Carolina General Statute 159-8(a) defines and limits the maximum amount of fund balance that may be appropriated in an annual budget. Though there is no statutory minimum requirement for the amount of fund balance required, the North Carolina Local Government Commission often recommends municipalities keep a minimum available to cover one month of expenditures and operations. Years ago, the city of Southport received correspondence from the Local Government Commission identifying concerns in audits related to a low fund balance, Southport City Manager Noah Saldo confirmed. “The Local Government Commission does not mandate a fixed fund balance percentage (such as 8%) for all municipalities,” Saldo said. “Instead, it evaluates each local government individually, taking into account factors such as size, financial condition and risk exposure.” Between erosion maintenance along shorelines and unexpected weather destruction in towns, repairs and operations are often costly and sometimes unexpected for coastal municipalities. Even if a state of emergency is called, enabling state and federal financial help, recovery funding is often reimbursement-based and towns are still responsible for paying for initial repairs and operations, Ocean Isle Beach Town Administrator Justin Whiteside said. It can take months and years for towns to see reimbursement money, Whiteside added.

Policies to help fund the unexpected
Several Brunswick towns, including Holden Beach, Ocean Isle Beach, Oak Island and Southport, have adopted policies that keep a percentage of their fund balance available. The city of Southport has a policy to keep 55% of available fund balance on hand to ensure the town is “well prepared for any unexpected needs,” Saldo said. Other towns’ policies range in minimum accessible fund balance requirements between 25% and 80%. “While the amount varies from year to year, it is important to note that the town consistently maintains well beyond the minimum set by this policy; solely due to the experience and knowledge of how financially devastating just one natural disaster can be,” Oak Island spokesperson Mike Emory said. The town of Oak Island has established a fund balance that can sustain operations through some of the worst events and a strategic plan that runs through 2027. Maintaining resiliency against natural disasters is part of that plan. “However, we also recognize the extreme destruction possible from even a ‘non-named’ storm, such as Potential Tropical Cyclone 8 in September 2024,” Emory said. “That is why with each budget planning cycle, emergency response and recovery needs are always a top planning priority.”

A snapshot of funding percentages
The town of Caswell Beach maintains a fund balance of “over 100%” for immediate response, funding ongoing infrastructure and equipment needs, Town Manager Joseph Pierce said. The funds can be used to cover emergency expenditures such as debris removal, temporary staffing and equipment repair while awaiting reimbursement from federal and state programs, Pierce explained. Holden Beach’s audit for fiscal year 2025 showed the town had an available fund balance of 82% for the general fund, which could help cover costs for food, overtime and other immediate needs during emergency situations, Town Manager Bryan Chadwick said. At the end of fiscal year 2024-25, the town of Ocean Isle Beach had a fund balance reserve percentage of 58%, Whiteside said. “We are working to build it to our board approved amount of 80%,” Whiteside said. “Fund balance reserves help us with any unforeseen expenses resulting from natural disasters and can help pay for one-time capital projects to not necessitate a tax increase.” The town of Sunset Beach has $50,000 in the current budget for natural disaster reimbursables, explained Finance Director Alisha Armstrong. The town had an unassigned fund balance of approximately 106.55% of total general fund expenditures at the end of the last fiscal year, Armstrong added. Since the Local Government Commission’s concerns, Saldo said the city has made a concerted effort to strengthen its budgeting and financial management practices. “As of June 30, 2025, for fiscal year 2025, our audited total fund balance was $14,192,356,” Saldo said, noting the city’s fund balance has increased over the past several years. Southport’s current fund balance represents approximately 84.9% of budgeted expenditures, which equates to roughly 10 months of general fund operating expenses, Saldo said. This allows the flexibility to respond to emergencies, including natural disasters, and begin investing in “long-needed” capital projects,” Saldo said. “It is important to note that fund balance levels fluctuate throughout the fiscal year based on the timing of revenues and expenditures,” Saldo added. “Final figures are confirmed upon completion of the annual audit at the close of the fiscal year.”
Read more » click here


8. Town Manager Report – Town Manager Chadwick

Agenda Packet – background information was not provided

Town Manager Report » click here

Bryan reviewed the Town Manager Report


Ocean Boulevard Stormwater
Meeting is being coordinated with McGill, the USACE, and the Town

Previously reported – February 2026
Contract is included in February agenda packet

Previously reported –  June 2025
The Town was awarded $2.2M in Environmental Infrastructure Disaster Relief Funding for stormwater projects. To get started USACE requires the execution of the Project Partnership Agreement. The Town portion of the 2.2 million dollar project is 25%, which would cost us $550,000. The motion was made to approve the project partnership agreement with the USACE and have the town staff execute the paperwork.


Corner of a building with beige siding and a metal roof.

Block Q Restrooms & Parking
Restrooms are finally open

Previously reported –
April 2026
Certificate of Compliance has been issued

Previously reported – November 2025
Grant extension was applied for with the state and timeline has been extended

Block Q Master Plan RFQ
Contract with McGill in agenda packet, contract approved tonight

Previously reported –
April 2026
Draft contract with McGill in agenda packet

Previously reported – March 2026
Staff met with McGill to narrow the scope for inclusion in contract

Previously reported – February 2026
Discussion and recommendation for a firm on agenda


Block Q Stage Area
Construction in progress

Previously reported – April 2026
Work started last week on the site

Previously reported – March 2026
Request for Proposals are out for bid
Bids will be returned to staff with a recommendation for approval by commissioners

Previously reported – February 2026
Final specs are completed for distribution in Request for Proposals
Bids will be returned to staff with a recommendation for approval by commissioners


Halstead Park
Work is completed and facility is open to the public now

Previously reported – April 2026
Work has started and expected to be completed in less than 60 days

Previously reported – March 2026
Working on getting the CAMA permit so contractor can begin work
Pier is closed due to safety until further notice as previously advertised

Previously reported – February 2026
Contractor will begin work the next couple of weeks

Previously reported – January 2026
Scope of work that was previously advertised needs to be changed to include new piles
Pier is closed due to safety until further notice as previously advertised


Resilient Coastal Communities Program (RCCP)
Survey is on the Town website to help identify potential projects

The Town is currently participating in the 2025 – 2026 cycle of the North Carolina Resilient Coastal Communities Program (RCCP). The RCCP is a community-based initiative that greatly benefits from involvement, engagement and feedback among local stakeholders. Click here to view details on the program.  

Previously reported – April 2025
ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Action regarding an application to the N.C. Resilient Coastal Communities Program for Phases 1 and 2.

Possible Action:
Direct town staff to complete and submit an application for Phases 1 and 2.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The Resilient Coastal Communities Program (RCCP) is a component of the North Carolina Resilient Communities Program, developed through the 2020 North Carolina Climate Risk Assessment and Resilience Plan. The North Carolina Division of Coastal Management (DCM) administers the RCCP with funding from the NC State Legislature and the National Fish and Wildlife Foundation (NFWF).

DCM is accepting applications from eligible communities for no-cost technical assistance to complete Phases I and 2 of the RCCP.

    • Phase 1: Community Engagement and Risk & Vulnerability Assessment
    • Phase 2: Planning, Project Identification, and Prioritization

There is no cash or in-kind match requirement from community applicants. DCM will contract directly with third-party contractors to assist communities in completing Phases 1 and 2.

The application involves responses to 14 questions. Applications are due at 5PM on April 25th,

Logo for North Carolina's Resilient Coastal Communities Program with water droplet and wave icons.

N.C. Resilient Coastal Communities Program » click here

The RCCP is a four-phase program designed to:

    1. Address local barriers to coastal resilience, including limited capacity, economic constraints, and social inequities .
    2. Assist communities in conducting risk and vulnerability assessments to create a prioritized portfolio of resilience
    3. Advance coastal resilience projects through engineering and design to achieve shovel­ ready
    4. Link communities with funding sources for project

The four phases are :

    • Phase 1: Community Engagement and Risk & Vulnerability Assessment
    • Phase 2: Planning, Project Identification, and Prioritization
    • Phase 3: Engineering and Design
    • Phase 4: Project Implementation

Update –
North Carolina Division of Coastal Management  is accepting applications from eligible communities for no-cost technical assistance to complete Phases I and 2 of the Resilient Coastal Communities Program. The motion was made to complete an application to Resilient Coastal Communities Program by the deadline of April 25th, if it is at all possible.
A decision was made – Approved unanimously


Lockwood Folly
Dredging has been completed

Previously reported – April 2026
Dredging of the inlet and sand placement on the east end should be completed in the coming days

Previously reported – March 2026
Congress approved an appropriation for maintenance of Lockwood Folly Inlet

Previously reported – February 2026
Congress approved an appropriation of $900,000 for maintenance of  the inlet


Dredging
The Corps is conducting maintenance at DA293 which is off Sailfish. Please be aware there may be work occurring in this dredge spoil area.

Previously reported – March 2026
USACE maintenance work in the inlets utilizing dredge spoil area on Sailfish 

Canal Dredging
No change, still working

Previously reported – April 2026
Staff is actively working with the Corps on the cost of Dredge spoils disposal

Previously reported – March 2026
Plans are being made to dredge canals next winter

THB Newsletter (02/05/26)
In anticipation of a potential dredge event next winter, Coastal Geomatics will begin surveying the canals in mid-February. Their trucks will be seen parked on the side streets.  

Pier Property Site
RFQ will be coming out shortly

Previously reported – April 2026
BOC at the Special Meeting asked him to review the HDR contract and see if it covers them evaluating the condition of the pilings. Bryan presented them with two options to move forward. This is a necessary step if the piles are bad the entire project would be a NO GO. The Board voted to have the Town rather than HDR send out a Request for Qualifications for an underwater engineering study of the pier pilings.
A decision was made – Approved (3-1)
Commissioner Myers opposed the motion

Editor’s note –
A Request for Qualifications (RFQ) is a document that asks potential suppliers or vendors to detail their background and experience providing a specific good or service. In this case, the buyer is only concerned about the vendor’s skills and experience. Professionals responding will be selected solely based on their qualifications and not on price. Once a firm is selected the Town will negotiate a contract for the desired services. Therefore, the response is not a bid.


Inlet Hazard Area
Previously reported – April 2026
Staff attended the recent Coastal Resources Commission (CRC)  meeting and are actively involved in the discussion of possible changes to the Inlet Hazard Area

Hot Button Items / Inlet Hazard Areas
For more information » click here


Paving
Work has been completed on Swordfish and Tuna

Previously reported – April 2026
Paving on Swordfish and Tuna will begin in early May and they plan to have it completed by Memorial Day


Restroom Maintenance and Cleaning
Analyzing, trying to work it out

Previously reported – April 2026
Staff is making changes and proposing other changes to help mitigate damages and maintenance of restroom facilities


Beach Access Trash Receptacles
They are monitoring the situation

Previously reported – April 2026
Staff will be moving receptacles to the roadside of the beach accesses. This will be easier to maintain even in the middle of the day when beach access is difficult. Despite objections from Commissioner Myers the majority of the Board decided to allow them to try this.

The beaches are the economic engine of our tourism-based economy.

Jackie Chan Still from a Movie with Wait What Text

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

I strongly oppose this decision. I walk the beach strand four days a week and routinely pick up trash. Even though trash cans are out there, I typically pick up one to two bags per day this time of year, and more than three bags daily during peak tourist season. Based on this firsthand experience, I can say with confidence that reducing or removing trash cans will make an existing problem significantly worse. When trash cans are full, people leave their garbage next to them. When cans are removed, due to storm events, people continue to leave trash where the cans used to be. This behavior is consistent and predictable, and it is unlikely to change. Expecting the public to walk off the strand and up to street-level disposal points is unrealistic—they simply don’t or won’t do it. If anything, we should be making disposal easier, not more difficult. The practical solution is clear: more trash cans and more frequent pickups, especially during peak seasons. This service is currently funded through the BPART account, so cost should not be a barrier to maintaining or improving it. There are also logistical inconsistencies that need to be addressed. For example, some trash cans on the strand are located in front of oceanfront homes where there is no public beach access. What is the plan for locations like this? As it stands, this approach gives the impression that operational convenience is being prioritized over maintaining a clean and safe public environment. Additionally, the suggestion that mid-day pickups are too difficult does not reflect operational reality. Trash collection should occur early each morning on a daily basis to prevent overflow issues. With proper enforcement of ordinance (§94.06), including maintaining the required ten-foot corridor adjacent to the dunes, there should be adequate access for collection vehicles—even if a mid-day schedule is required. In short, reducing or removing trash cans will result in more trash on our beach.

Editor’s note –
If you would like to share your perspective on this matter, I encourage you to reach out to the Town Manager and the Board of Commissioners. Your input is valuable and can help inform their decisions.

Contact information:
alan@alanholdenrealty.com;tmmyers56@gmail.com;Dyer@hbtownhall.com;
pate@hbtownhall.com;
smith@hbtownhall.com;bryan.chadwick@hbtownhall.com

Angry villagers holding torches and pitchforks in protest.


Tax Laws
Monitoring the proposed changes, letter sent to our representatives

Previously reported – April 2026
Staff was directed to draft a letter opposing proposed changes to property tax laws at the state level


Commissioner Vacancy
Filled vacancy earlier at this meeting

Previously reported – April 2026
Interviews on tonight’s agenda


Town Attorney
The RFQ/RFP for our Town Attorney had only one response.

Previously reported – May 2026
ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Action on Legal Services

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Attorney Moore submitted her resignation effective May 1st. In order to solicit new legal counsel, the Board would need to accept the resignation and determine the process for selection of the new attorney/firm. Staff recommends the Board direct staff to issue a Request for Proposals for Legal Services unless a different method is preferred to move forward.

Update –
The Board accepted attorney Moore’s resignation
A decision was made – Approved unanimously

 A second motion was made to issue a Request for Proposals for Legal Services in order to start the replacement process
A decision was made – Approved unanimously


Employee Updates


Steve Barger has been sworn in as our Police Chief. The Town hosted a meet and greet before the meeting tonight to welcome Chief Barger to our community. 

THB Newsletter (05/07/26)
HB Police Department Receives NCLM Soft Body Armor Grant Approval
The Holden Beach Police Department has received approval for a Soft Body Armor Grant from the North Carolina League of Municipalities (NCLM) Workers’ Compensation Program. The grant approval allows the department to receive reimbursement for the purchase of approved soft body armor, helping offset the cost of essential officer safety equipment. The program reimburses departments at a flat rate for qualifying armor purchases, supporting agencies in maintaining compliant and up to date protective gear for sworn officers. Chief Steven Barger expressed appreciation for the grant approval and the continued support of officer safety initiatives. “Body armor is critical, lifesaving equipment for our officers. This grant helps ensure we can continue to provide that protection while responsibly managing department resources.” The Holden Beach Police Department remains committed to prioritizing officer safety while serving the community with professionalism, transparency and dedication.


In Case You Missed It 


 THB Newsletter (05/20/26)
Solid Waste/Recycling
Weekly Saturday pickup begins this weekend on May 23rd.

 Pick-ups are scheduled for every Tuesday and Saturday through the end of September. All carts must be curbside by 6:00 a.m. on collection days.

Reminders:

    • All trash must be bagged.
    • Antifreeze, paint, electronics, lead acid batteries, rechargeable batteries, medical waste, tires, used oil, hazardous waste, appliances, yard waste and demolition waste are banned from the landfill and must not be placed in the trash cart.
    • Any trash that does not fit in your trash cart with the lid closed will not be picked up. Do not place trash on top of the cart.
    • Large items (furniture, bikes, etc.) will not be picked up. They may be taken to a convenience center or the landfill.

Weekly recycling begins on Tuesday, June 2nd and runs through the end of September. Visit https://hbtownhall.com/solid-waste%2Frecycling if you are interested in this service, but have not yet signed up.


THB Newsletter (04/18/26)
Pets on the Beach Strand
Pets are not allowed on the beach strand starting May 20th September 10th, except between 5:00 p.m. and 9:00 a.m. daily. Please make sure to always clean up after your pet and keep them on a leash at all times. 


THB Newsletter (04/18/26)
North Carolina Resilient Coastal Communities Program
The Town is currently participating in the 2025 – 2026 cycle of the North Carolina Resilient Coastal Communities Program (RCCP). The RCCP is a community-based initiative that greatly benefits from involvement, engagement and feedback among local stakeholders. Click here to view details on the program and to take the associated survey.  


THB Newsletter (04/02/26)
2026 Vehicle Decals
2026 vehicle decals were included in the April water bill.

Decals are your passes to get onto the island to check your property only in the case of a storm that would necessitate restricting access to the island. These are to be used only for your primary vehicles and should be placed on the interior of the lower driver side windshield.

Please make sure to place your decals in your vehicle or in a safe place. Property owners without a valid decal will not be allowed on the island during restricted access. No other method of identification is accepted in an emergency situation. Click here to visit our website to find out more information regarding decals and emergency situations.


Dog Reminders
Please remember that any time your dog is off your premise, they must be on a leash, cord or chain at all times. Also, dog owners must remove dog waste immediately after it is deposited by the dog when on public property or any private property, including vacant lots, without the permission of the private property owner. Dog waste stations are conveniently located throughout the island.


National Flood Insurance Program: Reauthorization
Congress must periodically renew the NFIP’s statutory authority to operate. On February 3, 2026, the president signed legislation passed by Congress that extends the National Flood Insurance Program’s (NFIP’s) authorization to September 30, 2026.


News from Town of Holden Beach
The town sends out emails of events, news, agendas, notifications and emergency information. If you would like to be added to their mailing list, please go to their web site to complete your subscription to the Holden Beach E-Newsletter.
For more information » click here


What He Did Not Say

It’s the beginning of the busy season on Holden Beach

Memorial Day is the official kickoff for the 100 fun days of summer

Memorial Day is the unofficial start to summer and Labor Day is the unofficial end, from May 25th  to September 7th, this year delivers the earliest and latest possible dates for both holidays.

Remind everyone it’s Hurricane Season – be prepared, have a plan!


Public Service Announcements

    • Remember that parking ordinances are strictly enforced, including pay-to-park requirements. Do not block the emergency beach accesses located on the far east end, at the pier, the 500 block or the 800 block. These accesses are for emergency response access, not temporary parking to unload passengers or beach equipment. Blocking accesses creates a life threatening time delay to emergency response.
    • The new bike lines are for bikes, not Low Speed Vehicles (LSV) and not for parking. Bicyclists under the age of 16 are required to wear a helmet.
    • LSVs are still required to follow the same traffic laws as every other motor vehicle, including travel lane regulations and very importantly seatbelt and child restraint regulations.
    • Pets are required to be on a leash at all times when off of your property, and no pets are allowed on the beach strand from 9:00 a.m. – 5:00 p.m.
    • Beach equipment must be removed daily and cannot be left overnight. Storage of beach equipment on the frontal dunes is also restricted. Items left unattended will be removed and discarded as trash.
    • Fireworks and pyrotechnics create a safety risk to the operator and bystanders as well as a fire hazard to the dune vegetation and houses. Fireworks are illegal on the island; possession of fireworks is a Class 2 misdemeanor which carries a maximum penalty of 60 days in jail and a $1,000 fine. If you light it, we write it.

If you know something, hear something, or see something –
call 911 and let the police deal with it.


A reminder of the Town’s beach strand ordinances:
…..1)
Chapter 90 / Animals / §90.20 / Responsibilities of owners
…….a)
pets are not allowed on the beach strand except between 5p.m. and 9a.m. daily
…….b)
dog’s must be on a leash at all times
…….c)
owner’s need to clean up after their animals
…..2)
Chapter 94 / Beach regulations / §94.05 / Digging of holes on beach strand
…….a)
digging holes greater than 12 inches deep without responsible person there
…….b)
holes shall be filled in prior to leaving
…..3)
Chapter 94 / Beach regulations / §94.06 / Placing obstructions on the beach strand
…….a)
all unattended beach equipment must be removed daily by 6:00pm

For a full list of beach regulations visit https://hbtownhall.com/visitors.


Beach Rangers
They began the  patrols on Thursday , May 20th. That is the same day that the ordinance takes effect for the summer season with no pets on the strand between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m.

Previously reported – 2017

Target Ordinances –

    • Fill holes
    • Remove gear
    • Stay off dunes
    • No glass
    • Control pets – leash / waste

Purpose –

    • Put a friendly face out there to interact with guests
    • Educate guests about targeted ordinances to get compliance
    • Explain the purpose of the ordinance and consequences for non-compliance

Goals – keep beach protected, clean and safe

 Beach Rangers are out there from Memorial Day to Labor Day. Rangers are on the beach strand during the busiest time frame from roughly 8:30am till 7:30pm. They are out there to educate, provide information and assist folks. Beach strand ordinance compliance is a real quality-of-life issue. They need to be on the beach strand to enforce ordinances and to ensure public safety.


Low Speed Vehicle Safety » click here
Public Service Announcement from Chief Dixon regarding low speed vehicle safety.


Chief Dixon encourages everyone to download the app

NC Police Connect on the AppStore

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Upcoming Events 


2026 Concert Schedule
The 2026 concert schedule is now available. Enjoy the sounds of summer at our FREE concert series starting May 24th. Concerts are held on Sundays at 6:30 p.m. throughout the summer.

Click here to view the schedule. 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

Tide Dyed Program
The Tide Dye program will be held on Tuesdays between 1:00 to 2:30 p.m. at Bridgeview Park picnic pavilion. Participants must be in line by 2:00 p.m. to participate because the process takes approximately 30 minutes to complete. Fee is $7 per shirt for youth sizes through Adult XL and $10 per shirt for 2XL. Payment via cash or check only.

.                                     Beginning June 9th and continuing through August 11th


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Turtle Talk
Two programs both are held every Wednesday during the summer at
the Holden Beach Chapel. Children’s Turtle Time is at 4:00 p.m. with crafts, stories and activities for children ages 3 – 6. All children must be accompanied by an adult. Turtle Talk is an educational program at 7:00 p.m. for everyone else.

Beginning June 24th and continuing through August 12th


9. Mayor’s Comments

Brunswick Community College (BCC) cordially invites you to attend the ribbon cutting ceremony for the Alan Holden Public Safety Center on June 11th at 1:00pm.

THB Newsletter (05/21/26)
Have a great Memorial Day!

Things to remember:

    • Thank all of our service people, past and present and their families for their sacrifices.
    • Pray for our country!
    • Free Concert Sunday (May 24, 2026) at Bridgeview Park behind the Town water tank at 6:30 p.m. Enjoy the “Special Occasion Band”. This concert series will continue throughout the summer with different bands.
    • Dogs must be on a leash at all times. No dogs on the beach strand between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. May 20th – September 10th.
    • For safety and other reasons be sure to keep your house numbers in compliance with Town codes. Oceanfront, canal and waterway homes must have numbers on the water and street side of homes.
    • The Town restrooms are open, including the newest one at 101 Brunswick Avenue East in “Block Q” by the bridge.
    • The beach strand trash cans of the past are relocated to the street side. This is due to several reasons. Please continue to keep our island as clean as possible.
    • The new fire station at 854 Sabbath Home Road is operational. The Town is still working toward a new facility located on the island.
    • Plans for the Holden Beach fishing pier are still being debated. An engineering report stating the condition of the existing pilings is forthcoming.
    • Robert Brown has been appointed to fill the vacant seat on the Board of Commissioners.
    • The Army Corps of Engineers has been dredging in the Lockwood Folly Inlet the past few days. Still use caution!
    • The Beach Patrol and the Turtle Patrol have resumed their activities.
    • The new concert facility is under construction at 105 Brunswick Avenue East. Completion is expected to be before July.
    • Holden Beach Chapel services will be at 8:30 a.m. and 10:00 a.m. starting this Sunday (May 24, 2026) for the prime summer week schedule.
    • Be cautious along the high tide lines on the beach strand. Some areas may have a “step down” approach due to the past winter storms. The summer winds and tides will again “level off” these areas.
    • The Holden Beach Police Department will continue to provide us safety. The department is fully staffed, which will include auxiliary members.
    • Licensed golf carts and other low speed vehicles are required to meet all standards described by the state of North Carolina. This includes seatbelts, child safety devices, etc.
    • Don’t leave unfilled holes on the beach strand as they are hazardous to humans and turtles.
    • Unusually high temperatures are expected this week. Possible rain showers will help with the drought. Overall this holiday is expected to be very nice!
    • There are a lot of construction vehicles on our streets. Activity here is busy due to the pre-summer rush to get homes prepared for guests.

 Thanks to all of you who love this beach and work hard to make it EVEN BETTER!!


General Comments 


BOC’s Meeting
The Board of Commissioners’ next Regular Meeting is scheduled on the third Tuesday of the month, June 16th


Budget Season
They have a proposed budget meeting schedule  as follows:

      • April 10th   Expenditures
      • May 1st       Revenues
      • May 5th       Cancelled
      • May 31st       Budget Message
      • June 4th       Budget Message Discussion

Colorful word cloud centered on 'BUDGET' with related financial and government terms.

Budget Calendar
The Town Manager’s proposed budget is due by June 1st
Commissioners must adopt budget no later than June 30th for the next fiscal year
Adopting the annual budget is a primary responsibility of the Board.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

It’s not like they don’t have anything to work on …

The following five (5) items are what’s In the Works/Loose Ends queue:

        • 2019 – Dog Park
        • 2021 – Pier Properties Project
        • 2021 – Rights-of-Way
        • 2021 – Block Q Project/Carolina Avenue
        • 2023 – Fire Station Project

The definition of loose ends is a fragment of unfinished business or a detail that is not yet settled or explained, which is the current status of these items. All of these items were started and then put on hold, and they were never put back in the queue. This Board needs to continue working on them and move these items to closure.

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

.

Lost in the Sauce 

.

 


From 2025 / Boat Ramps

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

From ramps to paid parking, how boating in Brunswick is ‘in a crisis’
With the popularity of the Brunswick coast, the need for more public boat ramps is on the rise. “We’re in a crisis,” boat captain Cane Faircloth said. Local captains and state representatives are asking for more boat ramps and boat trailer parking in southern Brunswick County.

Existing ramps and parking spaces
The North Carolina Wildlife Resources Commission (NCWRC) builds and maintains boat ramps throughout the state. These ramps can be viewed online using the NCWRC’s interactive maps. The boating access area map marks six public boat ramps in Brunswick County that connect people to the Intracoastal Waterway. The six NCWRC-maintained ramps are located at Sunset Beach, Ocean Isle Beach, Bricklanding Road in Shallotte, Holden Beach, Sunset Harbor and Oak Island. With five out of the six ramps having over 22 boat trailer parking spaces, a total of 233 boat trailer designated parking spaces are at the NCWRC boat ramps. The Oak Island ramp has around 80 boat trailer parking spaces while Holden Beach only has around 15. There are other Intracoastal Waterway boat ramps in Brunswick County that are not maintained by the state. Some additional public boat ramps are the Southport Marina Ramp, Dutchman Creek Boat Launch, NE 55th Street Municipal Boat Ramp in Oak Island, Brunswick River Park in Leland and the Varnamtown Public Boat Ramp.

A need for more
Coastal North Carolina and Brunswick County are seeing rapid growth, Faircloth said. The growth is causing a shortfall in local coastal infrastructure that goes beyond roads and sewer. “It’s a Southeastern North Carolina issue,” Faircloth said. Some neighborhoods along the Intracoastal Waterway have private boat ramps and some boat owners store their boats at a privately owned marina, where the marina transports the boat to and from water for the customer. However, Faircloth said many local boat owners cannot afford marina prices and rely on public boat ramps as their way to the water. “This is the area with the biggest need,” Faircloth said. NCWRC Commissioner Steve Windham said the six boat ramps operate at over 150% capacity. “We need a whole lot more boat ramps,” Windham said, noting the need has only increased in recent years as the number of boat registrations and fishing licenses in the state grows. The lack of boat ramps and parking for vehicles with trailers around Holden Beach are infrastructure shortfalls, Faircloth said. Parking at boat ramps in Brunswick County is “crowded,” Windham said. There are 15 parking spaces at the Holden Beach Boat Ramp and people are fighting for a place to park on a regular work day. Some boaters are being forced to awkwardly park their trailer upwards on a hill. Captain Ryan Williams runs Catch 22 Charters. Williams and Faircloth are regular users of the Holden Beach Boat Ramp for recreational and business uses. Both captains said challenges that come with using the Holden Beach Boat Ramp impact their work life. Local captains have to get to the boat ramp before sunrise so they can avoid wait times and have a parking spot for both their vehicle and boat trailer, Faircloth said. Like Faircloth, Williams said his biggest fight is getting access to the ocean. “I’ve waited over an hour before,” said Williams, noting other charter boat captains use the boat ramps to make a living too. Paid parking programs have also caused hardships for boaters, Faircloth said. Paid parking programs at Brunswick beach towns have forced many people to pay double when all boat trailer parking spaces are full due to their vehicle and boat trailer taking up two parking spaces, he explained. “Most of your working class people can’t afford to pay $40 to go take their Jon Boat out and their two small kids to go fish in the waterway. … It’s just not feasible,” Faircloth said.

Opportunities ahead with state support
Holden Beach commissioners have different ideas for Block Q, a chunk of property located near the boat ramp. As previously proposed, Block Q could have been a new, paved boat trailer parking lot. However, plans have changed, and the paved boat trailer parking design has been scratched. Williams hopes to see the demand for boat ramp parking met soon as more residents and visitors flood the boat ramp at Holden Beach. “We’re so far behind. … It really puts a strain on the fact that we have far outgrown the 15 spots 30 years ago,” Williams said. There are few available properties around Holden Beach that could be used for an additional public boat ramp and boat trailer parking but the NCWRC is working on building a new one, the captains said. “Right now, we are in the process of trying to secure funding for a boat ramp in Holden Beach,” Windham said. The NCWRC’s goal is to purchase a four-acre property and build a boat ramp and kayak/canoe launch near Holden Beach, Windham said. The whole project, including purchasing the property, is expected to cost around $8 million, he said. Local and state officials have seen the need and shown support for a new ramp in the Holden Beach area, Windham added. If people want to show their support, Windham encourages people reach out to local legislatures and Brunswick County commissioners.
Read more » click here 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Hurricane Season
For more information » click here.

Be prepared – have a plan!

 


No matter what a storm outlook is for a given year,
vigilance and preparedness is urged.


Brunswick County – Hurricanes

Overview
Hurricanes are tropical cyclones that rotate counterclockwise with wind speeds in excess of 74 mph. Most hurricanes form over warm seas near the equator. They are created when the sun heats the ocean surface, causing heated water vapor to rise, condense, and form clouds. These clouds begin to spiral as the earth rotates. More air is pulled underneath and a large vortex is formed.

On average, six Atlantic hurricanes develop each year. When a hurricane moves toward coastal areas it often causes severe damage. Strong winds create storm surges, floods, rip tides, and can even spawn tornadoes. As the hurricane moves forward, its right front quadrant is typically where the most devastation occurs.

Hurricane season begins June 1 and continues through November 30. Be sure to practice hurricane preparedness and learn about hurricane safety and survival.

To assist in being prepared before, during, and after a storm, review the following links for helpful information.

Hurricane Preparedness Tips
We would like to encourage you to start preparing for emergencies and stay #ReadyBrunswick by reviewing the following tips.

STAY INFORMED
KNOW THE TERMS
KNOW YOUR EVACUATION ZONE
MAKE A PLAN
KNOW WHO TO CALL
GATHER IMPORTANT DOCUMENTS
CHECK YOUR INSURANCE
PREPARE YOUR HOME
LEARN / PRACTICE SAFETY SKILLS
SUBSCRIBE TO EMERGENCY ALERTS
SIGN UP FOR THE ACCESS AND FUNCTIONAL NEEDS REGISTRY
ACCESS LOCAL RESOURCES

Quick Links


NOAA predicts below-normal 2026 Atlantic hurricane season
Early preparation essential to staying safe all season
Forecasters with NOAA’s National Weather Service are predicting a below-normal hurricane season for the Atlantic basin this year. NOAA’s outlook for the 2026 Atlantic hurricane season, which runs June 1 to November 30, predicts a 35% chance of a near-normal season, a 10% chance of an above-normal season, and a 55% chance of a below-normal season. The agency is forecasting a total of 8-14 named storms (winds of 39 mph or higher). Of those, 3-6 are forecast to become hurricanes (winds of 74 mph or higher), including 1-3 major hurricanes (category 3, 4 or 5 with winds of 111 mph or higher). NOAA has a 70% confidence in these ranges. An average season has 14 named storms with seven hurricanes, including three major hurricanes. 

“With the most advanced forecast modeling and hurricane tracking technologies, NOAA and the National Weather Service are prepared to deliver real-time storm forecasts and warnings,” said Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick. “Our experts are integrating cutting-edge tools to ensure communities in the path of storms receive the earliest, most accurate information possible.” “NOAA’s rapid integration of advanced technology, including AI-based weather models, drones, and next-generation satellite data will deliver actionable science to safeguard the lives and livelihoods of the American people,” said NOAA Administrator Neil Jacobs, Ph.D. “These new capabilities, combined with the unmatched expertise of our National Weather Service forecasters, will produce the most accurate forecasts possible to protect communities in harm’s way.”

Key factors driving NOAA’s forecast
The Atlantic season is expected to be below-normal due to competing factors. El Niño is expected to develop and intensify during the hurricane season, while ocean temperatures in the Atlantic are expected to be slightly warmer than normal and trade winds are likely weaker than average. El Niño conditions tend to support less tropical storms and hurricanes, while warmer ocean temperatures and low winds support a more active year.

“Although El Niño’s impact in the Atlantic Basin can often suppress hurricane development, there is still uncertainty in how each season will unfold,” said NOAA’s National Weather Service Director Ken Graham. “That is why it’s essential to review your hurricane preparedness plan now. It only takes one storm to make for a very bad season.” NOAA’s outlook is for overall seasonal activity based on large-scale weather and climate patterns. It does not indicate where or when any storms may affect land as that is determined by short-term and variable weather patterns is not a landfall forecast. “Preparing now for hurricane season — and not waiting for a storm to threaten — is essential for staying ahead of any storm. Visit weather.gov/safety and Ready.gov for important preparedness information,” added Graham.

New and enhanced communication products this season

    • NOAA’s National Hurricane Center (NHC) will implement an improved version of the tropical cyclone forecast cone graphic that will now include tropical storm and hurricane watches and warnings for inland areas for the continental United States, Hawaii, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. 
    • NHC will begin testing an experimental version of the tropical cyclone track forecast cone that will capture a greater range of possibilities for the track of the storm by incorporating uncertainties for both direction of movement and timing.  
    • NHC will provide new products and services for the Hawaiian Islands to include storm surge watches and warnings, and a peak storm surge graphic. These will be publicly available for the main Hawaiian Islands on gov.  

Advancements to hurricane analysis and forecasts

    • NOAA, in collaboration with the Unified Forecast System community, is testing an experimental high-resolution Seasonal Forecast System that utilizes the latest modeling technology and new methods to assess the evolution of the global ocean-atmosphere system. The system is helping forecasters better simulate tropical storms and hurricanes, and more effectively predict the number of hurricanes and major hurricanes. 
    • NOAA’s Atlantic Oceanographic and Meteorological Laboratory (AOML) is using machine learning to quality-control data collected from tail Doppler radar — a specialized radar system mounted on the back of NOAA’s “Hurricane Hunter” aircraft. This new method gathers more than 25% more meteorological data than the current method and leads to more high-quality data to support structure and wind analysis by forecasters.

Innovative technologies for this year

NOAA also issued seasonal hurricane outlooks for the eastern Pacific and central Pacific hurricane basins, with both anticipated to have active seasons. The 2026 Atlantic seasonal outlook will be updated in early August, ahead of the historical peak of the season, which typically extends from mid-September through October.
Read more » click here


Don’t get complacent with tropical outlook; ‘it only takes one’
The below-normal activity predicted for the 2026 Atlantic hurricane season doesn’t give North Carolinians a pass on preparation this year. “For the Atlantic hurricane season, NOAA is predicting a below-normal season for 2026, with roughly a 55% chance of being below normal, a 35% chance of near normal, and a 10% chance of above normal,” National Oceanic and Atmospheric Association Administrator Dr. Neil Jacobs said during a media conference Thursday morning from NOAA’s Aircraft Operations Center at Lakeland Linder International Airport in Lakeland, Florida. “This equates to eight to 14 named storms with winds at or above 39 miles an hour. Of these, three to six hurricanes with winds at or above 74 miles an hour, and one to three major hurricanes, that’s your Category 3 to 5 with winds at or above 111 miles an hour,” he added. Jacobs is referring to the Saffir-Simpson hurricane wind scale, which categorizes maximum sustained wind speeds for tropical storms. Categories 1 and 2 are windspeeds between 74 and 110 mph, categories 3 to 5 are major hurricanes with speeds from 111 to 157 or higher, according to NOAA. Hurricane season begins Monday, June 1, and ends Nov. 30. “Even though we’re expecting a below-average season in the Atlantic, it’s very important to understand that it only takes one,” Jacobs said, adding there have been Category 5s that made landfall in the past during below-average seasons. During the news conference Thursday morning, Jacobs said that “what’s driving this forecast is largely an El Niño event. There’s a 98% chance of El Niño conditions occurring later this season, and an 80% chance that this El Niño will be moderate to strong.” NOAA National Weather Service Director Ken Graham, who spoke after Jacobs, reiterated that “it just takes one,” and urged the public during the press conference not to “let words like ‘below average’” change the way you prepare. “Now’s the time to start thinking about your hurricane preparedness,” Graham said. “Early preparedness is absolutely everything. Period. End of story. The actions that you take today really get you ready for the hurricane season.” Especially a season like this, “there’ll never be a Hurricane Just-a. We’ll never make that a name. There’s no such thing as just a Cat 1, just a tropical storm, just a Cat 2. That is absolutely not the case,” Graham said. “It doesn’t matter what it is, you got to look at the size, the forward motion, little wiggles matter on the impacts. Even the smallest storm, if it’s slow enough and big enough, it’s going to create catastrophic flooding and storm surge.” Graham said that the public needs to pay attention to every single one of the storm “systems, and the actual impacts, not the category, not the name, but the actual impacts associated with that storm, and that includes the tornadoes, heavy rain, damaging winds, even the high surf and rip currents, as well, including storm surge.” Erik Heden, warning coordination meteorologist in the National Weather Service’s Newport office, said in an interview with Coastal Review that just because the forecast calls for a below-normal season, residents shouldn’t let their guard down. “Just because the outlook says it’s going to be a low year doesn’t mean we won’t be impacted,” he said, adding “It just takes one storm. The graphic says a 55% chance below-normal year, but if we get one storm, it really doesn’t matter what the prediction was, it could be a big deal for us.” Heden also warned in the interview against making decisions based on the category of the storm. “Categories are only wind,” he said. Wind is to be respected, but the other storm impacts are more likely to be more frequent in terms of issues in our area. “Water is what kills people. About 85% of people that die in hurricanes, it’s water related — nothing to do with the wind. but it’s, it’s things like rip currents, storm surge, and flooding. Those are the three things that would get us if we get a storm.” Two years ago, the Southeast faced a potential tropical cyclone that didn’t have a name. No. 8 resulted in almost 20 inches of rain in the Wilmington area, and last year Tropical Storm Chantal produced six to 10 inches of rain in Raleigh. Steven Pfaff, meteorologist-in-charge for the National Weather Service’s Wilmington office, in an email to media partners Thursday morning, also expressed concern that the forecast for below-normal activity can cause messaging challenges because people may misinterpret what it means for any potential local impacts. “All it takes is one storm to define a hurricane season regardless of the outlook,” his emphasis, “Given southeast NC’s and northeast SC’s hurricane history our communities must prepare the same way every year,” Pfaff continued. “Now is the time to prepare for hurricane season and remain vigilant this summer and fall.” Jacobs said during the press conference that for official forecast guidance, go to hurricanes.gov. “June 1 is almost here. Be ready, have a plan, listen to your state and local emergency managers. Preparation is essential. You can learn more at ready.gov,” Jacobs added. Heden told Coastal Review that the best way to stay informed in eastern North Carolina is to remember “if it’s the weather you love, it’s weather.gov,” where there’s up-to-date information, as well as on the office’s website, Facebook or X.
Read more » click here


Do you enjoy this newsletter?
Then please forward it to a friend!


Lou’s Views . HBPOIN

.        • Gather and disseminate information
.        • Identify the issues and determine how they affect you

.        • Act as a watchdog
.        • Grass roots monthly newsletter since 2008

https://lousviews.com/

05 – News & Views

Lou’s Views
News & Views / May Edition


Calendar of Events 



A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

Conway Riverfest Celebration
June 27th

Conway SC

 

Held along the Waccamaw River in downtown Conway the festival celebrates Independence Day since 1980 with music and events for the entire family.
For more information »click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.
N.C. 4th of July Festival
July 4th

Southport

 

The patriotic spirit of America is alive and well in the City of Southport. For over 200 years this small maritime community has celebrated our nation’s independence in a big way. Incorporated as the N.C. 4th of July Festival in 1972 the festival committee strives to keep the focus of the festival on honoring our nation’s birthday with a little fun thrownin.
For more information » click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Battleship Blast
4th of July Celebration
July 4th

Wilmington

.
.
Annual 4th of July Celebration at Riverfront Park in downtown Wilmington since 1981. Featured entertainment will perform from 6:00 PM to 9:00 PM, followed by fireworks at 9:05 PM launched from a barge in the Cape Fear River adjacent to the USS North Carolina Battleship. The only place you need to be this holiday is downtown Wilmington for the best view of fireworks.

For more information » click here


Brunswick County invites residents to participate in lifesaving certification training in 2026

Brunswick County’s Risk Management and Parks and Recreation departments are partnering to offer First Aid/CPR/AED Certification Training in 2026.

This training program is designed to provide residents with the knowledge and skills needed to recognize and respond appropriately to cardiac, breathing and first aid emergencies.

The training is open to any Brunswick County residents 12-years-old and up. Participants under 18-years-old must be accompanied by an adult guardian for the entire training session. Upon successful completion of the course, participants will receive an American Trauma Event Management (ATEM) First Aid/CPR/AED certification card, which is valid for two years.

There are only 12 seats available per training session and the registration fee is $10 per person. Participants must register and pay online here,
https://bcparks.recdesk.com/Community/Program, before the training date.

Each class will consist of an morning Session from 9 a.m. to 12 p.m., a 30-minute lunch break (participants must bring their own lunch and beverages) and an afternoon session from 12:30 p.m. to 3:30 p.m. Attendees must attend and complete both sessions to receive certification.

2026 First Aid/CPR/ AED Certification Training Sessions

Saturday, June 20, 2026 / Supply Area

For questions or more information about the training program, email Brunswick County Risk Management.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Discover a wide range of things to do in the Brunswick Islands for an experience that goes beyond the beach.
For more information » click here.


Calendar of Events Island


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Concerts on the Coast Series
The Town’s summer concert series calendar has been released! Live performances featuring local musical groups will be held at the Bridgeview Park picnic pavilion across from Town Hall. It will be on Sunday evenings at 6:30pm from May 24th to September 6th. The concerts are FREE of charge.

Summer Concert Schedule

The park will be blocked from vehicular access beginning Saturday evening. The splash pad will be closed on Sundays and the multipurpose court will close at 3:00 p.m. each Sunday. No seating will be provided so everyone should bring their own chair for the event.

Meet the Holden Beach Police Dept. and the Tri-Beach Fire Dept. before the concert.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

Tide Dyed Program
The Tide Dye program will be held on Tuesdays between 1:00 to 2:30 p.m. at Bridgeview Park picnic pavilion. Participants must be in line by 2:00 p.m. to participate because the process takes approximately 30 minutes to complete. Fee is $7 per shirt for youth sizes through Adult XL and $10 per shirt for 2XL. Payment via cash or check only.                               .

Beginning June 9th and continuing through August 11th


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Turtle Talk
Two programs both are held every Wednesday during the summer at
the Holden Beach Chapel. Children’s Turtle Time is at 4:00 p.m. with crafts, stories and activities for children ages 3 – 6. All children must be accompanied by an adult. Turtle Talk is an educational program at 7:00 p.m. for everyone else.

Beginning June 24th and continuing through August 12th


Parks & Recreation / Programs & Events
For more information » click here


Reminders


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Pets on the Beach Strand


§90.20 RESPONSIBILITIES OF OWNERS

Effective May 20th through September 10th

 

      • Pets are not allowed on the beach strand during the hours of 9am through 5pm
      • Dog’s need to be on a leash
      • Owner’s need to clean up after their animals

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

Bird Nesting Area
NC Wildlife Commission has posted signs that say –
Bird Nesting Area
The signs are posted on the west end beach strand around 1335 OBW.
People and dogs are supposed to stay out of the area from April through November
. 1) It’s a Plover nesting area
. 2) Allows migrating birds a place to land and rest without being disturbed

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

 

 

A Second Helping

.

 

Program to collect food Saturday mornings (8:00am to 10:30am) during the summer at the Beach Mart on the Causeway.
.   1) Twenty-second year of the program
.   2) Food collections have now exceeded 317,000 pounds
.   3)
Collections will begin on Memorial Day weekend
 4) Food is distributed to the needy in Brunswick County
For more information » click here
.
Hunger exists everywhere in this country; join them in the fight to help end hunger in Brunswick County. Cash donations are gratefully accepted. One hundred percent (100%) of these cash donations are used to buy more food. You can be assured that the money will be very well spent.

Mail Donations to:
A Second Helping
% Sharon United Methodist Church
2030 Holden Beach Road
Supply, NC 28462


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.News from Town of Holden Beach
The town sends out emails of events, news, agendas, notifications, and emergency information. If you would like to be added to their mailing list, please go to their web site to complete your subscription to the Holden Beach E-Newsletter.
For more information »
click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Paid Parking

Paid parking in Holden Beach
Paid parking will be enforced from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. daily with free parking before and after that time. All parking will use license plates for verification.

Rates
Parking rates for a single vehicle in all designated areas will be:

$5 per hour for up to four hours
$20 per day for any duration greater than four hours
$80 per week for seven consecutive days

Handicap Parking
A vehicle displaying a handicap license plate and/or hang tag parked in a designated handicap space is free. Any other parking space will require a parking permit via the app.

Annual Passes
Annual permits for the calendar year allow vehicles (this includes low-speed vehicles and trailers) access to designated parking.

$175 for a single vehicle

Passes can be purchased via the app, website or by telephone.

Where to Park
Per ordinance, there is no parking on the streets or rights-of-way except in designated parking spaces identified by Pay-to-Park signs. Click here to view an interactive map. The table with authorized parking can be viewed below.

Citations will be issued for:

      • Parking without an active paid permit in a designated parking area
      • Parking within 40 feet of a street intersection
      • Parking in a crosswalk, sidewalk, or pedestrian access ways
      • Parking blocking a driveway or mailbox
      • Parking facing opposing traffic
      • Parking in a no parking zone, or within right-of-way
      • Parking on any portion of the roadway or travel lane
      • Parking a non-LSV vehicle in an authorized LSV location

How Do I Pay to Park
The Town uses the SurfCAST by Otto Connect Mobile Solution. This is a mobile app downloadable for Apple and Android devices. Download the app today. Users will setup their account, enter their license plate details and pay for parking directly on the app. Alternatively, users can scan the QR Code located on the parking signs to access a secure website.

The Otto Connect customer service team will be available to help via phone and email.

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Solid Waste Pickup Schedule

GFL Environmental change in service, the Saturday before Memorial Day till the end of September, trash pickup will be twice a week.

 

Please note:

Trash carts must be at the street by 6:00 a.m. on the pickup day
BAG the trash before putting it in the cart
Carts will be rolled back to the front of the house


GFL Refuse Collection Policy
GFL has recently notified all Brunswick County residents that they will no longer accept extra bags of refuse outside of the collection cart. This is not a new policy but is stricter enforcement of an existing policy. While in the past GFL drivers would at times make exceptions and take additional bags of refuse, the tremendous growth in housing within Brunswick County makes this practice cost prohibitive and causes drivers to fall behind schedule.


Solid Waste Pickup Schedule 

starting the Saturday before Memorial Day (May 23rd) twice a week

 Recycling 

starting after Memorial Day (June 2nd) weekly pick-up


Curbside Recycling – 2026A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.
GFL Environmental is now offering curbside recycling for Town properties that desire to participate in the service. The service cost per cart is $122.93 annually paid in advance to the Town of Holden Beach. The service consists of a ninety-six (96) gallon cart that is emptied every other week during the months of October – May and weekly during the months of June – September.
Curbside Recycling Application » click here
Curbside Recycling Calendar » click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Trash Can Requirements – Rental Properties
GFL Environmental – trash can requirements
Ordinance 07-13, Section 50.08

Rental properties have specific number of trashcans based on number of bedrooms.

* One extra trash can per every 2 bedrooms
.
.

§ 50.08 RENTAL HOMES.
(A) Rental homes, as defined in Chapter 157, that are rented as part of the summer rental season, are subject to high numbers of guests, resulting in abnormally large volumes of trash. This type of occupancy use presents a significantly higher impact than homes not used for summer rentals. In interest of public health and sanitation and environmental concerns, all rental home shall have a minimum of one trash can per two bedrooms. Homes with an odd number of bedrooms shall round up (for examples one to two bedrooms – one trash can; three to four bedrooms – two trash cans; five – six bedrooms – three trash cans, and the like).


Upon Further Review


Fire Fee Increase

Brunswick County formally requests fire fee cap increase
The Brunswick County Board of Commissioners on May 4 voted to ratify a resolution requesting the North Carolina General Assembly amend local fire fee legislation to increase fire fee caps by 50% total over the next two fiscal years. Fire fees are imposed by the county on real property owners to fund the furnishing of fire protection services, per state law. Fire fees for improved properties are calculated based on a building’s heated square footage; fire fees for vacant land are calculated based on property acreage. Fire fees are not based on tax value. The cap increase, originally requested by local fire departments through the Brunswick County Fire Chiefs’ Association, would allow fire departments to increase maximum collectable fire fee amounts by a total of 50% by fiscal year 2027-2028, with a maximum 25% cap increase in FY 2026-2027 beginning July 1. 
The requested cap increase, if approved, will not require local fire departments to increase fire fee rates, but rather will allow them to do so if demand requires it. For example, Calabash Fire Department in a social media statement last week said it does not plan to raise fire fees in FY 2026-27. Primary fire service in Brunswick County jurisdiction is typically provided by nonprofit volunteer fire departments — most of which now are primarily staffed by paid firefighters — with nearby municipal fire departments, and other nonprofit departments, providing secondary response. Municipal departments also often cover areas in county jurisdiction within their respective fire districts that also include areas within municipal jurisdiction. Many local nonprofit departments, which operate entirely on fire fees and grants, fundraising and donations, are facing challenges stemming from exploding call volume, declining volunteer firefighter numbers, increasing costs for fire apparatus and other equipment and the need for new or updated facilities due to ongoing growth. Some municipal departments, funded partly by fire fees supplemented by property taxes collected by their respective municipalities, are facing similar struggles related to growth and increased costs. The current fire fee schedule was last adjusted in 2017, and the resolution notes in-county growth and fire service demand has necessitated another adjustment. The existing fee schedule, the resolution states, has “become further outdated” and is “insufficient to keep up with inflation as well as the growing population and needs of Brunswick County.” The resolution asserts that the requested cap increase will “enhance the ability of Brunswick County to meet the fire protection needs of its citizens.” During the May 4 meeting, Calabash Fire Department Chief and Fire Chiefs’ Association Vice President Keith McGee requested commissioners support for the resolution.
Read more » click here

Previously reported – February 2026
County proposes new fire service contract focused on performance, accountability
While Brunswick County continues working out how it will fund local fire service in the future, county commissioners on Jan. 20 were presented with an updated fire services agreement draft aimed at establishing performance standards and improving financial reporting standards for local nonprofit fire departments. The board did not vote on adopting the updated agreement on Jan. 20, instead providing county administration with feedback on the proposed changes. The primary changes outlined in the updated service contracts related to establishing performance standards for local fire departments and increasing financial accountability for departments that plan to accept additional funding the county plans to provide in the upcoming fiscal year, county staff explained. For over a year, Brunswick County has been investigating how to sufficiently fund in-county fire service following concerns about the existing fire fee funding model adequacy. Fire fees are imposed by the county on real property owners to fund the furnishing of fire protection services, per state law. Fire fees for improved properties are calculated based on a building’s heated square footage; fire fees for vacant land are calculated based on property acreage. Fire fees are not based on tax value. Many local nonprofit departments are facing challenges stemming from declining volunteer numbers necessitating most departments to hire paid staff, increasing costs and delivery time for fire apparatus and equipment, increased call volume and the need for new or updated facilities due to growth. These departments operate entirely on fire fees, grants, fundraising and private donations. Municipal departments are facing similar struggles related to growth and increased costs. These departments are funded partly by fire fees supplemented by ad valorem (property) taxes collected by each department’s municipality. As a potential solution, the county has been exploring moving away from its fire fee funding model to a fire tax funding model. With a fire tax model, counties can charge a 10-cent fire tax per $100 property value in each fire district or between 11- and 15-cents per $100 value with a voter-approved referendum. If the county moves to a fire tax system, citizens would no longer pay fire fees. Though this change is not planned for fiscal year 2026-2027, which begins July 1, county officials are working to prepare for a possible change in FY 2027-2028. In lieu of the funding model switch in FY 26-27, County Manager Steve Stone in November recommended the county revise its fire service funding contracts with local nonprofit departments to clarify its service expectations and require more financial accountability aimed at improving service across the county. The county is also considering providing between $10 million and $12 million in one-time supplemental funding to local departments to help meet service demands while a permanent solution is worked out. Stone said the $10-$12 million estimate is based on funding needed for minimum staffing levels at each department. The final subsidy funding figure will be calculated as part of the FY 26-27 budget process, he added. “It could be more. It could be less.” The county manager also explained fire departments would need to sign the finalized new services agreement “to be eligible to receive supplemental funding.” Brunswick County Spokesperson Meagan Kascsak said the current agreements between local fire departments and the county do not expire for another two fiscal years, and departments can continue operating under those agreements if they so choose. “However, if a department chooses this route, they will not be able to request subsidized funding for particular projects or purchases that their current fire fee allotment may not be able to cover,” Kascsak said. The new agreement contains a proposed stipulation requiring any equipment fire departments purchase with county-subsidized funds to be titled to Brunswick County and leased to respective fire departments, Kascsak confirmed. “Any existing equipment a fire department owns that was purchased in the past from their general fund/fire fees allocation, grant funding, donations, etc. will continue to belong to that fire department and will not be titled to the county,” she added. County staff has met with the Brunswick County Fire Chief’s Association to discuss the updated agreement and its provisions, Stone said. County officials following the Jan. 20 meeting were also set to meet with the municipal fire departments, he added, though these departments’ contracts differ and will apply to areas outside municipal fire departments’ corporate limits. The county manager during the Jan. 20 meeting explained the major changes in the proposed new agreement. “What we have here essentially are for the really the first time in the past 26 or 27 years or more, whereby we have some specific department performance standards which are based on national standards from the National Fire Protection Association for rural areas,” Stone said. “We also are moving towards more financial accountability with this agreement, but we would not really require additional financial work on the part of the departments. The additional auditing, we would propose that the county actually engage an auditor to do that work.” The proposed agreement also adds requirements related to response times, staffing, operational capabilities, required data collection and reporting that data to the county Fire Oversight Committee. Concerning response times, the proposed agreement requires fire departments to “make reasonable efforts to deliver the first-arriving unit and the minimum Effective Response Force (ERF) to emergency incidents within” 14 minutes or less from dispatch to arrival on-scene for structural fire suppression, and eight minutes or less from dispatch to arrival on-scene for single unit response. Departments would be expected to achieve these response times in “at least 80% of all emergency incidents occurring within the contract service area, measured annually.” If a department’s performance falls below the outlined 80% threshold, it would be required to: conduct a root-cause analysis with the county fire administrator and submit a written corrective action plan within 60 days identifying the deficiency and outlining corrective measures. Regarding response staffing, the proposed agreement would require a total of six “qualified firefighters” on the scene for fire suppression incidents requiring an initial attack capability within the required response times. Four of the six qualified firefighters would be required to be from the primary responding department. The proposed agreement defines “qualified firefighters” as “individuals of the department who meet the training and certification standards recognized by the department and applicable state and federal regulations for their assigned role.” Additionally, each department would be required to maintain records of dispatch times, turnout times, travel times, personnel counts upon arrival on scene, incident types and locations and any factors resulting in delayed or impaired response. Departments would also need to submit quarterly performance reports to the Brunswick County Fire Oversight Committee. Information contained in those reports include the percentage of incidents in which the departments met the 14-minute performance objective, staffing compliance data, analysis of deficiencies and contributing factors and performance improvement recommendations. The county would provide the software to each department for aforementioned data and records collection, Stone told the board. Brunswick County Fire Chiefs Association Vice President Keith McGee, who is also the Calabash Fire Department Chief, said the proposed agreement “represents several fundamental shifts in how fire service governance, performance expectations, and accountability are structured in Brunswick County,” noting the chief’s association is “not at this time expressing agreement with the contract as currently written.” McGee asked the county to continue conservation and collaboration with local fire departments and allow departments more time to review the agreement before bringing it to a vote. “We believe that this approach will help ensure a final agreement that is clear, workable, and supported by both the county and the fire departments that are responsible for delivering emergency services to our citizens,” he said. County administration is expected to bring an updated draft, incorporating board feedback and additional feedback from local fire departments to the board of commissioners during its Monday, Feb. 16 meeting at 6 p.m.
Read more » click here


Fuquay-Varina Interbasin Transfer

Previously reported – December 2025

Resolution 25-11 » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Approval of Resolution 25-11, Resolution Opposing the Fuquay-Varina Interbasin Transfer and Request for Additional Comment

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Representatives from the Lower Cape Fear Water and Sewer Authority (LCFWASA) distributed a draft resolution opposing the Fuquay-Varina Interbasin Transfer (IBT) and requesting additional comment. The resolution outlines concerns regarding the Town of Fuquay-Varina ‘s proposal to transfer water from the Cape Fear River Basin to the Neuse River Basin and it requests additional time and opportunities for the impacted Cape Fear Basin communities to review and provide input on the proposed transfer.

Given the potential regional impacts to water availability and future growth, LCFWASA is asking local governing bodies to consider adopting a similar resolution to support this effort.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Recommend approval of resolution opposing the Fuquay-Varina lnterbasin Transfer (IBT) and request for additional comment.


Interbasin Transfer
The Town of Fuquay-Varina has partnered with the City of Sanford to purchase up to 6 million gallons per day (mgd) of finished water from the City to meet the Town’s water supply needs over a 30-year planning period. Finished water will be transferred from the Cape Fear River basin (Lee County) to the Neuse River basin (Wake County). An interbasin transfer is defined as the regulated movement of surface water from one river basin to another. Law does not prohibit transfers but requires that effects of the transfer on the source and receiving basins be quantified prior to the transfer.

 The proposed water balance and interbasin transfer (IBT) meet the statutory definition of a transfer per General Statutes 143-215.22G and 215.22L, therefore the Town of Fuquay-Varina must prepare an Environmental Impact Statement, conduct Public Hearings, and submit a petition to the Environmental Management Commission for the IBT Certificate. The process is anticipated to take three to five years. 


Update –
It’s plain and simple, we oppose the water transfer as requested since it will be taking away water from us. Given the potential regional impacts to water availability and future growth, Lower Cape Fear Water and Sewer Authority (LCFWASA) is asking local governing bodies to consider adopting a similar resolution to support opposing the Fuquay-Varina lnterbasin Transfer (IBT) and request for additional comment.
A decision was made – Approved unanimously


Fight over Cape Fear River water sparks widespread downstream anger
A fast-growing suburb near Raleigh wants to take water from the Cape Fear and then dump it into the Neuse River basin. Downstream users are saying not so fast.
For most of its nearly 190-mile journey through Central and Southeastern North Carolina, the murky Cape Fear River flows slowly and peacefully through a relatively flat landscape as it makes its way from the Piedmont to the coast. But over the past few weeks the river’s waters have been anything but tranquil as local government officials, environmentalists, concerned citizens and regulators tussle over plans by one Triangle community to take water from the river basin to meet the needs of a booming population. While withdrawing water from a river basin isn’t uncommon in North Carolina, it’s what Fuquay-Varina wants to do with the water after its been through the town’s utility systems and used by homes and businesses that’s generating concerns.

What’s the issue?
Fuquay-Varina in Wake County is proposing to partner with Sanford in nearby Lee County to draw up to 6 million gallons per day − enough to fill nine Olympic-sized swimming pools − from the Cape Fear River over the next 30 years to meet its growing population. According to the N.C. Office of State Budget and Management, Fuquay-Varina’s population in 2020 was 34,000, and the town added another estimated 12,000 people by the end of 2024. That figure could reach 100,000 by 2050. But while the water will be drawn from the Cape Fear River near Sanford, it will dumped as wastewater into the Neuse River basin in Wake County. “An interbasin transfer is defined as the regulated movement of surface water from one river basin to another,” according to a post on Fuquay-Varina’s website. “Law does not prohibit transfers but requires that effects of the transfer on the source and receiving basins be quantified prior to the transfer.” Right now Fuquay-Varina gets its water from Raleigh and Harnett and Johnston counties. “Long-term water supply solution from current water purveyors is not feasible,” the town stated in a PowerPoint presentation. According to the project’s draft environmental impact statement (EIS), it would be about $200 million cheaper to take the water from the Cape Fear and release it into the Neuse than to send it back into the Cape Fear River basin.

Water supply, environmental concerns
But downstream communities that rely on the Cape Fear for their drinking water needs, including Fayetteville, Wilmington and much of Brunswick County, have raised a host of concerns about the proposal. At a series of meetings earlier this month in Fayetteville and around the Triangle, dozens of people spoke out passionately and many angrily against the proposed water transfer. Opponents’ arguments included concerns over lower water flows in the Cape Fear, especially during periods of extended drought − something that’s expected to occur more frequently thanks to climate change, which could impact downstream utilities from meeting the water needs of their own growing populations. Several speakers also expressed worries that reduced flows could harm potential economic opportunities, especially if a steady flow of water can’t be guaranteed. Roger Shew, an environmental scientist with the University of North Carolina Wilmington, said lower water flows − something that’s happened four times in the Lower Cape Fear since 2000 and prompted water conservation measures twice − also can have significant environmental impacts. That includes potentially harming migratory fish species, some endangered like the pair of sturgeon species found in the river, which require sustained water levels to successfully breed. Reduced water flows also increase the chance for harmful algal blooms and could increase contamination levels in raw water drawn from the Cape Fear, not to mention the ongoing concerns over “forever chemicals” like GenX found in the waterway. Nearly two dozen local governments, utility authorities, environmental groups, and business organizations have passed resolutions opposing the proposed interbasin transfer.

What happens now?
Shew said North Carolina isn’t a stranger to interbasin transfers, and many of the state’s fast-growing metros and counties have implemented them in one form or another. But he said concerns over the long-term impacts of taking water from one basin and dumping back into another one prompted the N.C. General Assembly this year to adopt a moratorium on new water transfers until March 2027. The ban, however, only covers interbasin transfers of 15 million gallons per day or greater. Fuquay-Varina’s proposal is only for a daily transfer of 6.17 million gallons. But Shew said with so little data on the long-term effects of these water movements, they should be carefully scrutinized no matter what their proposed size. “Hopefully the (N.C. Environmental Management Commission) and (N.C. Department of Environmental Quality) will scrutinize these types of transfers to ensure that no negative impacts occur with this proposal or others,” he said. “And the only way to guarantee that is to keep the water in the basin.” At the least, Shew and others have said the state should hold a public hearing on the proposal in the Lower Cape Fear region where Wilmington-area officials and residents can have their say without having to drive two hours inland to air their concerns. “The draft EIS acknowledges that pollution, reduced flows, increased wastewater discharge, stormwater runoff, and flooding currently threaten the Cape Fear River, and these threats may be exacerbated with the (interbasin transfer),” states a Dec. 5 letter the Southern Environmental Law Center, which is representing a slew of environmental groups opposed to the proposal, sent to state regulators. “In sum, we request that DEQ and the EMC schedule a public hearing on the draft EIS for the Fuquay Varina IBT certificate in or around Wilmington to give communities downstream of the transfer point a full opportunity to participate in the public process on this important issue.” As of publication time no additional public hearings had been scheduled. But the state has extended the window to accept written comments until April 1. They can be mailed to Maya Holcomb, Division of Water Resources, 512 N. Salisbury St., Raleigh, N.C., 27604, or by email to maya.holcomb@deq.nc.gov.
Read more » click here

Previously reported – March 2026

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Action to Grant Permission to the Mayor of Manager to Sign a Letter in Opposition of the Town of Fuquay-Varina’s Interbasin Transfer Request

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The Board approved Resolution 25-11, Opposing the Fuquay-Varina Interbasin Transfer (IBT) and Request For Additional Comment in December. Our resolution, in additional to multiple others were hand-delivered by the Cape Fear Council of Governments (COG) to the Environmental Management Commission. A group of working professionals has been assembled to develop a follow-up response in the form of a letter that will discuss specific points related to water quality, water quantity impacts of the proposed IBT, several flaws with the environmental study and flaws in the decision-making process for IBTs. Allen Serkin from the COG is requesting that local governments grant permission to the mayor or manager to sign the letter on behalf of the Board once it is completed.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Grant permission  to the mayor and/or manager to sign the letter in order to meet the submittal deadline of April 1st.


Public comments regarding river basin transfer plan pour in
It’s been nearly a month since a video first aired of Wilmington’s mayor invoking residents to voice their opposition to one town’s plans to pull millions of gallons of water daily from the Cape Fear River. “Today this vital resource is under threat from growing water-hungry communities upstream,” Mayor Bill Saffo says in the clip as he stands along the city’s downtown Riverwalk. Fuquay-Varina, a town about 30 miles south of Raleigh, wants to move more than 6 million gallons of water each day from the Cape Fear River to the Neuse River, he explains in the video made in collaboration with the Cape Fear Public Utility Authority. “That’s 6 million gallons gone, each day, forever. It is important that you make your voice heard now for your family and for future generations. Add your voice to those of your neighbors and friends who already are telling the state to say no to Fuquay-Varina’s permanent taking of our water,” Saffo concludes. Only a couple of more weeks are left until the public comment period on Fuquay-Varina’s request for an interbasin transfer, or IBT, certificate closes. Maya Holcomb, a Division of Water Resources representative, told members of the state Environmental Management Commission’s Water Allocation Committee last week that she anticipated receiving comments all the way through to the April 1 deadline. In her presentation to the committee Thursday, Holcomb provided an update on the numbers of correspondence she’d received in the days since she initially crafted her report, when the email count was at 283. “But I just keep getting so many emails, which — we’re hearing from the public, that’s great — but I have received an additional 42 emails since this PowerPoint was created last week,” Holcomb said. Holcomb said she had also received 41 resolutions from cities, towns, counties, homebuilders, substations and public utilities. She did not say how many of those resolutions oppose the IBT but instead highlighted what she described as the “newest” issues of concern: loss of water for agricultural purposes, nutrient concentration in the Neuse River Basin, such as those that cause algal blooms, per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances, hypoxia, drought vulnerability and chemical export of industrial pollutants from the Cape Fear River. Those concerns mirror some of arguments made by dozens of people who spoke out against the transfer during a series of state-hosted public hearings in December. Fuquay-Varina projects that the water supply, from which it currently buys from Raleigh and Harnett and Johnston counties, will fall short of demand by 2030. 
Under the proposed preferred alternative identified in a draft environmental impact statement for the transfer, Fuquay-Varina would source its entire water supply from a water treatment plant in Sanford, which is in the Cape Fear River Basin. Once water pulled from the Cape Fear River is used by residents and businesses in that town, the treated wastewater would then be discharged into the Neuse River Basin. This would permanently subtract 6.17 million gallons each day from the river flow that currently serves about 900,000 residents of counties, cities, towns and communities from Fayetteville to Wilmington. “Put in perspective, 6.17 (million gallons per day) of raw water from the river is enough to provide treated drinking water to more than 27,000 homes,” according to Cape Fear Public Utility Authority’s website. In the weeks and months leading up to CFPUA’s campaign against Fuquay-Varina’s plan, several local governments and utilities adopted resolutions and sent letters of opposition to the state. New Hanover County, Wilmington and Brunswick County and more than a dozen Brunswick County municipalities have officially gone on record opposing Fuquay-Varina’s request. Holcomb explained last week that, after April 1, state environmental officials will respond to comments on the draft environmental impact statement and then formulate a hearing officers’ report, which will be finalized sometime between July and September. After that, the Environmental Management Commission will determine whether the EIS is technically adequate. Following that determination, the Department of Environmental Quality will issue its record of decision. Another round of public hearings will be held before the EMC makes its final determination. If approved, the transfer would occur after 2031, according to the draft impact statement. Comments may be submitted to Maya Holcomb, Division of Water Resources, 512 N. Salisbury St., Raleigh, NC, 27604, or by email to maya.holcomb@deq.nc.gov.
Read more » click here


Update –
The Board authorized the Mayor and Town Manager to sign a letter expressing opposition to the Town of Fuquay-Varina’s Interbasin Transfer Request.
A decision was made – Approved unanimously


Wilmington officials, residents fight plan to take water from Cape Fear
Wilmington and other communities oppose a Raleigh suburb’s plan to take 6 million gallons a day from the Cape Fear and return it to the Neuse River.
In the short video, Wilmington Mayor Bill Saffo doesn’t hold any punches. “Our region’s drinking water is under threat,” he says while standing on the city’s downtown Riverwalk with the Cape Fear River in the background. “Say no to the permanent taking of our water.” What prompted the city, in conjunction with the Cape Fear Public Utility Authority, to make the video in mid-February 2026 is a proposal by a fast-growing Raleigh suburb to draw water from the Cape Fear River to meet its growing drinking water demands. In the video, Saffo asks Port City residents to “add your voice to those of your neighbors and friends who already told the state to say no to Fuquay-Varina’s permanent taking of our water.”

A need for additional water
While withdrawing water from a river basin isn’t uncommon in North Carolina, it’s what Fuquay-Varina wants to do with the water after its been through the town’s utility systems and used by homes and businesses that’s generating concerns. Fuquay-Varina in Wake County is proposing to partner with Sanford in nearby Lee County to draw up to 6 million gallons per day − enough to fill nine Olympic-sized swimming pools − from the Cape Fear River over the next 30 years to meet its growing population. But while the water will be drawn from the Cape Fear River near Sanford, it will dumped as wastewater into the Neuse River basin in Wake County. “An interbasin transfer is defined as the regulated movement of surface water from one river basin to another,” according to a post on Fuquay-Varina’s website. “Law does not prohibit transfers but requires that effects of the transfer on the source and receiving basins be quantified prior to the transfer.” Right now Fuquay-Varina gets its water from Raleigh and Harnett and Johnston counties. “Long-term water supply solution from current water purveyors is not feasible,” the town stated in a PowerPoint presentation. According to the N.C. Office of State Budget and Management, Fuquay-Varina’s population in 2020 was 34,000, and the town added another estimated 12,000 people by the end of 2024. That figure could reach 100,000 by 2050. But Wilmington-area officials say they have to worry about meeting the water-hungry needs of their own fast-growing populations, too. The population of New Hanover, Brunswick and Pender counties was estimated to be 482,000 in 2024. That number is expected to be more than 743,000 by 2050. According to the project’s draft environmental impact statement (EIS) submitted by Fuquay-Varina, it would be about $200 million cheaper to take the water from the Cape Fear and release it into the Neuse than to send it back into the Cape Fear River basin. But Saffo and others argue that this issue is about more than just the cost of a utility project. “That’s 6 million gallons gone each day forever,” Saffo says in the video.

‘A growing issue for us’
Downstream communities that rely on the Cape Fear for their drinking water needs, including Fayetteville, Wilmington and much of Brunswick County, have raised a host of concerns about the proposal. They include diminished water flows that could exasperate drought conditions − a growing concern as climate change warms the planet, increased chances of algal blooms, reduced economic opportunities if governments can guarantee a steady flow of water, harm to endangered migratory fish species, and what increased low-flow levels could mean for the presence of “forever chemicals” like GenX in the river basin. More than two dozen local governments, utility authorities, environmental groups, and business organizations have passed resolutions opposing the proposed interbasin transfer. “If we are to have sustainable long-term growth in North Carolina, our communities must exist within the carrying capacity of their natural systems and return any drawn water to the originating watershed,” the Southern Environmental Law Center, which is representing several environmental groups, said it comments submitted to the state. “And our communities must bear their fair share of costs associated with growth and development.” State Rep. Deb Butler, D-Wilmington, said everyone she’s talked to locally is united in the belief that Fuquay-Varina’s plan would be bad for the region and bad for the future health of the river. They also fear that the town’s proposed water grab could be the first of several facing the Cape Fear River basin as local governments in central North Carolina look for ways to meet the needs of their burgeoning populations. “It’s going to become a growing issue for us because we’re at the proverbial end of the line,” Butler said, referring to the Wilmington area sitting near the end of the river’s trek from the Piedmont to the Atlantic. “We need to draw those lines in the sand now because yes, we do want to be good neighbors, but you’ve got to put it back from where you got it.” Lingering concerns over the long-term impacts of taking water from one basin and dumping back into another one prompted the N.C. General Assembly in 2025 to adopt a moratorium on new water transfers. But that ban expires in March 2027. Fuquay-Varina is proposing to start taking water from the Cape Fear sometime after 2031.

More public hearings planned
The window for public comments of the interbasin transfer closed April 1, 2026. State officials will now respond to the comments they received and prepare a report, likely to be finished by late summer. The N.C. Environmental Management Commission will then review Fuquay-Varina’s draft environmental impact statement, with the state making a final decision sometime after that. An additional slate of public hearings is required before any final decision is made.

Read more » click here

Powerful NC senators oppose proposed Cape Fear River water diversion
A Raleigh suburb wants to take water from the Cape Fear River and return it to the Neuse River basin. Wilmington politicians say not so fast.
Two powerful Wilmington-area legislators have added their voices to the chorus of opposition over a proposal by a Raleigh suburb to remove water from the Cape Fear River basin. State Sens. Michael Lee, R-New Hanover, and Bill Rabon, R-Brunswick, arguably among the most influential politicians in Raleigh, joined other colleagues that represent the river basin in “firm opposition” to the proposal by Fuquay-Varina to draw millions of gallons of water a day from the Cape Fear and then release it into the adjacent Neuse River basin. “This proposed transfer, if approved as submitted, would inflict lasting harm on the water supply, water quality, ecological health, and economic prospects of the people we represent,” states the March 31, 2026, letter submitted to the N.C. Environmental Management Commission. Fuquay-Varina in Wake County is proposing to partner with Sanford in nearby Lee County to draw up to 6 million gallons per day − enough to provide drinking water to more than 27,000 homes, according to the Cape Fear Public Utility Authority − from the Cape Fear River over the next 30 years to meet its growing population. While that’s not a major concern for downstream communities that also rely on the Cape Fear for their drinking water needs, it’s what Fuquay-Varina wants to do with the water after its been used by its residents and businesses that has raised numerous red flags. The town, which could see its population double to more than 100,000 by 2050, wants to release the water after its been treated into the Neuse River basin, not return it to the Cape Fear. According to the project’s draft environmental impact statement (EIS) submitted by Fuquay-Varina, it would be about $200 million cheaper to take the water from the Cape Fear and release it into the Neuse than to send it back into the Cape Fear River basin.

Economic, environmental concerns
But officials, environmental groups, and increasingly residents in Southeastern North Carolina that see the Cape Fear River as a vital environmental and economic resource have called this unacceptable. Along with worries about their own future drinking water needs, concerns that have been raised include diminished water flows that could exasperate drought conditions − a growing concern as climate change warms the planet; increased chances of algal blooms; reduced economic opportunities if governments can guarantee a steady flow of water; harm to endangered migratory fish species; and what increased low-flow levels could mean for the presence of “forever chemicals” like GenX in the river basin. Among the communities and groups that rely on the Cape Fear for their drinking water, serving more than 500,000 customers, are Wilmington, Fayetteville, Brunswick County, Pender County, and Fort Bragg. Numerous agricultural users and other industries also use the river water for a variety of purposes, ranging from irrigation to cooling to an input in their manufacturing processes. Officials also are pouring cold water on Fuquay-Varina’s argument that returning the water back to the Cape Fear could place an undue financial burden on its customers. They state that placing financial needs as the primary driver of approving an inter-basin river transfer could set a dangerous precedent − especially as pressure for the state’s finite water resources will only keep growing in future decades as North Carolina’s population continues to increase. “The recognized best practice for municipalities that draw water from a shared resource like the Cape Fear is to return that water to the same basin after treatment,” states the politicians’ letter to the environmental commission. “This principle should not be abandoned to accommodate the budgetary preferences of a single applicant.”

Review underway
Along with Lee and Rabon, also signing the letter were state Sens. Brent Jackson, R-Bladen, Val Applewhite, D-Cumberland, Tom McInnis, R-Cumberland, and Danny Britt Jr., R-Hoke. The window for public comments on the proposed inter-basin transfer closed April 1, 2026. State officials will now respond to the comments they received and prepare a report, likely to be finished by late summer. The state environmental commission will then review Fuquay-Varina’s draft environmental impact statement, with the state making a final decision sometime after that. An additional slate of public hearings is required before any final decision is made.
Read more » click here


Corrections & Amplifications 


Map showing the boundary of Oraka Bay and surrounding areas.Carolina Bays Parkway project S.C. 31

Carolina Bays Parkway could be rerouted after public pushback
Years of waiting for a new highway connecting North and South Carolina has resulted in going back to the drawing board in hopes to please the public. After Brunswick County residents shared how the Carolina Bays Parkway Extension project could negatively impact their lives and businesses, the North Carolina Department of Transportation (NCDOT) has decided to take a different route. The NCDOT, South Carolina Department of Transportation (SCDOT) and Federal Highway Administration are working to extend S.C. 31, known as Carolina Bays Parkway, from S.C. 9 in Horry County, South Carolina, to U.S. 17 in Brunswick County. If funded and constructed, the proposed project will result in a new multi-lane full access freeway connecting the Carolinas. Though the project is not fully funded, negative feedback from residents pushed the NCDOT to reroute.

Alternative maps presented, residents opposed
In October 2025, NCDOT and SCDOT held joint public hearings regarding the project. Seven different design alternatives were presented, including the preferred alternative. All seven of NCDOT’s alternative maps for the highway route can be viewed on NCDOT’s website. Alternative map 4, which crosses through Hickman’s Crossroads and the Longwood area, was the preferred route in Brunswick County that would eventually dump onto U.S. 17. Phase one included constructing the highway from the state line to Ash Little River Road, according to a previous presentation made by David Roy with the North Carolina Turnpike Authority. Phase two had two scenarios, either continuing the route from Ash Little River Road to N.C. 904 or stretching the route to the U.S. 17 Shallotte Bypass/N.C. 130 area. After reviewing public feedback and considering funding challenges, the NCDOT will not be moving forward with Alternative 4, according to a recent NCDOT news release.

A new alternative in the making
Project Manager Brian Harding said the NCDOT is now crafting new options for the Carolina Bays Parkway Extension project. The new design, or designs, are being shaped by public and stakeholder feedback “to minimize potential impacts,” Harding said. Though the NCDOT is developing a new alternative design, existing alternative maps — not including alternative 4 — remain on the table for consideration, Harding explained.

NCDOT plans to present this year
Additional information regarding the new design will be presented to the public at a later date, the news release states. The goal is to have the new design ready to share with the public this year, Harding said. “The main thing driving the schedule is the funding that South Carolina has and trying to get them to the point that they can obligate the funding to the project and the timeline they have to start spending that money,” Harding said. Boom or doom: How a new highway could transform rural Brunswick County

Funding remains minimal
Currently, the NCDOT only has funding for planning the North Carolina side, Harding explained, not right-of-way nor construction funding. Staff is moving forward with what they can to get through the planning document and get a final product that is more preferred by the public,” Harding said. As of now, there is no construction timeline for the North Carolina side of the project, A response to all comments received is available on the project webpage along with the most updated information regarding the project.
Read more » click here

Previously reported – April 2026
Public sways officials to ax parkway plan’s preferred NC route
The North Carolina Department of Transportation announced Wednesday that its officials are considering new design options for the Carolina Bays Parkway Extension project in Brunswick County after feedback from the public. NCDOT, in collaboration with the South Carolina Department of Transportation, is planning to extend S.C. Highway 31, aka the Carolina Bays Parkway, from S.C. Highway 9 in Horry County across the state line to U.S. Highway 17 in Brunswick County. Proposed is a multilane highway that would use portions of the existing road in addition to building roadway in new areas. The total anticipated cost for the project is ​​$797 million. North Carolina’s share of the cost is estimated at $610.9 million. South Carolina anticipates construction commencing in 2029. North Carolina’s start date was listed as “TBD” on the project website. In October 2025, the state highway departments jointly held two public hearings about the project. Seven different design alternatives were presented, including the departments’ preferred alternative known as Alternative 4. NCDOT said Wednesday that, after reviewing public feedback and considering funding challenges, it’s not going to proceed with the North Carolina portion of Alternative 4, which builds on new location, tying in near the intersection of U.S. 17 and N.C. Highway 904. Alternative 4 would also upgrade part of U.S. 17 to a fully controlled freeway from N.C. 904 to N.C. Highway 130 in Shallotte. The two state agencies and the Federal Highway Administration continue to collaborate and explore other alternatives and modified routes to minimize impacts and meet the purpose and need of the project, according to NCDOT’s announcement. “NCDOT deeply values the input from this community and our stakeholders. We want to provide the region with the best possible roadway designs. We’ve listened to the feedback, and we’re working hard to prepare a new alternative,” said Division 3 Engineer Trevor Carroll in a statement. Alternative 4 was preferred because of factors such as requiring the lowest number of residential displacements, estimated at 39, and the lowest number of identified noise effects. The impacts to wetlands and streams were also deemed moderate relative to other alternatives, despite a large amount of designated High-Quality Waters impacted. A new alternative must include connectivity through the transportation network, increased mobility for the region and reduced travel time through the project corridor, officials noted in the announcement. Additional information regarding the new design is to be presented to the public at a later date. NCDOT said it is “committed to transparency, innovative solutions and exploring community feedback regarding this project.” Its response to all comments received is available on the project webpage along with the most updated information regarding the project. You can also follow NCDOT on social media for additional updates.
Read more » click here

Previously reported – February 2025
Study analyzes tolling proposed Carolina Bays Parkway Extension
Findings from a state tolling analysis indicate the proposed Carolina Bays Parkway Extension into Brunswick County wouldn’t generate enough traffic and revenue to significantly reduce the cost of the estimated $800 million project. The North Carolina Turnpike Authority analyzed the feasibility of tolling the highway project that would connect North and South Carolina, potentially providing a quicker route between Wilmington and Myrtle Beach. “This project will help alleviate congestion,” said David Roy, who oversaw the study. “But the volumes on the new location, from a tolling perspective, just weren’t gonna be sufficient.” The study found that tolls could generate several million dollars annually by 2045. However, Roy said that revenue would only cover regular road maintenance. “Analysis shows the project would be unlikely to generate sufficient revenues to reduce the cost of construction to the State as a result of tolling under any of the scenarios analyzed,” the study says. “NCDOT and NCTA are not advocating for a particular path forward.” The analysis examined three scenarios for the parkway extension. The first phase would connect the Carolinas to Ash Little River Road, north of Route 17. There are two options for the second phase: a shorter connection eventually linking to Route 17 near Grissettown or a longer option extending to Shallotte. The longer option would generate the most revenue if tolled, the study found. “In any of those three scenarios…none of them showed significant revenue,” Roy said. The proposed project has drawn opposition from Brunswick County residents. Several hundred people attended a public hearing in Sunset Beach in October, with many expressing concerns about traffic, cost and environmental impacts. Adding a toll would likely generate further frustration, but Roy said tolls aren’t always the answer for funding. “It’s not the right solution for every project, and it really does require significant volume before, I think, it starts to make sense,” he said. Transportation leaders on both sides of the state line must now determine how to fund the project. Alternative funding options, beyond a toll, include a sales tax, bond or state appropriation. North Carolina, where most of the construction would take place, would be responsible for about $610 million of the $797 million cost. Construction is scheduled to begin in 2028, with completion timelines varying based on which scenario moves forward. In the study, the first phase was assumed to open in 2035, with the second phase in 2040. Roy said the project has also been submitted as a toll project in the latest NCDOT Prioritization round, where it’ll receive a score that could impact future funding decisions.
Read more » click here

Toll study sheds new light on major Brunswick road project
A new study reveals what tolling a new highway connecting North and South Carolina would actually look like for Brunswick County. After years of waiting, the Carolina Bays Parkway Extension project is slowly picking up speed and costs. The North Carolina Turnpike Authority has presented a tolling analysis for the project as one local transportation organization continues its search for funding opportunities to move the road off paper, and onto dirt. The North Carolina and South Carolina departments of transportation and Federal Highway Administration are working together to extend S.C. 31, known as Carolina Bays Parkway, from S.C. 9 in Horry County, South Carolina, to U.S. 17 in Brunswick County. If funded and constructed, the proposed project will result in a new multi-lane full access freeway connecting the Carolinas. Alternative map 4, which crosses through Hickmans Crossroads and the Longwood area, as the preferred route in Brunswick County that will eventually dump onto U.S. 17. All seven of NCDOT’s alternative maps for preferred routes can be viewed on NCDOT’s website. In June 2025, the Grand Strand Area Transportation Study Metropolitan Planning Organization Transportation Advisory Committee, comprised of Brunswick County leaders, passed a resolution requesting NCDOT conduct a feasibility study to consider tolling the Carolina Bays Parkway Extension project. The resolution also recognized other funding sources will need to be explored. Here’s a look at what the toll study includes and potential revenue that could come if the new highway is built and tolled.

Analysis data and current traffic counts
The StarNews obtained the Carolina Bays Parkway tolling analysis presentation, made by David Roy with the North Carolina Turnpike Authority. The study analyzed three scenarios based off alternative map 4 and 4A and included a “sketch level” traffic and revenue forecast for the project from Stantec. Phase one, projected to open in 2035, is constructing the highway from the state line to Ash Little River Road. Phase two included two scenarios, either could open in 2040. One phase two scenario continues the route from Ash Little River Road to N.C. 904, the other scenario stretching the route to the U.S. 17 Shallotte Bypass/N.C. 130 area.  Like other state turnpike authority projects, as stated in the presentation, the project was modeled using an electronic toll collection/bill by mail tolling structure. The analysis used data collected 2023-2025 traffic counts from the NCDOT, NCTA and SCDOT. In 2024, S.C. 31 south of S.C. 9 East in South Carolina had an annual average daily traffic count of 37,000 and U.S. 17 near the state line had an approximate 19,000 annual average daily traffic count, per the presentation. The annual average daily traffic count west of N.C. 904 on U.S. 17 in 2025 was just under 32,000 in 2025.

Estimated revenue from tolling Carolina Bays Parkway extension
If phase one were to open in 2035, the study calculated the road having 630,000 transactions the first year and 1.1 million transactions by 2040. That would bring a net revenue of $500,000 to $860,000 each year for the first five years. Continuing the route from Ash Little River Road to N.C. 904 could climb the number of yearly transactions to 4.3 million in 2040 and 6.8 million in 2045. If built, this could generate $3.9-6.2 million in annual net revenue, according to the presentation. The highest revenue-generating route, from the study, would be building the highway from the state line to Ash Little River Road to the U.S. 17 Shallotte Bypass/N.C. 130 area. The study calculated this route could produce a total of $1170 million in revenue from 2035-2085. If completely built to this route, the lifecycle operations and maintenance are anticipated to cost around $660 million, with an additional $410 million in major road maintenance.

The NCDOT website, updated Nov. 21, has the total projected cost at $797 million, over $200 million more than the previous cost estimate. North Carolina’s portion is expected to cost ​$610.9 million, and the anticipated start date is 2028, per the website. A completion date has not been determined. The NCDOT portion of the project is only funded for preliminary engineering, NCDOT representatives previously told the StarNews, but not for right-of-way, utilities or construction. Despite the project anticipated to bring millions of dollars over the years, the analysis shows tolling the road could only support operations and maintenance costs, not create enough revenue to support construction funding through a “toll revenue supported debt.” A toll revenue bond is an example of a toll revenue supported debt. “Analysis shows the project would be unlikely to generate sufficient revenues to reduce the cost of construction to the state as a result of tolling under any of the scenarios analyzed,” the presentation states. The presentation notes the NCDOT and NCTA will continue supporting the organization but are not advocating for a specific path forward. The highway extension project has also been submitted as a toll project in the NCDOT Prioritization 8.0 process.
Read more » click here

Previously reported –  June 2025
To fast-track highway extension into Brunswick, leaders push for toll study
A toll could be the only way to fund a new highway connecting North and South Carolina. After years of waiting, one local transportation organization is pressing the gas on a new highway in Brunswick County as the clock continues to tick by without funding.

Here’s what to know.

A new highway?
The N.C. Department of Transportation and the S.C. Department of Transportation are working together to extend S.C. 31, known as Carolina Bays Parkway, from S.C. 9 in Horry County, South Carolina, to U.S. 17 in Brunswick County. The Carolina Bays Parkway Extension project began in 2006 with a feasibility study with conceptual alternative routes and has evolved into seven potential routes being studied. Interactive maps of the alternatives can be viewed on NCDOT’s website.

Funding troubles for North Carolina
The NCDOT’s website, last updated in October 2024, has the total project cost estimated at $552 million with North Carolina’s portion costing $367 million. However, the Federal Infrastructure Projects Permitting Dashboard lists the estimated project cost at $797 million.
Read more » click here

Previously reported – September 2025
OCEAN RIDGE MASTER ASSOCIATION COMMUNITY IMPACT COMMITTEE
The North Carolina Department of Transportation (NCDOT) is implementing several initiatives to relocate the Carolina Bays Parkway Extension to Brunswick County. Following extensive planning and anticipation, a recent environmental assessment has identified a suitable location for the significant highway project and initiated a public comment period. The NCDOT and the South Carolina Department of Transportation (SCDOT) are collaborating to extend South Carolina Highway 31 (SC 31), commonly referred to as the Carolina Bays Parkway, from South Carolina Highway 9 (SC 9) in Horry County to U.S. Route 17 (US 17) in Brunswick County. Should the project secure funding and proceed with construction, it will result in a newly constructed multi-lane full-access freeway that will connect the Carolinas. The route will be constructed in phases, potentially enhancing evacuation routes as Brunswick County experiences population growth. The Carolina Bays Parkway Extension project commenced in 2006 with a feasibility study that evaluated conceptual alternative routes. The construction of the road would have a significant impact on areas situated on either side of U.S. 17 in southern Brunswick County. The North Carolina Department of Transportation (NCDOT) had prepared seven alternative maps for preferred routes in Brunswick County, which ultimately converge onto U.S. 17. However, five alternatives have been eliminated, and the options have been reduced to Routes 4 and 4a. Attached are the maps for each route. The North Carolina Department of Transportation (NCDOT) website, updated on August 22, indicates that the $797 million project is currently in development with an anticipated commencement date of 2028. North Carolina’s portion of the project is projected to incur a cost of $610.9 million. South Carolina has secured the necessary funding and intends to initiate the process to connect Carolina Bays 31 from Route 9 to the state line at Hickman Road. Currently, North Carolina has secured funding for only the planning document, but not for the right-of-way or construction phases. Public hearings for the North Carolina side of the extension have been postponed on several occasions as the NCDOT awaited the availability of the draft environmental impact statement. However, the draft environmental impact statement is now available, and public hearings have been scheduled. The proposed project will involve two pre-hearing open houses and corridor public hearings. During these events, information will be presented, and NCDOT representatives will be available to address inquiries. The first public hearing will be from 5-8 p.m. on Sept. 29 at the Sea Trail Convention Center in Sunset Beach. The second hearing will be 5-8 p.m. on Sept. 30 at the North Strand Recreation Center in Longs, South Carolina. Alternative map 4 is identified in the Draft Environmental Impact Statement as the preferred alternative. Alternative map 4 crosses through Hickmans Crossroads and the Longwood area and continuing out to connect to Route 17 at the intersection of Route 904 and Route 17. Following the public hearing, the merger team will meet to select the preferred/ least environmentally damaging practicable alternative corridor, also called LEDPA, in accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act/ Section 404 Merger Process. This includes consideration of public comments and the local sponsors’ preferred alternative, potential impacts to noise, low income and disadvantaged populations, cultural resources and the environment are considered when selecting the least environmentally damaging and practicable alternative route. According to the merger process, the preferred/LEDPA corridor is the best solution to the problem satisfying the transportation need and considering environmental and community resources.

Landing spot identified for new highway connecting Brunswick County to SC
The North Carolina Department of Transportation is taking several steps toward moving the Carolina Bays Parkway Extension into Brunswick County. After years of planning and hoping, a recent environment statement has identified a landing spot for the major highway project and kickstarted a public comment period. The NCDOT and the South Carolina Department of Transportation are working together to extend S.C. 31, known as Carolina Bays Parkway, from S.C. 9 in Horry County, South Carolina, to U.S. 17 in Brunswick County. If funded and constructed, the proposed project will result in a new multi-lane full access freeway connecting the Carolinas. The route will be built in phases and could enhance evacuation routes as Brunswick County continues to grow in population.

Carolina Bays Parkway Extension project history
The Carolina Bays Parkway Extension project began in 2006 with a feasibility study with conceptual alternative routes. The road, if constructed, could impact places on each side of U.S. 17 in southern Brunswick County. NCDOT has seven alternative maps for preferred routes in Brunswick County that will eventually dump onto U.S. 17. However, five alternatives cross on the northern side of U.S. 17 around Hickman Crossroads along Hickman Road in Calabash. Interactive maps of the alternatives can be viewed on NCDOT’s website. “The primary purpose of the project is to improve transportation in the area by enhancing mobility and connectivity for traffic moving in and through the project area,” per NCDOT website.

New movement on the nearly $800 million project
The NCDOT website, updated Aug. 22, states the $797 million project is in development with an anticipated start date of 2028. The project is also part of NCDOT and SCDOT’s state transportation improvement program. North Carolina’s portion is expected to cost $610.9 million, per the website. “In North Carolina, this project is currently funded for the planning document, but not for right-of-way or construction,” Jenkins said.
Read more » click here


Ocean Isle Beach Terminal Groin, Holden Beach AreaOIB Terminal Groin
Ocean Isle Beach completed construction of a terminal groin on its east end in April 2022 to help protect the beach immediately behind it. However, this structure has contributed to significant erosion at the east end near Shallotte Inlet by interrupting natural longshore drift, prompting ongoing efforts such as sandbag use to prevent ocean encroachment on properties in that area.

2024 OIB SHORELINE AND INLET ANNUAL MONITORING REPORT

On Holden Beach, the recent volume change rates (May 2024 to November 2024) along the oceanfront shoreline indicated erosion at 12 of the 21 monitoring stations. Similarly, the MHW shoreline change rates indicated a shoreline retreat at 15 of the 21 monitoring stations. The long-term post-construction linear shoreline changes along the Holden Beach oceanfront shoreline indicated landward retreat. However, volumetric changes indicated slight accretion (0.2 cy/ft./yr.) within this area over the long-term period. The shoreline threshold analysis results along the Holden Beach oceanfront shoreline show that the post-construction shoreline change threshold was exceeded at only one monitoring station. This is the first time a threshold has been exceeded at Holden Beach since this annual analysis started in 2022. In addition, the analysis of May 2024 aerial imagery-derived wet/dry line revealed an 885 ft. section of Holden Beach’s inlet shoreline that exceeded the inlet shoreline threshold by a maximum distance of 100 feet. The inlet shoreline threshold on Holden Beach was also exceeded in Year-2. This marks two straight years where this threshold was exceeded. The inlet shoreline recession is believed to likely be attributed to a combination of morphological changes within Shallotte Inlet including the position and orientation of the main channel through Shallotte Inlet and the formation of a flood channel on the inlet shoulder of Holden Beach. Regardless, as stated in the Plan, because the shoreline changes in this area exceeded the threshold over the entire 2-year confirmation period, an assessment of the proper responsive measures will be made through coordination with State and Federal regulatory officials.

Wooden breakwater structures on a sandy beach under a clear blue sky.Sand is vanishing on east side of Ocean Isles $11M erosion fix
Read more » click here

Town of Ocean Isle Beach provides update on East End erosion
Read more » click here

Erosion at Brunswick beach under review after major road washout
Read more » click here

Ocean Isle seeks to modify permit, nourish beach at east inlet
Read more » click here 

Panel takes new look at beach erosion-control structures
Something potentially and significantly consequential is underway now in North Carolina that could alter management of the state’s increasingly battered Atlantic coastline. The state Coastal Resources Commission’s Science Panel is in the process of finalizing an analysis of beach erosion-control structures, a report that is expected to be submitted to the commission in June. Although the 10-member advisory panel’s study is meant to inform policymakers of their options, some fear – or hope – that it’s the first step toward repealing the state’s longstanding ban on hardened shoreline structures. “Alarms are sounding in nearly all of our oceanfront counties,” state Division of Coastal Management Director Tancred Miller said at the commission’s meeting in November at Atlantic Beach, referring to threats from accelerating beach erosion. “Nourishment costs continue to rise and the lifespan of many of these projects is painfully short. Infrastructure is increasingly vulnerable, and some communities are very concerned.” Since September 2025, the Hatteras Island village of Buxton, home of the Cape Hatteras Lighthouse and the massive corner of wild beach known as Cape Point, has seen 19 unoccupied oceanfront homes collapse into the surf. In addition to a beach nourishment project, Dare County this summer is planning to restore the only salvageable groin of a 57-year-old groin field in an attempt to prolong the project’s lifespan. In response to calls from Dare and Hyde counties, among others, to allow more options to address erosion, the division last winter asked the Coastal Resources Commission to review the structures. “We must approach these challenges with open minds, innovation, and balanced pragmatism,” Miller urged. “We must take a critical view of our past and current practices, embrace what continues to succeed, and replace practices that are no longer working.” But even the draft outline that the Science Panel submitted at the commission’s February meeting, titled “Report on The Effects of Hard Structures on Sandy, Open-ocean Coastlines,” revealed the complexity involved in redirecting, blocking, deflecting, buffering, or absorbing the power of an open ocean energized by high winds, with forceful longshore and cross-shore currents feeding beaches with sand here, starving them of sand there. “We’ve broken this into two categories according to how these erosion-management measures function; essentially all erosion-management approaches fall into two categories,” CRC Science Panel Chair Laura Moore told the commission. “One is structures or approaches that trap sand, and the second is structures that that really harden the shoreline.” While the report will provide details about protective barriers and techniques, she said, it is less about offering remedies than providing information about effects of each option. It will also include comparisons to beach-restoration methods such as nourishment and living shorelines. Erosion has been a fact of life along North Carolina’s 320-mile-long ocean shoreline for centuries, but before coastal development and tourism went into overdrive, the Coastal Resources Commission, the 13-member body that sets coastal policy in the state, took steps to preserve beaches. In 1985, after studying the down-shore erosive effects of seawalls, bulkheads, groins, jetties and sandbags, the commission established a policy banning permanent hardened structures on the ocean coast. Sandbags were permitted as temporary structures. Upheld in court in 2000, the ban was codified as law three years later by the North Carolina General Assembly. Then in 2011, a law was passed that permitted a limited number of terminal groins — sand-trapping barriers built near inlets or at the end of an island. Much of the ban, however, remains the law of the land. Environmentalists and countless coastal scientists have credited the limits on hard structures for preserving the state’s coastal wildlife and beautiful natural beaches, which attract millions of tourists every year. But critics blame the ban for limiting the ability to protect shorelines, as well as private and public property and infrastructure. No magic, one-size-fits-all formula exists to address erosion, Moore said, and many factors will need to be weighed. “There are approaches and strategies that can either shift the erosion problem to another adjacent location, or in some cases, we can slow the problem down,” said Moore, who is professor of coastal geomorphology at the University of North Carolina Chapel Hill. “We can create more time to make perhaps bigger adjustments that are likely to be needed going forward.” With seas rising and Atlantic storms intensifying over recent decades as a result of climate change, erosion on the state’s barrier island beaches has been happening faster and more dramatically, especially along the high-energy Outer Banks coastline, where erosion rates at some locations – as severe as an annual average of 14 feet – are among the highest on the East Coast. Dozens of oceanfront houses on eroded beaches, pounded and undermined by surging surf, have fallen into the sea. At the same time, more Outer Banks inlets and waterways are filling with sand, clogging channels that until the recent past had always been navigable. But the entire coast has been experiencing its own degree of changing and increasingly destructive conditions, and the pressure has been building to find ways to prevent or mitigate damages at different locations, each with different conditions. “I would say most of the North Carolina coastline is either barrier or behaves like barrier,” Moore told Coastal Review. “Certainly, subsidence in the north is a factor that’s going to make the relative rate of sea level rise a little higher. But there’s also the shape and the orientation of the shoreline and the wave approach angles and the wave energy and how those drive longshore sediment transport gradients, and how much sand is coming into a stretch of coast versus how much is leaving. Also, a really big factor is how frequently in the past the coast has been nourished.” The final report is to be centered on sand-trapping and shoreline-hardening structures, Moore said. But it will also look at other widely used erosion management tactics, ranging from avoidance with setbacks or relocation, sand trapping with fences or beach plants, and building the beach with sand nourishment and dunes. The two-category design of the document is focused on function of the structures, she said, “because there are hundreds, maybe even thousands, of coastal erosion management approaches out there, and they all essentially fall into two buckets.” What the panel of volunteer scientists cannot do, she added, is analyze each approach. “What we are trying to do is provide a better, clearer explanation of how structures function and what their effects are,” Moore said. Moore emphasized that the science panel’s task is to provide an assessment of structures on the coastline. But she understands the urgency people feel for finding a “solution” rather than a range of options. “And although we’re not providing recommendations, I do want to highlight that we will be discussing tradeoffs, and I think that’s really important, because whether an approach has benefits or negative effects depends on the perspective and goals of the beholder,” she said. “We certainly know that there are efforts afoot to repeal the ban. And again, it’s not our job to say whether that should or should not happen. It’s our job to lay out in a clear way what the tradeoffs are, given how these different approaches to mitigating erosion function.”
Read more » click here

Study of past erosion-control lessons key to ongoing review
As the North Carolina Coastal Resources Commission’s Science Panel studies the effects of permanent beach erosion control structures such as seawalls and jetties, a critical aspect of the analysis will be looking at the lessons learned. The commission banned hardened structures on the ocean shoreline in 1985 because of the down-shore erosive effects on the beach. Still, there are numerous examples of such structures in place along different parts of the coast, with varied degrees of effectiveness. Erosion is not only more severe and longstanding on the Outer Banks, which are more exposed to the power of the open ocean and coastal storms than other parts of the North Carolina coast, it is the most dramatic and unforgiving, especially on Hatteras and Ocracoke islands. But coastal erosion is a statewide issue. To that point, federal beach nourishment projects in North Carolina began in 1965 at Wrightsville Beach and at Carolina Beach, and nourishment at both locations has been done in recent years. When development and tourism took off on the Outer Banks in the 1980s, it didn’t take long before beach cottages began lining ocean shorelines. Still, the forces of erosion had no mercy, and Kitty Hawk began losing beachfront properties. After the commission issued a variance to the hardened structures ban in 2003, permitting sheet-piling along N.C. Highway 12 in the beach community, then-Sen. Marc Basnight strongarmed the state’s ban into legislation. Then in 2011, the North Carolina General Assembly passed a law that permitted four “test” terminal groins and has since expanded the permissible number of groins to seven. To date, four communities submitted permit applications: Figure Eight Island, Ocean Isle Beach, Bald Head Island and Holden Beach. Holden Beach has since withdrawn its application. Long before the ban, numerous attempts were made to shore up the beach oceanward of the 1870 Cape Hatteras Lighthouse in Buxton. By 1930, the nation’s tallest brick lighthouse was a mere 98 feet from the ocean. According to National Park Service records, interlocking steel sheet-pile groins were installed in the 1930s on the beach near the lighthouse and reinforced a few years later. Over the years, dunes were built, grasses were planted, the beach was nourished, revetment and sandbag walls were installed. In 1969, the U.S. Navy installed three reinforced concrete groins to protect its base, which was adjacent to the lighthouse at the time. But the erosion continued. More sandbags were put in place; more beach nourishment was done. The Navy left in the 1980s. While the National Park Service officially gave up its beach nourishment and dune stabilization efforts in 1973, it continued trying in ensuing years to protect the lighthouse from the sea with rip-rap, artificial seagrass, sandbags and a scour-mat apron. Finally, after much study and public debate, with the ocean lapping at its foundation, in 1999 the lighthouse was relocated about a half mile from the beach. Fast-forward a quarter-century and, since September 2025, 19 unoccupied beach houses near that same beach in Buxton have collapsed into the ocean. Escalating beach erosion along the state’s entire coast, but especially in Buxton, has put difficult discussions about lifting the hardened shorelines ban back on the table. The few existing permanent erosion-control structures built over the years on North Carolina beaches have yielded mixed results.

Oregon Inlet
One of the most successful examples of a terminal groin doing what it was intended to do, and with relatively minimal harm, is the 3,125-foot terminal groin and 625-foot revetment built in 1991 to protect the N.C. Highway 12 tie-in at the Herbert C. Bonner Bridge, which has since been replaced and renamed the Marc Basnight Bridge. The $13.4 million groin is substantial — ranging from 110 to 170 feet wide at its base and 25 feet wide at its landward end, and 39 feet wide at its seaward end — and was built to withstand waves as high as 15 feet, according to an analysis done by the state Division of Coastal Management, “North Carolina’s Terminal Groins at Oregon Inlet and Fort Macon, Descriptions and Discussions.” Located on the south side of Oregon Inlet at the north edge of Pea Island National Wildlife Refuge land, the groin placement encouraged sand buildup, or accretion, landward, resulting in a wide expansion of 50 acres of sandy property on the inlet side of the historic state-owned Oregon Inlet Life-Saving Station. The building is vacant but has been weatherized to preserve it for future use. The groin site and surrounding beach have been regularly monitored by state and federal coastal scientists. Studies have shown that the structure has likely increased shoaling of a spit on the Bodie island side and deepening of the channel. Yet, the groin has cause little if any destructive downstream erosion while adequately protecting the highway and bridge infrastructure. But the report warned that within the next 20 years or so, the continued southward migration of the Bodie Island spit could push the inlet’s main navigational channel up against the terminal groin structure itself. “If this were to occur, the result would be severe scour and an increase in the maintenance necessary to preserve the threatened integrity of the structure itself,” according to the document.

Beaufort Inlet/Fort Macon
Since Fort Macon was constructed in 1834, about 25 erosion-control structures adjacent to Beaufort Inlet have been built, including groins, breakwaters, timber cribbing, sand-fencing and seawalls, as well as multiple beach nourishment projects, according to the terminal groin report. The first phase of the terminal groin project began in 1961 and included a 530-foot seawall, a 250-foot revetment and 720-foot long, 6-foot-high terminal groin. Phase II, beginning in 1965, extended the groin 410 feet oceanward, and another groin was built west of the revetment to address extensive sound side erosion, while 93,000 cubic yards of sand was placed on the ocean beach. The third phase, started in 1970, extended the terminal groin another 400 feet, to a total of 1,530 feet long. A 480-foot-long stone groin was built to stabilize the beach fill, and another 100,000 cubic yards of sand was placed on the ocean beach. Total costs for the three-phase project was $1.35 million. Effects of the project include increased wave energy along the Fort Macon State Park and Bogue Banks area and continued increases in wave energy were predicted. A sediment deficit has created erosion on the inlet’s western shoreline. Meanwhile, the sand spit at Fort Macon has migrated into the western bank of the navigation channel, indicating that the terminal groin has become inefficient at trapping sediment. “Without constant beach nourishment, the terminal groin would no longer perform as observed historically and potentially fail altogether,” the report concluded.

Buxton
Dare County is planning a nourishment project in Buxton, as well as restoration of one of the Navy’s three abandoned reinforced sheet-pile groins that had been installed in 1969. According to the recent application to repair the southernmost groin, which is 50% or more intact, that groin had been lengthened in 1982 on the landward side by 300 feet, and armor stone was added two years later. New sheet piles and additional scour protection were added to the structures in 1994. The other two groins in the original groin field are too damaged to qualify under the Coastal Resources Commission’s “50% rule” that permits repairs. Dare County Manager Bobby Outten has said publicly that the county is under no illusions that the project planned for this summer will solve the erosion issue for good. But the hope is that it will serve as a Band-Aid long enough to find a more permanent solution to erosion that is now so severe it is threatening the livelihoods of community residents and the island’s tourism economy, as well as N.C Highway 12. Retired East Carolina University professor and veteran coastal geologist Dr. Stanley Riggs, who has studied the Outer Banks since the 1970s, agreed that the fact that the lighthouse had to be relocated to save it illustrates why Buxton’s erosion is not going to be easy to tame for long, with or without groins. When the first coastal survey from Virginia to Ocracoke was done in 1852, the original 1802 Cape Hatteras Lighthouse, which was destroyed, had been 1,000 feet from the shoreline, Riggs recently told Coastal Review. All told, the shoreline has receded 3,000 feet, or about two-thirds of a mile, at the cape, he said. “And it’s been constant,” Riggs said. “It oscillates a little bit, but the main direction has been constant.” As Riggs explained, offshore just north of the motel area in Buxton, there is an underwater rock structure that is set at an oblique angle relative to the barrier island. Similar “old capes” are also off Avon and Rodanthe, he said. The rocks are under as much as 50 feet of water, and they dictate how the waves refract there. “And so, if you fly over it, and you get the right angle down there, what you see is a series of cusps, and one side of that cusp will be stable, the other side will be highly erosional,” he said. Groins will only make the eroding side erode faster. And when there are permanent or semipermanent structures along the beach, the shore face — the part that is under water — starts to erode and gets steeper and steeper, he said. And the steeper it gets, the more severe the over wash and the more difficult it is to hold the sand in place. That’s a big reason why beach nourishment is having to be done more frequently. Not only does the Outer Banks stick out farther into the Atlantic, but there is also a narrower continental shelf, which allows the bigger waves to come ashore from the open ocean without the wider “speed bump” needed to dissipate the power. There’s no negotiating with the ocean, Riggs said. Considering the combination of coastal dynamics at play in Buxton, efforts to control erosion will continue to fail. “It’s that land-sea-air interface that is really the highest energy place that we’ve got on our planet,” Riggs said. “And there’s some things you can do there. There’s some things you shouldn’t do there, you can’t do there, and it’s a matter of understanding how that system works.”

Ocracoke Island
A persistent erosion hot spot on the north end of the island along N.C. Highway 12, the only road between the Hatteras Ferry Docks and Ocracoke Village, has been patched on and off for decades by increasing numbers of ever larger numbers and size of sandbags. But even the type of large, new, trapezoidal bags permitted at Ocracoke, Pea Island and Mirlo Beach have not held up as expected, according to a presentation provided by Paul Williams of the North Carolina Department of Transportation at the February Coastal Resources Commission meeting. Williams presented details at the meeting of NCDOT’s revised request to increase the base of the sandbags from 20 to 30 feet and the height from 6 feet to 10 feet, to better protect them from being undermined by waves. The newer bags have open ends at the top, which proved to be a problem at Pea Island, Williams told the commission. The Pea Island Refuge at the Visitor Center, he added, faces similar risks now to that seen at Mirlo Beach in Rodanthe in the years before the hotspot was bypassed with completion of the Rodanthe “Jug-Handle” Bridge. “The performance has not been what we anticipated,” he said, describing how they were flooded at the top, which caused the sandbags to deflate. “This product, there may be some modifications that can be made to make them more resilient.” Some of the new bags were also installed along with traditional sandbags at Ocracoke, and they’re still covered, Williams said, but roughly 1 mile of sandbags along N.C. 12 are at risk of being undermined during the next big storm. “So it’s basically to give us more latitude on different products, to try to protect the roadway out there better than traditional sandbags have,” Willams told Coastal Review after the meeting. “We’ve used them for decades out there, and especially Mirlo, they really got tossed around during storms. We were looking to find a more resilient product, and we’re working on evaluating other options out there.” The new sandbags with an opening at the top are quicker to fill, he said. They’ve worked at other areas, but conditions elsewhere are not as fierce. “When you’re on the Outer Banks, you’re under constant pressure during some of these storm events, because we’ll have a storm set up on the coast and grind for days at a time,” Williams said. “And every tide cycle is just steadily pulling sand out of the bags, and we need to have some way to stop that.” Even though many of the traditional sandbags without the troublesome opening are still in place at Ocracoke, Williams said that about half of them, or about 1,000, have been exposed and need to be replaced. Another issue on the island is the limited amount of sand available to cover. Sandbags, which are considered temporary erosion-control structures that are permitted parallel to shore to protect imminently threatened roads or structures, have rules about color and size, but those rules have been notoriously abused with regard to the “temporary” part, with extensions often adding up to decades at a site, making them “hardened structures” in everything but name. Before Nags Head in 2011 started nourishing its eroded beaches in South Nags Head, for instance, even battered and torn sandbags weren’t removed for years, and property owners often successfully sued the state to keep longstanding stacked rows of protective bags in place in front of their oceanfront homes on the eroded beach. As sea levels continue to rise, storms intensify and erosion accelerates, even sandbags as fallbacks in the absence of other impermissible erosion-control structures are becoming less effective, as evidenced by photographs of huge piles of sandbags lined up against undermined houses at North Topsail Beach.

Ocean Isle Beach
Responding to the state legislature’s repeal of the ban on hardened erosion-control structures on the coast, Ocean Isle Beach in 2011 began the planning process to pursue permits to install a terminal groin at Shallotte Inlet to stem erosion that for decades had chewed away at the island’s east end. Five years later, state and federal approval was in hand to build a 750-foot-long terminal groin, but environmental groups in 2017 filed a lawsuit to stop the project. A ruling in March 2021 in the 4th Circuit U.S. Court of Appeals affirmed a lower court’s ruling that the project alternatives were properly considered. By April 2022, the $11 million terminal groin was completed. Today, a diminished beach remains in front of multi-million-dollar homes that were built after the groin was in place. Rows of sandbags block the surf from reaching some of the oceanfront homes, and several lots remain vacant because there is no longer enough property left to meet setback requirements. In November, the Coastal Resources Commission allowed the owners of eroding vacant oceanfront lots to use larger sandbags to protect their properties.

Interest in future terminal groins
The Village of Bald Head Island, the first community to build a terminal groin after the “test groin” law passed, was issued a permit in October 2014 to build the erosion-control structure, which was completed in 2015. North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality monitoring of the project after its completion did not turn up significant issues requiring corrective measures, according to its January 2024 report. “While ongoing post-construction monitoring performed by the permittee has not identified any significant issues that would require corrective or mitigative measures, the Village performed a maintenance beach nourishment event, received nourishment from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers’ regularly scheduled Wilmington Harbor maintenance project, and is currently seeking permit authorization for a second Village-sponsored maintenance nourishment event,” according to the document. Six other communities have expressed “varying degrees” of interest in building a terminal groin project, including North Topsail Beach and Figure Eight Island, as noted in the report.
Read more » click here


Odds & Ends


The beaches are the economic engine of our tourism-based economy.

Beach Access Trash Receptacles

Previously reported – April 2026
Staff will be moving receptacles to the roadside of the beach accesses. This will be easier to maintain even in the middle of the day when beach access is difficult. Despite objections from Commissioner Myers the majority of the Board decided to allow them to try this.

Jackie Chan Still from a Movie with Wait What Text

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

I strongly oppose this decision. I walk the beach strand four days a week and routinely pick up trash. Even though trash cans are out there, I typically pick up one to two bags per day this time of year, and more than three bags daily during peak tourist season. Based on this firsthand experience, I can say with confidence that reducing or removing trash cans will make an existing problem significantly worse. When trash cans are full, people leave their garbage next to them. When cans are removed, due to storm events, people continue to leave trash where the cans used to be. This behavior is consistent and predictable, and it is unlikely to change. Expecting the public to walk off the strand and up to street-level disposal points is unrealistic—they simply don’t or won’t do it. If anything, we should be making disposal easier, not more difficult. The practical solution is clear: more trash cans and more frequent pickups, especially during peak seasons. This service is currently funded through the BPART account, so cost should not be a barrier to maintaining or improving it. There are also logistical inconsistencies that need to be addressed. For example, some trash cans on the strand are located in front of oceanfront homes where there is no public beach access. What is the plan for locations like this? As it stands, this approach gives the impression that operational convenience is being prioritized over maintaining a clean and safe public environment. Additionally, the suggestion that mid-day pickups are too difficult does not reflect operational reality. Trash collection should occur early each morning on a daily basis to prevent overflow issues. With proper enforcement of ordinance (§94.06), including maintaining the required ten-foot corridor adjacent to the dunes, there should be adequate access for collection vehicles—even if a mid-day schedule is required. In short, reducing or removing trash cans will result in more trash on our beach.

Editor’s note –
If you would like to share your perspective on this matter, I encourage you to reach out to the Town Manager and the Board of Commissioners. Your input is valuable and can help inform their decisions.

Contact information:
alan@alanholdenrealty.com;tmmyers56@gmail.com;Dyer@hbtownhall.com;
pate@hbtownhall.com
;
smith@hbtownhall.com;bryan.chadwick@hbtownhall.com

Angry villagers holding torches and pitchforks in protest.


Concert Stage

Holden Beach concert stage construction underway
Holden Beach Residents and visitors will be able to enjoy a new concert stage and dance floor this summer if all goes to plan. Construction is underway on Block Q, the town-owned lot near the bridge, and the contractor is expected to finish work by June 30 at the latest. The town is also currently working with an engineering firm to create a comprehensive master plan for Block Q and the surrounding area.

Concert stage, dance floor
The Holden Beach Board of Commissioners, during an April 10 special meeting, unanimously approved a contract with A. W. Babson Construction, a local builder, for construction of the stage. The project will cost the town $349,154, per the contract. “This contractor has a very good work history with the town,” Assistant Town Manager Christy Ferguson said. “They’re currently working on Halstead [Park], they’ve done several of our walkways … I feel that they will meet the timeline that they laid out.” Until that construction is completed, the town’s scheduled concerts will be held at Bridgeview Park. The concert season will kick off on May 24 with a performance from Special Occasion Band. All concerts are free and will continue throughout the summer. Holden Beach has been without a concert stage since 2024 when the previous board voted to tear down the old pavilion due to safety concerns. Concert-goers will also be able to use the newly opened restroom building on Block Q. That project, completed by a different builder, took much longer to complete than was expected. The original contract had a completion date in July 2025, The Brunswick Beacon reported. The bathroom project had been delayed because a subcontractor performed work incorrectly, necessitating the contractor, Caleb Chavis, to redo a portion of the project. To mitigate delays in the stage’s construction, town staff will meet with A. W. Babson every other week, Town Manager Bryan Chadwick said. Both the pavilion and concrete dance floor will be 40-foot by 40-foot, with the front of the pavilion facing the Intracoastal Waterway. The stage will be raised two feet off the ground and the pavilion roof will feature a cupola, Inspections Director Tim Evans said in January. Four parking spaces included behind the pavilion along Brunswick Avenue East will be designated for the entertainers. The portion of Carolina Avenue between South Shore Drive and Quinton Street will be removed, Evans said.

Comprehensive master plan
During its April 21 meeting, the board of commissioners unanimously approved a draft contract with McGill Associates for the completion of a master plan for the area surrounding Block Q and Jordan Boulevard. The draft contract does not yet include a total cost for the project, but the board will consider a formal contract with a price tag during its next meeting, Chadwick said. The town had previously issued a request for qualifications (RFQ) for services to complete a master plan, and the board selected McGill for the project in February. As there have been several sharp turns in the town’s vision for this project, Chadwick brought the draft contract in front of the board April 21 to make sure that the commissioners agreed to the scope before moving toward a formal contract, he said. The draft contract states that McGill will create a comprehensive design plan for the Jordan Boulevard, Block Q, and bridge area. The scope of services includes a kick-off meeting, site assessment and public engagement. Among other plans, it recommends a community workshop, two work sessions and a final, public presentation of the plan to the board.

Read more » click here

New concert venue to open soon in this Brunswick beach town
After knocking down a former concert venue, a Brunswick beach town expects to have its new facility completed in time for summer. The town of Holden Beach is preparing for completion of its new stage and dance floor as town officials still mull over what to do with the rest of Block Q. The town purchased the 1.79-acre lot between Shore Drive and Brunswick Avenue, commonly known as Block Q, for $2 million in early 2022. Town officials have gone back and forth on plans for Block Q since, countering a variety of property uses, including recreational activity space, parking, boat parking, and leaving it open. Well over four years later, the town is taken a few steps forward with plans to transform the space and create more than just a parking lot.

Performance and dance space
The former pavilion was built in 2010 underneath the Holden Beach Bridge and served as a homebase for summer concerts, festivals and town events. After a slew of public safety concerns and discussions about whether the pavilion was worth saving, the town ultimately voted to both close and demolish the pavilion in 2024. Work has begun on the town’s new open-air pavilion and dance floor. Town commissioners decided to build the stage on Block Q, facing the Intracoastal Waterway, instead of rebuilding it on the former pavilion site. The project is located at the intersection of Brunswick Avenue East, Quinton Street, and Jordan Boulevard in Block Q. The town expects the new concert venue to be up and running by June 30, a month into the roughly 16-week long summer concert series. The facilities are expected to be used during festivals as well.

ADA bathrooms
Despite several delays, the Americans with Disabilities Act-compliant restroom facility and associated parking at Block Q is completed. The project is part of a grant through the North Carolina Public Beach and Coastal Waterfront Access Program, a program to help local governments fund projects that improve pedestrian access to beaches and waterways.

Next steps
Commissioners in April unanimously approved a draft engineering services contract between the town and McGill & Associates for the Block Q/Jordan Boulevard Master Plan, which includes the old pavilion area. McGill & Associates also constructed a parks and recreational master plan for the town in 2021. A formal contract and estimated price tag is to be presented to the town in May. Prior board discussions and ideas for the property on Jordon Boulevard revolved around bathrooms, pickleball courts, concerts and boat parking. Now, McGill & Associates are to look at what the town needs are today, and how the site can be used to best address those needs. In McGill & Associates’ statement for qualification, it stated the process will take about eight months for engineers to present a final comprehensive, conceptual design plan. During those eight months, engineers will analyze the site and engage with both the town and public.

Read more » click here

Previously reported – April 2026
Project Overview the Town of Holden Beach is seeking sealed bids from qualified general contractors for the complete construction of the Holden Beach Pavilion in accordance with the provided plans and specifications. The project is located at the intersection of Brunswick Avenue East, Quinton Street, and Jordan Boulevard in Block Q, Holden Beach, NC (part of Carolina Avenue Park). It involves a 40′ x 40’open-air pavilion structure stage and 40′ x 40′ Dance Floor designed for coastal conditions, with associated site improvements including stormwater management.

The low bid was from A.W. Babson at a cost of $349,150, which does not include the bid bond which is required. The BOC’s decided to move forward including the cost of the bid bond awarding the contract to A.W Babson.
A decision was made – Approved unanimously


This and That


Property Tax Cap

North Carolina is advancing a proposed constitutional amendment (House Bill 1089) that would require the General Assembly to limit how much local governments can increase property tax collections. If passed by the legislature, voters will decide whether to implement these levy limits on the November 3, 2026 ballot.

Current Tax Caps
Under current state law, North Carolina caps the maximum property tax rate that local governments can levy at $1.50 per $100 of assessed property value, though no county currently reaches this symbolic limit.

Proposed Constitutional Amendment (2026)

    • What it does: Instead of capping the tax rate, the proposed “levy limits” would cap the total revenue (levy) a municipality or county can collect, protecting homeowners from surging tax bills caused by skyrocketing property valuations.
    • The unknown variables: The exact limit (e.g., whether it will be tied to inflation, population growth, or a set percentage) and any specific exceptions are not defined in the amendment itself. Those details will be determined by follow-up legislation if the amendment is enacted. 

NC lawmakers advance proposed property tax cap, affordable housing exemption
The state House of Representatives’ Finance Committee on Tuesday voted to advance a proposed state constitutional amendment restricting how much city and county governments could raise property taxes each year.
State lawmakers on Tuesday advanced a proposal to limit property tax increases — putting the idea one step closer to a ballot referendum in November. The state House of Representatives’ Finance Committee on Tuesday gave a favorable report to a proposed state constitutional amendment restricting how much city and county governments could raise property taxes each year. The bill goes next to the House Rules Committee. Amendments to the state Constitution must be approved by North Carolina voters. If the idea is approved by a supermajority of legislators, North Carolinians would be asked to decide the issue through a ballot vote, likely in November. Legislative leaders said Tuesday they plan to adopt the proposal. “Both chambers want to deliver additional tax relief to the citizens of North Carolina,” Senate leader Phil Berger said when announcing that he and House Speaker Destin Hall had reached agreements on key details of a state budget. The legislation, House Bill 1089, doesn’t outline a limit for property tax increases. It calls on state lawmakers to come up with specific restrictions at a later date — if the referendum is approved by voters. The bill enjoyed bipartisan support among committee members, with Republicans and Democrats disagreeing over why the amendment is needed. Republicans accused city and county governments of raising taxes to pay for frivolous projects. “We don’t have a taxing problem, we have a spending problem,” said Rep. Keith Kidwell, R-Beaufort. Democrats said many municipalities are raising taxes to fill budget holes created by a lapse in state funding, specifically for education. Legislative leaders failed to adopt a comprehensive state budget for the current fiscal year. “When you squeeze the balloon up top, that balloon is gonna pop out somewhere else,” said Rep. Eric Ager, D-Buncombe. The proposed constitutional amendment is part of a broader push by legislators in the Republican-controlled General Assembly to address affordability issues ahead of the midterm elections. Republicans in the state Senate last week approved a bill that would temporarily block county governments from applying appraisals conducted during this calendar year to property tax bills. Reappraisals often lead to higher property tax bills. Republican Senate leader Phil Berger has referred to that proposal as a “moratorium” that could bring temporary relief to taxpayers in a number of counties scheduled to reappraise properties this year — including Guilford and Harnett. Berger has framed the idea as simply buying time for the legislature to come up with more sweeping reforms. The proposed constitutional amendment could serve as that more sweeping idea, although it’s unclear if the Senate will go along if the idea passes the House. Tax reduction has been a stated goal of Republican lawmakers for decades, but the proposed reappraisal moratorium and constitutional amendment are not guaranteed to pass. Neither Berger nor House Speaker Destin Hall has committed to supporting the other chamber’s idea for addressing rising property taxes. Democrats have expressed skepticism over both plans. Senate Minority Leader Sydney Batch, D-Wake, chided Senate Republicans last week for failing to take up an amendment to Berger’s bill that would have lowered the state’s income threshold to qualify for property tax exceptions. Rep. Lindsey Prather, D-Buncombe, said Monday — during a press conference calling for higher taxes on millionaires — that the property tax changes being proposed by GOP lawmakers seemed aimed more at gathering political credit than solving a problem. “We can be the quote-unquote ‘good guys’ down here in Raleigh and say we’re going to lower your property taxes,” Prather said. “But all that means is that the local governments are going to have to be the ‘bad guys’ to raise revenue in other ways.”

Closing a loophole
The House Finance committee on Tuesday also advanced a proposal that could help municipal governments recoup more property tax revenue. The committee gave a favorable report to  House Bill 1042, which would tighten rules for nonprofit organizations that receive property tax exemptions. The bill goes next to the House Rules Committee. The state currently allows certain organizations to avoid paying property taxes if they use their property entirely for charitable purposes and are not run for profit. However, some developers have identified a loophole in the law that allows them to build housing with a minimal number of affordable units. State Rep. Erin Pare, R-Wake, said the loophole enabled developers to keep nearly $750 million worth of property out of Wake County’s tax base in 2025. The proposed change seeks to winnow down the list of who qualifies, especially nonprofits that provide affordable housing for low- or moderate-income people. “The intent of this work is to preserve the affordable housing exemption … and to sure there is a public benefit to providing this exemption,” Pare told the committee.
Read more » click here


Turtle Watch Program –


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

 



Turtle Watch Program – 2026

 

.
.
The first nest of the 2025 season was on May 21st

Average annual number of nests is 45

Current nest count – (3) as of 05/23/26

Members of the patrol started riding the beach every morning on May 1 and will do so through October looking for signs of turtle nests.
For more information » click here
.


.Turtle Talks
The Holden Beach Turtle Watch Program conducts weekly educational programs on selected Wednesday evenings in June, July and August. Please check our Events Calendar for details on dates, times and locations. Seating is limited.

Children’s Turtle Time
Special programs for younger turtle enthusiasts are held at 4 p.m. on Wednesday afternoons in June, July and August on select dates.

Both programs are free of charge and will be held at the Holden Beach Chapel.

How you can protect sea turtles at NC beaches during nesting season
People aren’t the only folks flocking to North Carolina’s beaches as the weather warms up. In the coming weeks, beachgoers could find themselves sharing the sand with mamma sea turtles and shorebirds looking for a spot to start a new family. Already, skimmers, oystercatchers and other birds are vying for space on the sandy spits at the tips of barrier islands like Wrightsville Beach, and North Carolina has already seen one false crawl by a sea turtle even though sea turtle nesting season doesn’t generally start until May 1, according to the N.C. Wildlife Resources Commission. But sharing the beach can be a challenge, with the deck largely stacked against coastal wildlife as the lure of sand and the ocean keeps attracting more and more people to the N.C. coast − never mind the other challenges the animals face in the wild off the beach. Still, officials say following a few simple rules can give the critters a flipper and wing up during their beach visit. “Seeing a sea turtle on the beach is a wonderful, rare experience,” said Terry Meyer, deputy and conservation director at the Karen Beasley Rescue and Rehabilitation Center in Surf City. “But just keep a respectful distance while enjoying it.”

One in 1,000
Sea turtle nesting season in North Carolina occurs from May through September. Female sea turtles emerge from the ocean at night, and using their flippers, dig an 18-inch-deep hole that will serve as the nest where she will deposit 80 to 120 eggs. After laying the eggs, she covers the nest and returns to sea. After about a 60-day incubation period, the hatchlings emerge and make their way to the ocean. Only about one in 1,000 hatchlings will live to reproduce. In 2025 North Carolina recorded 1,088 nests, with the first one recorded on Topsail Island on May 8, 2025. The first nest to emerge was a Kemp’s Ridley nest on Ocean Isle Beach on July 10, 2025. The vast majority of North Carolina nests were laid by loggerheads. Green sea turtle nest numbers are slowly increasing in the state, with Tar Heel beaches seeing 58 last year. There also were 10 Kemp’s Ridley nests.

Range of threats
Both in the water and on land, sea turtles face a range of threats. In the ocean, dangers range from entanglement in fishing gear to boat strikes to ingesting plastics and other trash. But that’s if the hatchlings even make it off the beach to have a life at sea. “Our No. 1 greatest threat by far is artificial lighting,” Meyer said. She said it’s the biggest concern because the lights can not only disorientate the nesting female as she comes ashore, but also hatchlings as they move toward the brightest light they see when they come out of their nest. In a perfect world, that’s the moon or the stars as they make their way toward the ocean. And it isn’t just exterior lighting that is a problem. Meyer said a recent study found 57% of the light pollution along the Topsail Island beachfront was from interior lights − a major concern since many oceanfront homes don’t have shades or curtains on their ocean-facing windows. Factor in a rotating mix of residents as vacationers cycle on and off the island almost weekly and it’s a constant battle for the turtle volunteers and others to get the message about lighting out there. “We just can’t stay ahead of the light situation,” Meyer said, noting volunteers hand out door hangers warning about the danger of keeping lights on at night and promote the use of turtle-friendly ambient light bulbs for exterior uses instead of traditional bulbs. “It’s definitely a challenge.” Predators like foxes and raccoons along with overanxious tourists eager to see and get selfies with a giant marine reptile that predates the dinosaurs are other challenges nesting sea turtles and their hatchlings can face. Climate change also is a growing concern. On the beach, the warming weather is increasing sand temperatures, which helps determine the sex of hatchlings as the buried eggs incubate. If the beach is warmer than 89 degrees, most of the hatchlings will be female; if it’s cooler more will be male. For a long time, researchers have believed that the cooler beaches in the Carolinas produced males to mate with the female-heavy hatchlings produced by the warmer beaches in Florida and along the Gulf Coast. But what will happen if all the country’s beaches get so warm that the vast majority of hatchlings are female? A warming climate, which scientists are predicting for North Carolina in the coming years, also could impact when sea turtles nest, prompting turtles to lumber ashore earlier than the traditional May start date.

‘Fill in those holes’
The Topsail Turtle Project, run by the sea turtle hospital, monitors the beaches in Topsail Beach, Surf City and North Topsail Beach. With volunteer groups in other beach towns along with federal and state agencies, officials monitor all 330 miles of ocean-facing sandy beaches in N.C. for sea turtle nests, stranded animals and even signs of false crawls. “We want them all counted, all documented,” Meyer said. “We want to know how many turtles we have.” If an injured or stressed sea turtle is found, it often ends up at the sea turtle hospital. As of April 21, the turtle hospital was treating 45 patients − most cold-stun victims from this winter that were slowly being nursed back to health. Kathy Zagzebski, the hospital’s executive director, said during the busy fall and winter season the facility sometimes deals with more than 100 turtles at a time, many cold-stunned animals brought down from New England for treatment. Recovery times can often take several months per turtle. As the weather warms up, the hospital sees fewer turtles being brought in suffering from hypothermia or other temperature-related issues. But the animals that are brought in are often those that have been accidently hooked by a fishermen or hit by a boat. “We usually see fewer turtles, but those that we do see probably require more treatment,” Kathy said. Like Meyer, Zagzebski said just taking a few steps and being considerate can help people and sea turtles better share the state’s coastal environment. “And fill in those holes,” she said, noting that holes dug on the beach can deter mother sea turtles from nesting and prevent hatchlings from reaching the ocean after they emerge from the nest.
Read more » click here

The N.C. Sea Turtle Project works with 20 different volunteer groups. Contact information for each is available at nc-wild.org/seaturtles/contacts, or call the statewide sea turtle hotline at 252-241-7367.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Fauna & Flora –


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

NC State Native Plant Resources » click here

NC Native Plants for Pollinators » click here

NC Sea Grant Coastal Landscapes » click here

New Hanover County Arboretum Native Plant Garden » click here

Audubon Native Plant Database » click here

North Carolina Extension Gardener Plant Toolbox » click here

Fauna & Flora » click here
Holden Beach recommended plant list – deer resistant & salt tolerant


Factoid That May Interest Only Me 


A Powerful El Niño Is Forming. If History Is a Guide, It Could Hit Hard.
The biggest episodes of the past have altered the course of human events, according to researchers. An emerging one is drawing historic comparisons.
Well before it was understood, the El Niño phenomenon was leaving its marks on humanity. El Niño is the name given to powerful shifts in Pacific Ocean winds and water temperatures that can drastically transform global weather patterns. Over the centuries these natural patterns have sparked epic droughts and heat waves and have intensified epidemics. Some academics even claim to see the fingerprints of El Niño on political and economic crises in ancient Egypt, or on the downfall of the Moche civilization in present-day Peru, more than 1,000 years ago. And in 1877 and 1878, a famine fueled by El Niño killed millions of people across the tropics, hardening inequities that, as one research paper put it, “would later be characterized as the ‘first world’ and ‘third world.’” Right now, the world is entering a new El Niño phase. Researchers are warning it could be one of the strongest on record and are invoking this history as an admonition that natural forces, when they reach their highest magnitude, can lead to profound volatility and hardship. In general, El Niño makes for wetter conditions in some parts of the Americas while suppressing the Atlantic hurricane season. The phenomenon raises the risk of dryness in South and Southeast Asia, Australia, and southern Africa. Of course, the current El Niño is in the early stages of formation and might not live up to the hype. But if the forecasts prove accurate, it would be a whopper and its consequences would play out across a world that has grown far more resilient but also has new vulnerabilities. Compared with those early times, countries today track El Niño events with oceanic gauges and early warning systems. Agriculture is far more sophisticated, and many countries vulnerable to food shocks hold strategic grain reserves. Nobody is predicting large-scale famine. But experts say an El Niño would add pressure to an already precarious global system. Fertilizer shortages caused by the effective closure of the Strait of Hormuz are straining farmers. Rising energy prices resulting from war in Ukraine and Iran are eating into countries’ budgets. And a longstanding safety net has been weakened by cuts in foreign aid to poorer countries by the United States and other nations. There’s possibility for a perfect storm of factors,” said Laurie Laybourn, who leads the Strategic Climate Risks Initiative, a think tank based in Britain. “You could see an increase in poverty, malnutrition, conflict, indebtedness, and all of the domino effects that come from that.” If history offers any lesson, it’s that strong El Niño events, like the one that started in 1877, play upon existing weaknesses. That El Niño led to punishingly dry conditions that spanned the world, including Brazil, southern Africa and China. Few places were hit harder than southern India. Contemporaneous accounts describe stick-thin people trying to survive on roots and even selling off children they couldn’t afford to care for. But for all the power of nature, man-made factors very likely raised the death toll, which ultimately rose to tens of millions of people. At the time, India was under British colonial rule, and the historian Mike Davis, in his 2001 book “Late Victorian Holocausts,” portrays Britain as prioritizing its imperial interests by maintaining huge grain exports from India even as Indians starved. “Londoners were in effect eating India’s bread,” Mr. Davis wrote. Of course, there was another factor complicating the response. People at the time had no idea why the monsoon rains had failed. Scientists in the 19th century theorized a link with weakened sunspot activityBut a far better picture emerged in the 1960s, when Jacob Bjerknes, a meteorologist at the University of California, Los Angeles, pieced together the global consequences of the feedback between the ocean and atmosphere in the Pacific. Centuries earlier, Peruvians had noticed that sometimes tropical fish would unexpectedly show up on their shores around Christmas, a phenomenon eventually named “El Niño,” or “the Christ child” in Spanish. Dr. Bjerknes made the connection: The Pacific warming that the Peruvians had spotted was, in fact, altering weather patterns around the world. “That was the big bang” realization, said Michael McPhaden, a senior scientist at the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. “He opened up a new universe of study.” By the 1980s, scientists were on a vessel in the middle of the Pacific, anchoring buoys that enabled improved monitoring of ocean temperature. Separately, researchers sought out clues for El Niño’s place in human history, studying tree ring samples, coral reefs and sailors’ logbooks, and creating a crude timeline of its spikes. The records weren’t sharp enough to measure past events with certainty. But they have led to speculation about the role of El Niño events across history, including that an El Niño in the late 1700s might have played a role in the crop failures that contributed to uprisings in the French Revolution. For the 1877 El Niño, the one that hit India so hard, the documentation is better but still involves guesswork. “Working with nineteenth-century sea surface temperature data is a bit like assembling a puzzle with many missing pieces,” Boyin Huang, a NOAA oceanographer who has studied the scale of the event, wrote in an email. El Niño events are measured by looking at temperature levels in a vast rectangular zone in the central Pacific. In a moderate El Niño, temperatures might climb, say, 1 degree Celsius, or 1.8 degrees Fahrenheit, above a longer-term average. But in the biggest El Niños of the past 50 years — the ones that started in 1982, 1997, and 2015 — temperatures have soared 2 degrees Celsius or more beyond the norm. Each of those events levied a global economic tollThis year, many forecasts say the temperature could increase by an unprecedented 3 degrees Celsius. Even the 1877 El Niño, by the best estimates, didn’t have that magnitude. “A number of the models now show a real chance for a record-setting El Niño event,” said Zeke Hausfather, a research scientist at Berkeley Earth. “It is still too early to know for sure.” El Niño events typically peak in strength late in a calendar year and then cause warmer global temperatures on land in the months that follow. As a result, many scientists predict that 2027 will be the warmest year on record. In India, which tends to be drier during El Niño periods, the government has already held preparatory meetings. Vimal Mishra, a professor at the Indian Institute of Technology Gandhinagar, said his country did not face risks on the same scale as it did more than a century ago. “If one year the monsoon fails, we won’t see famine,” he said. He cited India’s public distribution system, which guarantees access to basic staples at subsidized prices. But Dr. Mishra said India, like other countries, still faced risk. If there is very little rainfall, people will draw down on savings. They’ll spend less. They’ll close down businesses. During droughts, school dropout rates rise. “It has a direct impact on the growth rate of India’s economy,” he said. Dr. Mishra has studied India’s major famines and he draws a direct line between the one from the 1870s and the preparations India is now taking. “It gives us an idea of how to be better prepared,” he said. “It shows you, this is the worst that could happen.”
Read more » click here


Beach Strand 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

Most rip current deaths are preventable. Yet people keep drowning.
Beach-safety experts are frustrated by the mounting fatalities despite awareness campaigns and improved forecasts
Rip-current deaths in the United States are running ahead of last year’s pace – at least 29 since the beginning of the year – with peak beach season yet to come. Experts are warning the public to be aware of this largely hidden hazard ahead of Memorial Day weekend, traditionally one of the busiest beach weekends of the year. The risk of dangerous rip currents is expected to be particularly high this weekend along portions of the Southeast coast where a storm could produce heavy rain, gusty winds and rough seas. Experts say most rip-current fatalities can be prevented. Still, the number of annual rip-current deaths has steadily climbed since the National Weather Service began tracking them in 2010, reaching a record of 130 in 2021, then dipping to 85 last year. Rip currents were the third-leading cause of weather-related deaths from 2012 to 2021, behind only heat and flooding, according to the Weather Service, and in a typical year they kill more people than lightning, hurricanes or tornadoes. Rip currents are strong, narrow streams of water that flow away from the shoreline and can suddenly sweep swimmers out to sea. They can form on almost any beach with breaking waves, especially near low spots or breaks in sandbars, and near jetties or piers. Predicting where and when a rip current will form is difficult because of the many weather and ocean factors involved. The Weather Service cautions that “rip currents often form on calm, sunny days.” The Weather Service lists 26 rip-current deaths this year through April 27, not including three deaths believed to be caused by rip currents on April 28 in Destin, Fla., May 6 in Ocean City, Md., and May 12 at Cannon Beach, Ore. At this point last year, there were 19 total such deaths. Beach-safety experts are expressing frustration as fatalities trend higher again this year despite annual awareness campaigns, such as the United States Lifesaving Association’s National Beach Safety Week held every year during the week before Memorial Day, and recent improvements to rip current forecasts. “It is frustrating when we produce videos and graphics and educational information and release it at the beginning of each beach season, and it still misses so many people,” Scott Stripling, a senior meteorologist at the National Hurricane Center in Miami, said in an email. “The problem seems to be one of communication and/or lack of attention by the general public.”
Rip-current forecasts and warning signs
The Weather Service issues daily rip-current forecasts for beaches on the Atlantic Ocean, Gulf Coast, Southern California, Great Lakes, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. The forecasts categorize the rip-current risk as low, moderate or high, and are informed by a rip-current model recently developed by NOAA that has made it possible to differentiate the risk between adjacent beaches. Previously the same forecast could span 100 miles or more. However, the model doesn’t enable reliable forecasts of the exact location and time of rip currents. These are influenced by a number of factors including wave characteristics, water levels, winds and the shape of a beach. Advances in artificial intelligence could help with rip-current detection – NOAA is partnering with the Southeast Coastal Ocean Observing Regional Association on a project using AI to detect rip currents in webcam imagery – but such efforts are still in their infancy. In some cases, there are visible clues to the existence of a rip current, such as a break in the waves, foamy water or objects being carried offshore, or darker water that is due to a break in a sandbar. Often, though, rip currents are difficult to see, or are best seen from a high point such as a dune line or the top of a beach access. Rip currents are particularly hard to spot in South Florida, where, the Weather Service says, they “consistently rank at or near the top of the list of deadliest weather-related hazards,” because there is not much sediment to darken or muddy the current at the shoreline. In Brevard County alone, home to nearly 72 miles of sandy beaches, there have been eight apparent rip-current drownings since November, all at beaches without lifeguards. “We have clear-water rips, so these offshore-flowing currents are very hard to detect,” Stephen Leatherman, a professor in the department of earth and environment at Florida International University, said in an email. “The best thing is to have lifeguards and for people to swim close to lifeguards. But lifeguards are very expensive, and Florida has 825 miles of good quality sandy beaches which are swimmable for most of the year.”
Warnings and tips for surviving a rip current
Rip currents flow at speeds up to 5 miles per hour. That may not sound fast, but it’s faster than many Olympic swimmers. If you are caught in a rip current, experts say not to swim directly back to shore against the current, which can quickly exhaust and drown you. Instead, swim parallel to the shore until you are out of the current, which is typically no wider than about 50 to 100 feet. You might also escape by floating or treading water, allowing the current to take you out just past the breaking waves where many rip currents tend to dissipate, and then circulate you back toward the shore. However, some rip currents can extend hundreds of yards offshore. If you see someone caught in a rip current, experts urge you not to risk your own life to attempt a swimming rescue unless you have been trained to do so and have a flotation device to assist you and the person in distress. Instead, you should get help from a lifeguard or call 911 if no lifeguard is present. You should also throw the victim something that floats, such as a lifejacket, body board, cooler or a ball, and yell instructions on how to escape. Experts agree that the best way to survive a rip current is to avoid it in the first place. That means checking the rip-current forecast before you enter the water, heeding warnings for rip currents or rough surf, and only swimming close to a lifeguard. The United States Lifesaving Association estimates the chance of someone’s drowning at a beach with a lifeguard at 1 in 18 million. “Lifeguards are trained to spot rip currents and other beach hazards and intervene as and when needed,” Chris Houser, a professor at the University of Windsor School of Environment and a longtime beach-safety researcher, said in an email. “While there is some evidence that individual beach users can be trained to spot rips, most beach users are not aware of what to look for.” U.S. lifeguards make an estimated 80,000 or more rip-current rescues each year, which suggests that education and warning messages are not reaching or are not resonating with as many people as experts would like. “If the lifeguards are flying precautionary flags, and there are signs on the lifeguard stand identifying the potential for rips in that area, and the National Weather Service and media have advertised that there is at least a moderate risk for rip currents to be present at your local beach, what else can we do?” the Weather Service’s Stripling said.
Read more » click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

 

 

Jellyfish Guide

 

 

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Staying safe at the beach: Rip currents, jellyfish, sharks, and other hazards
A trip to the beach can turn deadly (or painful) due to natural hazards but being aware of risks and mitigating hazards is a good way to prevent problems.
Picture this: warm weather, blue skies, and your toes in the sand – it sounds like a perfect lazy summer day at the beach. Maybe you decide to cool down in the ocean and find yourself bobbing around when suddenly you realize you are a little too far out. As panic sinks in and you start to swim towards dry land you realize your efforts are in vain and your whole body is getting tired, all the while you are drifting further into the Atlantic – you have gotten stuck in a rip current. It’s not the only potential danger in the ocean, though. There are also sharks. And, of course, there are some things on shore that ruin your day at the beach, too, including stepping on jellyfish and, of course, good old-fashionedsunburn.

Rip currents
According to the U.S. Lifesaving Association (USLA), 80 percent of all ocean rescues are related to rip currents and annually more than 100 fatalities across the country are due to rip currents. While it is obvious that swimming at a beach with lifeguards is one of the safer options, there are plenty of area beaches that lack lifeguards or maybe ocean rescue season has not started just yet. So, what is the best course of action for surviving a rip current? According to the National Weather Service, there are several things swimmers should keep in mind when dealing with these often-unseen dangers.

    • Relax. Rip currents don’t pull you under.
    • A rip current is a natural treadmill that travels an average speed of 1-2 feet per second but has been measured as fast as 8 feet per second – faster than an Olympic swimmer. Trying to swim against a rip current will only use up your energy; energy you need to survive and escape the rip current.
    • Do NOT try to swim directly into to shore. Swim along the shoreline until you escape the current’s pull. When free from the pull of the current, swim at an angle away from the current toward shore.
    • If you feel you can’t reach shore, relax, face the shore, and call or wave for help. Remember: If in doubt, don’t go out!
    • If at all possible, only swim at beaches with lifeguards.
    • If you choose to swim on beaches without a lifeguard, never swim alone. Take a friend and have that person take a cell phone so he or she can call 911 for help.

Sharks
Sharks are a fear on most every swimmer’s mind, regardless of the actual dangers posed by the large predatory fish. “NOAA states that while shark attacks are rare, they are most likely to occur near shore, typically inshore of a sandbar or between sandbars where sharks can be trapped by low tide, and near steep drop-offs where sharks’ prey gather. While the risks are small, it’s important to be aware of how to avoid an attack,” according to previous reporting.

Suggestions from NOAA for reducing the risk of a shark attack include:

    • Don’t swim too far from shore.
    • Stay in groups – sharks are more likely to attack a solitary individual.
    • Avoid being in the water during darkness or twilight when sharks are most active.
    • Don’t go in the water if bleeding from a wound – sharks have a very acute sense ofsmell.
    • Leave the shiny jewelry at home – the reflected light resembles fish scales.
    • Avoid brightly-colored swimwear – sharks see contrast particularly well.

Sunburns
Most everyone has experienced a sunburn at one point in their life and while not often thought as a major concern for many, overexposure to UV light can cause serious long-term problems including skin cancer. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recommends using at least S.P.F. 15 sunscreen at least 15 minutes prior to sun exposure. Wearing a hat, long sleeves, and other protective clothing is also recommended to keep skin protected.

Jellyfish
Jellyfish and Portuguese Man of War have been spotted along the beaches of New Hanover County and surrounding area beaches already this season and the little floating creatures can pack a punch. Often times beachgoers will spot them washed up on shore and other times they can be spotted in the water, but it is best to avoid them when you can. “While all jellyfish sting, not all contain poison that hurts humans. Be careful of jellies that wash up on shore, as some can still sting if tentacles are wet. NOAA recommends that if you are stung by a jellyfish to first seek a lifeguard to give first aid. If no lifeguards are present, wash the wound with vinegar or rubbing alcohol,” NOAA suggests. And what about that … other method of treating stings? Turns out, it’s a myth. In fact, urine can actually aggravate the stinging cells of jellyfish, making things worse. These cells, which detach and stick into the skin of prey, can continue to inject venom. Urine, as well as fresh water, can cause an imbalance to the salt solution surrounding the stinging cells, causing them to continue to fire. According to Scientific American, if you don’t have vinegar or rubbing alcohol, rinsing with salt water may be your best bet.
Read more »
click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

 

Beachcombing Guide

 

 


Storm Events 


Hurricane Vehicle Decals
Property owners were provided with four (4) decals that were included in this month’s water bill. It is important that you place your decals in your vehicle or in a safe place. A $10 fee will be assessed to anyone who needs to obtain either additional or replacement decals. Decals will not be issued in the 24-hour period before an anticipated order of evacuation.

The decals are your passes to get back onto the island to check your property in the event that an emergency would necessitate restricting access to the island. Decals must be displayed in the driver side lower left-hand corner of the windshield, where they are not obstructed by any other items. Officials must be able to clearly read the decal from outside the vehicle.

Property owners without a valid decal will not be allowed on the island during restricted access. No other method of identification is accepted in an emergency situation. Click here to visit the Town website to find out more information regarding decals and emergency situations.


EVACUATION, CURFEW & DECALS


NC General Statute 166A-19.22
Power of municipalities and counties to enact ordinances to deal with states of emergency.

Synopsis – The governing body may impose by declaration or enacted ordinance, prohibitions, and restrictions during a state of emergency. This includes the prohibition and restriction of movements of people in public places, including imposing a curfew; directing or compelling the voluntary or mandatory evacuation of all or part of the population, controlling ingress and egress of an emergency area, and providing for the closure of streets, roads, highways, bridges, public vehicular areas. All prohibitions and restrictions imposed by declaration or ordinance shall take effect immediately upon publication of the declaration unless the declaration sets a later time. The prohibitions and restrictions shall expire when they are terminated by the official or entity that imposed them, or when the state of emergency terminates.

Violation – Any person who violates any provisions of an ordinance or a declaration enacted or declared pursuant to this section shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor.


Hot Button Issues

Subjects that are important to people and about which they have strong opinions


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Climate

For more information » click here
.

 


There’s something happening here
What it is ain’t exactly clear


The Balance That Keeps Climate Stable Is Out of Whack, U.N. Report Finds
The continued burning of fossil fuels is locking heat in Earth’s atmosphere, oceans and land — instead of allowing it to reflect back into space, a new report finds.
The Earth is out of balance. That’s the message from a United Nations report released late Sunday that looked at how much energy from the sun is absorbed by the Earth or reflected back into space. Researchers found the gap between the two is the biggest since measurements began in 1960, meaning more of the sun’s heat energy is now staying on Earth. And that energy imbalance is heating up the oceans, atmosphere, and frozen regions of the world, according to the World Meteorological Organization’s State of the Global Climate report. Ashkay Deoras, a research scientist at Britain’s National Center for Atmospheric Science at the University of Reading, likened the planet to a heated room with the windows closed. “If you open the window, naturally, you will allow the hot air to escape,” said Dr. Deoras, who was not associated with the report. “But now what is happening is that, because of all these greenhouse gases, they are just trapping more and more heat. The planet is just not getting a chance to cool down.” In previous reports, the U.N.-based meteorological organization documented changes in each element of the Earth’s system, such as surface temperatures, ocean heat, melting glaciers and sea level rise. This year, the authors, who include climate scientists and meteorologists, examined shifts on a wider scale. “The energy imbalance gives you the full picture,” Karina Von Schuckmann, an author of the report and senior adviser at Mercator Ocean International, a French scientific oceanographic organization, said at a news briefing. Under a stable climate, about the same amount of energy comes in from the sun as is reflected back. Now, however, emissions of heat-trapping greenhouse gases — carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide — have surged to their highest level in at least 800,000 years and have upset this equilibrium, the researchers found. The past 11 years have been the hottest since record-keeping began. Last year was either the second- or third-hottest on record, depending on which record is used, with global average temperatures 1.43 degrees Celsius (2.5 degrees Fahrenheit) higher than preindustrial levels. The year 2024 was the hottest year, at 1.55 degrees Celsius above the preindustrial average. The world’s oceans continue to warm as they absorb carbon dioxide from the atmosphere. The extent of sea ice in the Arctic region is at or near a record low, while Antarctic sea ice extent was the third lowest on record, according to the report. Describing the energy imbalance allows scientists to assess the rate of global warming because it encompasses all the components of the climate system. “Sometimes independent graphs are not explaining the full narrative,” said Ko Barrett, deputy secretary-general of the W.M.O. and a former U.S. climate official during the Biden administration. The surplus energy that the Earth retains gets moved around from ocean to atmosphere to land. The increase in heat within the climate system raises the likelihood and intensity of extreme weather events such as powerful storms, heat waves, droughts and extreme rainfall. About 91 percent of the Earth’s surplus heat energy is stored in the oceans; 5 percent is stored in land, 3 percent in ice sheets, and 1 percent is stored in the atmosphere near the Earth’s surface — where it affects the temperatures that humans feel, the report said. The amount of heat stored in the oceans reached a record high in 2025. The rate of ocean warming more than doubled from the period between 1960 and 2005 to the period between 2005 and 2025, the report stated. One worrying result is that scientists are detecting more heat deeper in the ocean, rather than just at the surface, according to Dr. Von Schuckmann. Below 2,000 meters, oceans store and hold heat longer than at the surface layer, which releases it to the atmosphere. That means that the effects of climate change will continue for a long time, she said. “The more we have heat kept away from communication with the atmosphere,” Dr. Von Schuckmann said, “the more we are moving to time scales of committed climate change of 400 to 1,000 years.”
Read more » click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Flood Insurance Program

For more information » click here

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


National Flood Insurance Program: Reauthorization
Congress must periodically renew the NFIP’s statutory authority to operate. On February 3, 2026, the president signed legislation passed by Congress that extends the National Flood Insurance Program’s (NFIP’s) authorization to September 30, 2026.

Congress must now reauthorize the NFIP
by no later than 11:59 pm on September 30, 2026.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


GenX

For more information » click here

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Homeowners Insurance

For more information » click here

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Hurricane Season

For more information » click here

Hurricane season runs from June 1 through November 30


Brunswick County – Hurricanes

Overview
Hurricanes are tropical cyclones that rotate counterclockwise with wind speeds in excess of 74 mph. Most hurricanes form over warm seas near the equator. They are created when the sun heats the ocean surface, causing heated water vapor to rise, condense, and form clouds. These clouds begin to spiral as the earth rotates. More air is pulled underneath and a large vortex is formed.

On average, six Atlantic hurricanes develop each year. When a hurricane moves toward coastal areas it often causes severe damage. Strong winds create storm surges, floods, rip tides, and can even spawn tornadoes. As the hurricane moves forward, its right front quadrant is typically where the most devastation occurs.

Hurricane season begins June 1 and continues through November 30. Be sure to practice hurricane preparedness and learn about hurricane safety and survival.

To assist in being prepared before, during, and after a storm, review the following links for helpful information.

Hurricane Preparedness Tips
We would like to encourage you to start preparing for emergencies and stay #ReadyBrunswick by reviewing the following tips.

STAY INFORMED
KNOW THE TERMS
KNOW YOUR EVACUATION ZONE
MAKE A PLAN
KNOW WHO TO CALL
GATHER IMPORTANT DOCUMENTS
CHECK YOUR INSURANCE
PREPARE YOUR HOME
LEARN / PRACTICE SAFETY SKILLS
SUBSCRIBE TO EMERGENCY ALERTS
SIGN UP FOR THE ACCESS AND FUNCTIONAL NEEDS REGISTRY
ACCESS LOCAL RESOURCES

Quick Links


NOAA predicts below-normal 2026 Atlantic hurricane season
Early preparation essential to staying safe all season
Forecasters with NOAA’s National Weather Service are predicting a below-normal hurricane season for the Atlantic basin this year. NOAA’s outlook for the 2026 Atlantic hurricane season, which runs June 1 to November 30, predicts a 35% chance of a near-normal season, a 10% chance of an above-normal season, and a 55% chance of a below-normal season. The agency is forecasting a total of 8-14 named storms (winds of 39 mph or higher). Of those, 3-6 are forecast to become hurricanes (winds of 74 mph or higher), including 1-3 major hurricanes (category 3, 4 or 5 with winds of 111 mph or higher). NOAA has a 70% confidence in these ranges. An average season has 14 named storms with seven hurricanes, including three major hurricanes. 

“With the most advanced forecast modeling and hurricane tracking technologies, NOAA and the National Weather Service are prepared to deliver real-time storm forecasts and warnings,” said Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick. “Our experts are integrating cutting-edge tools to ensure communities in the path of storms receive the earliest, most accurate information possible.” “NOAA’s rapid integration of advanced technology, including AI-based weather models, drones, and next-generation satellite data will deliver actionable science to safeguard the lives and livelihoods of the American people,” said NOAA Administrator Neil Jacobs, Ph.D. “These new capabilities, combined with the unmatched expertise of our National Weather Service forecasters, will produce the most accurate forecasts possible to protect communities in harm’s way.”

Key factors driving NOAA’s forecast
The Atlantic season is expected to be below-normal due to competing factors. El Niño is expected to develop and intensify during the hurricane season, while ocean temperatures in the Atlantic are expected to be slightly warmer than normal and trade winds are likely weaker than average. El Niño conditions tend to support less tropical storms and hurricanes, while warmer ocean temperatures and low winds support a more active year.

“Although El Niño’s impact in the Atlantic Basin can often suppress hurricane development, there is still uncertainty in how each season will unfold,” said NOAA’s National Weather Service Director Ken Graham. “That is why it’s essential to review your hurricane preparedness plan now. It only takes one storm to make for a very bad season.” NOAA’s outlook is for overall seasonal activity based on large-scale weather and climate patterns. It does not indicate where or when any storms may affect land as that is determined by short-term and variable weather patterns is not a landfall forecast. “Preparing now for hurricane season — and not waiting for a storm to threaten — is essential for staying ahead of any storm. Visit weather.gov/safety and Ready.gov for important preparedness information,” added Graham.

New and enhanced communication products this season

    • NOAA’s National Hurricane Center (NHC) will implement an improved version of the tropical cyclone forecast cone graphic that will now include tropical storm and hurricane watches and warnings for inland areas for the continental United States, Hawaii, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. 
    • NHC will begin testing an experimental version of the tropical cyclone track forecast cone that will capture a greater range of possibilities for the track of the storm by incorporating uncertainties for both direction of movement and timing.  
    • NHC will provide new products and services for the Hawaiian Islands to include storm surge watches and warnings, and a peak storm surge graphic. These will be publicly available for the main Hawaiian Islands on gov.  

Advancements to hurricane analysis and forecasts

    • NOAA, in collaboration with the Unified Forecast System community, is testing an experimental high-resolution Seasonal Forecast System that utilizes the latest modeling technology and new methods to assess the evolution of the global ocean-atmosphere system. The system is helping forecasters better simulate tropical storms and hurricanes, and more effectively predict the number of hurricanes and major hurricanes. 
    • NOAA’s Atlantic Oceanographic and Meteorological Laboratory (AOML) is using machine learning to quality-control data collected from tail Doppler radar — a specialized radar system mounted on the back of NOAA’s “Hurricane Hunter” aircraft. This new method gathers more than 25% more meteorological data than the current method and leads to more high-quality data to support structure and wind analysis by forecasters.

Innovative technologies for this year

NOAA also issued seasonal hurricane outlooks for the eastern Pacific and central Pacific hurricane basins, with both anticipated to have active seasons. The 2026 Atlantic seasonal outlook will be updated in early August, ahead of the historical peak of the season, which typically extends from mid-September through October.
Read more » click here

Don’t get complacent with tropical outlook; ‘it only takes one’
The below-normal activity predicted for the 2026 Atlantic hurricane season doesn’t give North Carolinians a pass on preparation this year. “For the Atlantic hurricane season, NOAA is predicting a below-normal season for 2026, with roughly a 55% chance of being below normal, a 35% chance of near normal, and a 10% chance of above normal,” National Oceanic and Atmospheric Association Administrator Dr. Neil Jacobs said during a media conference Thursday morning from NOAA’s Aircraft Operations Center at Lakeland Linder International Airport in Lakeland, Florida. “This equates to eight to 14 named storms with winds at or above 39 miles an hour. Of these, three to six hurricanes with winds at or above 74 miles an hour, and one to three major hurricanes, that’s your Category 3 to 5 with winds at or above 111 miles an hour,” he added. Jacobs is referring to the Saffir-Simpson hurricane wind scale, which categorizes maximum sustained wind speeds for tropical storms. Categories 1 and 2 are windspeeds between 74 and 110 mph, categories 3 to 5 are major hurricanes with speeds from 111 to 157 or higher, according to NOAA. Hurricane season begins Monday, June 1, and ends Nov. 30. “Even though we’re expecting a below-average season in the Atlantic, it’s very important to understand that it only takes one,” Jacobs said, adding there have been Category 5s that made landfall in the past during below-average seasons. During the news conference Thursday morning, Jacobs said that “what’s driving this forecast is largely an El Niño event. There’s a 98% chance of El Niño conditions occurring later this season, and an 80% chance that this El Niño will be moderate to strong.” NOAA National Weather Service Director Ken Graham, who spoke after Jacobs, reiterated that “it just takes one,” and urged the public during the press conference not to “let words like ‘below average’” change the way you prepare. “Now’s the time to start thinking about your hurricane preparedness,” Graham said. “Early preparedness is absolutely everything. Period. End of story. The actions that you take today really get you ready for the hurricane season.” Especially a season like this, “there’ll never be a Hurricane Just-a. We’ll never make that a name. There’s no such thing as just a Cat 1, just a tropical storm, just a Cat 2. That is absolutely not the case,” Graham said. “It doesn’t matter what it is, you got to look at the size, the forward motion, little wiggles matter on the impacts. Even the smallest storm, if it’s slow enough and big enough, it’s going to create catastrophic flooding and storm surge.” Graham said that the public needs to pay attention to every single one of the storm “systems, and the actual impacts, not the category, not the name, but the actual impacts associated with that storm, and that includes the tornadoes, heavy rain, damaging winds, even the high surf and rip currents, as well, including storm surge.” Erik Heden, warning coordination meteorologist in the National Weather Service’s Newport office, said in an interview with Coastal Review that just because the forecast calls for a below-normal season, residents shouldn’t let their guard down. “Just because the outlook says it’s going to be a low year doesn’t mean we won’t be impacted,” he said, adding “It just takes one storm. The graphic says a 55% chance below-normal year, but if we get one storm, it really doesn’t matter what the prediction was, it could be a big deal for us.” Heden also warned in the interview against making decisions based on the category of the storm. “Categories are only wind,” he said. Wind is to be respected, but the other storm impacts are more likely to be more frequent in terms of issues in our area. “Water is what kills people. About 85% of people that die in hurricanes, it’s water related — nothing to do with the wind. but it’s, it’s things like rip currents, storm surge, and flooding. Those are the three things that would get us if we get a storm.” Two years ago, the Southeast faced a potential tropical cyclone that didn’t have a name. No. 8 resulted in almost 20 inches of rain in the Wilmington area, and last year Tropical Storm Chantal produced six to 10 inches of rain in Raleigh. Steven Pfaff, meteorologist-in-charge for the National Weather Service’s Wilmington office, in an email to media partners Thursday morning, also expressed concern that the forecast for below-normal activity can cause messaging challenges because people may misinterpret what it means for any potential local impacts. “All it takes is one storm to define a hurricane season regardless of the outlook,” his emphasis, “Given southeast NC’s and northeast SC’s hurricane history our communities must prepare the same way every year,” Pfaff continued. “Now is the time to prepare for hurricane season and remain vigilant this summer and fall.” Jacobs said during the press conference that for official forecast guidance, go to hurricanes.gov. “June 1 is almost here. Be ready, have a plan, listen to your state and local emergency managers. Preparation is essential. You can learn more at ready.gov,” Jacobs added. Heden told Coastal Review that the best way to stay informed in eastern North Carolina is to remember “if it’s the weather you love, it’s weather.gov,” where there’s up-to-date information, as well as on the office’s website, Facebook or X.
Read more » click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Inlet Hazard Areas

For more information » click here

 


Commission to consider updating inlet hazard areas
The North Carolina Coastal Resources Commission is to meet next week to consider proposed language amendments for inlet hazard areas. The meeting for the commission, which establishes policies for the N.C. Coastal Management Program and adopts rules for both the Coastal Area Management Act and the N.C. Dredge and Fill Act, will begin with a field trip to Ocean Isle Beach’s terminal groin at 3 p.m. on April 15. The full commission meeting is scheduled for 9 a.m. on April 16 at 111 Causeway Drive, Ocean Isle Beach. An in-person public comment period is scheduled for 9:30 a.m. that day. The public may sign up to speak upon arrival at the meeting. Members of the public may attend in-person or join the meeting Thursday through the North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality’s YouTube channel. The commission establishes areas of environmental concern, which are authorized under CAMA, and are the bases of the permitting program for regulating coastal development. There are three types of ocean hazard AECs: ocean erodible, inlet hazard, and unvegetated beach. The ocean erodible area is “the area where there exists a substantial possibility of excessive erosion and significant shoreline fluctuation,” and the inlet hazard area is defined as “locations that ‘are especially vulnerable to erosion, flooding and other adverse effects of sand, wind, and water because of their proximity to dynamic ocean inlets,” according to the division, which carries out the rules and regulations for the commission. During the meeting, the commission will consider ocean erodible area and inlet hazard area erosion rates and setback factors. The division has since 1979 used the same long-term erosion data to determine construction setbacks in inlet and ocean hazard areas, and to establish the landward boundaries of ocean erodible areas of environmental concern. The commission’s setback rules are used to site oceanfront development based on the size of the structure according to the graduated setback provisions. In areas where there is a high rate of erosion, buildings must be located farther from the shoreline than in areas where there is less erosion. The size of the structure determines how far back a house must be located away from the shoreline. Because of limited data and resources, erosion rate setback factors within inlet hazard areas have traditionally been based on the rates of adjacent ocean erodible areas. “Given the rapid changes that can occur at inlets, this method has often resulted in setback factors that underestimate the true erosion dynamics of these areas,” division documents state. During the commission’s August 2025 meeting, Dr. Laura Moore, the chairperson of the commission’s Science Panel on Coastal Hazards, presented the panel’s recommendations on updated boundaries for inlet hazard areas and ocean erodible areas, and their corresponding erosion rate setback factors. A subcommittee was appointed at the time to evaluate the possible changes and presented its recommendation during the February meeting. Updating ocean hazard area boundaries for inlet hazard areas and ocean erodible areas, along with the associated erosion rate setback factors, requires rule amendments to reference the updated report and maps, documents continue. Because inlet hazard area boundaries have remained static and adjacent ocean erodible area erosion rates were applied within the inlet hazard areas, the primary amendment has been to the rule “to simply reference the updated oceanfront erosion rate report. However, this update includes revised IHA boundaries and inlet-specific erosion rates within IHAs, necessitating additional rule amendments to reference the applicable reports, maps, and use standards,” documents explain. Division staff noted that the 2025 study is consistent with previous update studies, in that inlet hazard area boundaries at undeveloped inlets were not analyzed. The commission at this month’s meeting is to consider approving rule amendments that reflect the subcommittee’s findings and recommendations and supported by the Coastal Resources Advisory Council, updated inlet hazard boundaries, and updated ocean erodible areas and inlet hazard areas erosion rate setbacks, to include ocean erodible areas landward boundaries. Division staff are to recommend removing the inlet hazard area designations from Little River Inlet, New River and Brown’s Inlets at Marine Corps Base Camp Lejeune, Bogue Inlet at Hammocks Beach State Park, Barden Inlet, Ocracoke Inlet and Hatteras Inlet. “It is important to note that while inlet hazards are present at these sites, these areas are not being developed,” staff said. In addition, division staff are to present updates on septic systems within the ocean hazard areas of environmental concern, consider draft rule amendments for human-made ditches requested by a petition for rulemaking, and a permit for temporary weather monitoring structures on the beach in the ocean hazard area of environmental concern. The full meeting agenda and briefing materials are on the commission’s website.
Read more » click here 

Commission moves forward with inlet hazard area updates
North Carolina’s Coastal Resources Commission is moving through the steps to update rules for building along high-hazard coastlines that are particularly vulnerable to erosion and flooding. When the commission met April 16 in Ocean Isle Beach’s town hall, members voted unanimously to advance the rulemaking process to draft language amendments for ocean erodible areas and inlet hazard areas. Proposed changes include using the most recent data for erosion rates and maps for the two zones, which are classified as areas of environmental concern. If approved, this will be the first time new inlet hazard boundaries have been updated since they were initiated in the late 1970s. The commission has been discussing revisions for decades, but the complicated process and public blowback have pushed talks of updates year to year. Both inlet hazard and ocean erodible areas fall under the ocean hazard areas category of areas of environmental concern, which are the foundation for the Coastal Area Management Act permitting program. CAMA was enacted in 1974, along with the commission to adopt rules for legislation that protects the state’s coastal resources. The Division of Coastal Management, under the North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality, acts as staff to the commission. Inlet hazard areas, or IHAs, encompass land along the narrow body of water that allows for tidal exchange between the ocean and inland waters. These swaths of shoreline are susceptible to inlet migration, rapid and severe erosion, and flooding. Land within the boundaries is subject to the commission’s development rules. Ken Richardson, the division’s shoreline management specialist, told Coastal Review that in addition to the proposed updates to inlet hazard area boundaries, one of the primary changes under consideration is that erosion rate setbacks within inlet hazard areas will be based on inlet-specific erosion rates detailed in a 2025 report rather than the adjacent ocean erodible area, or oceanfront, rates, which is currently the case. Because of limited data and resources, erosion rate setback factors within inlet hazard areas have been based on the rates of adjacent ocean erodible areas, essentially treating the inlet shoreline as an extension of the oceanfront. “Given the rapid changes that can occur at inlets, this method has often resulted in setback factors that underestimate the true erosion dynamics of these areas,” according to the division. Erosion rates are used to determine how far back new construction must be from the shoreline. Richardson said that, “Additionally, the rules would effectively ‘hold the line’ of existing development by preventing seaward expansion of new development in inlet areas that have experienced natural accretion.” He referenced the “Inlet Hazard Area Boundaries, 2025 Update: Science Panel Recommendations to the North Carolina Coastal Resources Commission,” presented in August 2025 to the commission that explains “any accretion at most inlets is temporary and likely to reverse over time; maintaining this line helps reduce future exposure to erosion hazards.” The commission’s Science Panel on Coastal Hazards was directed in 2016 to update IHA boundaries. Rules were in the process of being updated in 2019, but the COVID-19 pandemic paused draft rules from moving forward. The “Science Panel recommended updating IHAs on a five-year cycle alongside oceanfront erosion rates, by the time work resumed after the pandemic, the next oceanfront study (2025) was already approaching. As a result, some stakeholders asked the CRC to proceed with a coordinated update,” leading to the directive in 2023 to provide another five-year review, Richardson told Coastal Review. Richardson explained during the meeting last week that the science panel analyzed for the 2025 update the state’s developed inlets, which are Bogue, New River, New Topsail, Rich, Mason, Masonboro, Carolina Beach, Lockwood Folly, Shallotte and Tubbs. Panel Chair Dr. Laura Moore, professor of coastal geomorphology at the University of North Carolina Chapel Hill, presented the findings in the inlet hazard area boundaries report during the August 2025 meeting. Last February, the Coastal Resources Advisory Council and a subcommittee reviewed the report and suggested deviating from the panel’s recommendation to measure setbacks from the hybrid-vegetation line because of concerns that existing structures would be nonconforming, and therefore harder to replace if something happened to the structure. They decided to base the language on existing rules and continue to measure setbacks within inlet hazard areas from the actual vegetation line or pre-project line but not extend farther oceanward than the footprint of an existing structure, or, in the case with vacant lots, the landward-most adjacent neighboring structure, according to the division. Richardson told the commission that another recommendation included amending the language for ocean erodible areas language citing the 2019 report to the “North Carolina 2025 Oceanfront Setback Factors & Long-Term Average Annual Erosion Rate Update Study: Methods Report.” Richardson noted that there are no boundary maps for ocean erodible areas because boundaries are measured from the vegetation line, which are dynamic and could change overnight, so the landward boundary is determined in the field. Staff also proposes eliminating the distinction of residential or nonresidential for the type of structure, because “It doesn’t matter to erosion what the structure is being used for,” Richardson said. Now, the proposed rule changes will go through the fiscal analysis. This step in the rulemaking process determines the financial impact of the proposed amendments. After the analysis is presented and voted on, the commission will decide to move on to the public comment period, then to final approval before sending it to the Rules Review Commission.

Septic tank update
Cameron Luck, a policy analyst for the division, briefed the commission on the work to develop rules for septic system siting, repair and replacement within ocean hazard areas. He began by sharing what took place during a meeting March 30 in Buxton coordinated by the North Carolina Coastal Federation, with representatives from the North Carolina Home Builders Association, North Carolina Septic Tank Association, Outer Bank Association of Realtors, National Park Service, and from county health departments. Attendees were brought up to speed on some of the issues surrounding failed septic tanks on the oceanfront, heard from Cape Hatteras National Seashore representatives about their policies and ongoing struggles and efforts to address both the threatened oceanfront structures and the failed septic tank systems and systems out on the beach Department of Health and Human Services provided a quick synopsis of their process, focusing on the role within and alongside local health departments, with a discussion on how the department permits and cites septic tanks and how and failure enforcement. Luck said that he and other division staff presented the most recently proposed rule language for discussion. “We spent a good amount of time talking through the proposed language and some areas that could be improved,” Luck said. Main points in the discussion focused on defining what type of repair would qualify for a permit. “In other words,” Luck explained, would property owners be required to secure a permit if a filter or a section of pipe needs to be replaced, or does the rule need to be more focused on extreme failures. Discussion also focused on whether the proposed rule changes should be applied coastwide or be more targeted to specific situations or locations. “Perhaps, key takeaway from that meeting was a clear consensus among those attendees that some form of action is needed to limit the repair of failed septic systems on the ocean beach and to prevent them from remaining on the beach once they failed,” he said, adding that staff is working on those rule language updates.
Read more » click here

CRC approves draft inlet development rule changes
The Coastal Resources Commission (CRC) has approved draft rules that would update how the state regulates development near coastal inlets in Brunswick County. The commission voted unanimously April 15 to move forward with the proposed changes, which include updates inlet hazard area (IHA) maps, new erosion rate data and revised setback requirements. The vote does not finalize the rules but begins the formal rulemaking process that will include fiscal analysis, public hearings, additional review and an adoption vote before any changes would take effect, Department of Coastal Management Shoreline Management Specialist Ken Richardson said. The CRC has been working on these proposed rule amendments since August and has focused most on the IHA boundaries. IHAs define the most dynamic and erosion-prone parts of barrier islands near inlets, where development is subject to stricter regulations — mainly setback factors. The current IHA maps date back to 1979 and were originally intended to be updated more regularly, Richardson said. The new rules are based on data presented by the CRC’s science panel, which published a report last summer proposing new inlet hazard area boundaries for each inlet in Brunswick County. In Ocean Isle Beach (OIB), the number of structures within the IHA would jump from 41 to 230. In Holden Beach, the number would increase from 63 to 186. Sunset Beach, however, would see a decrease from 206 to just 17, Richardson said. The proposed changes would divide some inlet areas into multiple sections with varying setback factors. Setback factors are based on erosion rates, and they determine how far structures must be built or rebuilt from the vegetation line. The vegetation line is the line between the dry sand on the beach and the dune vegetation.

Here’s how the current setback factors would change:

    • Setback factors in Sunset Beach’s IHA at Tubbs Inlet would not change. They are two.
    • The OIB IHA at Tubbs Inlet would be split into two sections with setback factors of 10 and two.
    • The OIB IHA at Shallotte Inlet would be split into eight sections with setback factors ranging from 2 to 17.5.
    • Setback factors in the Holden Beach IHA at Shallotte Inlet would largely remain at two except for two small sections on the northern bend that would increase to nine and 16.
    • The Holden Beach IHA at Lockwood Folly Inlet setback factors would decrease. Two sections would have setback factors of two and five.

Alongside the boundary updates, the CRC is also proposing to adopt a study that recalculates long-term erosion rates for Brunswick County shorelines. Those rates are used to define ocean-erodible areas (OEA), where additional development restrictions apply. The updated erosion data would not change setback factors in any OEAs on Brunswick County’s beaches, according to the study. However, the proposed changes would significantly change how many properties fall within IHAs in Brunswick County, and some inlets would see high increases in setback factors. The east end of OIB would see the most drastic change in numbers. The CRC took a field trip to this area on April 14, where OIB’s terminal groin sits. The terminal groin, completed in 2022, is a jetty structure made of large rocks that juts out into the ocean on OIB’s east end. “The inlet where we were at yesterday,” Richardson said, “that’s going to be one of the places where you’re going to see the most significant impact in terms of how erosion rates are applied.” During the 2025 hurricane season, the east end of OIB partially washed away. Erosion threatened homes in The Pointe OIB subdivision and collapsed a portion of its culdesac, Grand View Drive. This area would see sharp required setback increases under the new rules. During the field trip, the group stood at the base of the terminal groin as it heard from representatives of the engineering firm the town of OIB hired to design the terminal groin. Some CRC commissioners questioned what was causing such extreme erosion just east of the terminal groin, and whether it was the terminal groin itself. Coastal Protection Engineering’s Senior Marine Biologist Brad Rosov said he believes that it is impossible to pinpoint one factor as the cause of erosion on any barrier island. Just west of the terminal groin, sand from a 2022 beach renourishment project remains in front of homes that used to have ocean water underneath them at high tide, he noted. Mayor Debbie Smith explained that sandbags still remain beneath the budding dunes in front of those homes behind the terminal groin. Those sandbags used to be the only wall of protection. Now, the terminal groin appears to be protecting those homes, while The Pointe OIB stands behind a wall of sandbags waiting for renourishment. Jimmy Bell, a representative of The Pointe OIB community, spoke during the public comment period at the beginning of the April 15 meeting. He inquired about the financial implications that the updated setback requirements would have on existing homes and undeveloped lots in the proposed IHAs. The proposed rules include provisions allowing existing structures that become nonconforming to be rebuilt under certain conditions. Property owners would be allowed to replace damaged or destroyed structures as long as the new building does not exceed the original footprint or square footage, meets the required setback and is placed as far landward on the lot as feasible, Richardson said. For undeveloped lots within IHAs, new construction would be limited to a line no farther seaward than the landward most adjacent neighboring structure and must be as landward as feasible. Richardson said the intent of the “grandfathering” rules is to prevent incremental encroachment toward the ocean in areas that may temporarily gain sand but be expected to erode again. Questions remain about how the proposed changes could affect specific areas and property owners. The next step in the approval process is the fiscal analysis, which will likely come back before the CRC for approval in August. After that is approved, the CRC would hold a public hearing in Brunswick County, Richardson said.
Read more » click here


.A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.
Lockwood Folly Inlet

For more information » click here.

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Seismic Testing / Offshore Drilling

For more information » click here.

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Offshore Wind Farms

For more information » click here

 


Things I Think I Think


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Eating out is one of the great little joys of life.

Restaurant Review:
The Dinner Club visits a new restaurant once a month. Ratings reflect the reviewer’s reaction to food, ambience and service, with price taken into consideration.
///// April 2026
Name:            Genki Sushi
Cuisine:          Japanese
Location:     
4724 New Centre Dr Ste 5, Wilmington, NC
Contact:        910.796.8687 / https://genkisushiwilmington.com/
Food:              Average / Very Good / Excellent / Exceptional
Service:          Efficient / Proficient / Professional / Expert
Ambience:    Drab / Plain / Distinct / Elegant
Cost: $26       Inexpensive <=20 / Moderate <=26 / Expensive <=35 / Exorbitant <=60
Rating:          Three Stars
/////
Genki Sushi is an authentic Japanese restaurant that is located near Costco in a nondescript strip mall off Market Street. It’s the real deal! It is ranked #1 out of @694 restaurants located in Wilmington. The main focus of the restaurant is on the sushi bar.  Upon entering you receive a warm welcome, the service reflects a commitment to the customer, combined with great Japanese cuisine it makes for a delightful experience.  


Dining Guide – Local * Lou’s Views

Dining Guide – North * Lou’s Views

Dining Guide – South * Lou’s Views

Restaurant Reviews – North * Lou’s Views

Restaurant Reviews – South * Lou’s Views


Book Review:
Read several books from The New York Times best sellers fiction list monthly
Selection represents this month’s pick of the litter



THE LAST THING HE TOLD ME
by Laura Dave / 2021
A mystery about a woman who forms an unexpected relationship with her stepdaughter while searching for the truth about why her husband has mysteriously disappeared amidst a work scandal. She quickly realizes her husband isn’t who he said he was. But as they start putting together the pieces of his past, and why he really disappeared, they soon realize they are also building a new future. Jennifer Garner is to star in an Apple Limited Series adaptation of the book.


THE FIRST TIME I SAW HIM by Laura Dave / 2026
This sequel opens exactly where the original story ended, using its epilogue as the starting point. Five years after Owen’s disappearance, Hannah and her stepdaughter, Bailey, have rebuilt their lives, determined to leave the past behind. Then Owen suddenly reappears—with a warning: they are in grave danger. The life Hannah thought she’d escaped is no longer behind her. Forced to run once again, she and Bailey flee from a ruthless criminal organization tied to Owen’s past. As the threat closes in, Hannah will risk everything to protect the girl she loves as her own—while clinging to the fragile hope that she and Owen might still have a future together. That hope, however, depends on making a dangerous deal with the very crime syndicate that wants them dead.


That’s it for this newsletter

See you next month


Lou’s Views . HBPOIN

                    • Gather and disseminate information
                    • Identify the issues and determine how they affect you
                    • Act as a watchdog
                    • Grass roots monthly newsletter since 2008

https://lousviews.com/

04 – Town Meeting

 Lou’s Views

“Unofficial” Minutes & Comments


BOC’s Special Meeting 04/10/26

Board of Commissioners’ Agenda Packet » click here

Audio Recording » click here 


1. Discussion and Possible Award of Bid for Street Paving (Swordfish and Tuna) – Public Works Director Benton

Agenda Packet – pages 3 – 17

ISSUE/ACTION  REQUESTED: 
Consideration  and  possible action on a bid  for street paving.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The Town issued an RFP for street paving projects. 
There were two bids received. The lowest bid is from Highland Paving . Staff recommends including the option for all of Swordfish which will be accomplished through a budget adjustment.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Approve bid to Highland Paving including option for all of Swordfish.

Previously reported –  November 2024

Maintenance Needs
Of the 12.8 miles of streets inspected, approximately 25% are in need of maintenance. The survey indicated a total estimated maintenance need for plant mix resurfacing of $1,021,874. This represents an average of $72,350 per mile for the entire town street system. It should be noted that this cost estimate is for pavement repair only. Additional costs can be incurred for drainage improvements, administration, utility adjustments, work zone traffic control, and other items. Please note that these costs are variable and can increase the total project cost significantly.

Pavement Condition Rating / PCR Listing
The type and amount of distress that was observed on each street was used to obtain a Pavement Condition Rating (PCR). A 66 – 80 rating indicates a general condition of just fair.

The following streets had the lowest PCR:

      • Sand Dollar / 73
      • Heron / 75
      • Swordfish / 75
      • Tuna / 75
      • Lois / 77
      • Lumberton / 77
      • Charlotte / 78
      • Heron Landing / 80

Update –
The BOC’s decided to move forward with the street paving for Swordfish and Tuna including the option for paving all of Swordfish. A motion was made to award the contract to Highland Paving for street paving of Swordfish and Tuna in the amount of $182,250.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously

Editor’s note –
For the last few years, Right Angle Engineering reviewed the bids and has recommended Highland Paving, who has done satisfactory work for the Town before. Although it was not discussed they normally try to have paving work completed before Memorial Day. 


2. Discussion and Possible Selection of Contractor for the Block Q Stage Project – Assistant Town Manager Ferguson

Agenda Packet – pages 18 – 41

Project Overview the Town of Holden Beach is seeking sealed bids from qualified general contractors for the complete construction of the Holden Beach Pavilion in accordance with the provided plans and specifications. The project is located at the intersection of Brunswick Avenue East, Quinton Street, and Jordan Boulevard in Block Q, Holden Beach, NC (part of Carolina Avenue Park). It involves a 40′ x 40’open-air pavilion structure stage and 40′ x 40′ Dance Floor designed for coastal conditions, with associated site improvements including stormwater management.

Update –
The low bid was from A.W. Babson at a cost of $349,150, which does not include the bid bond which is required. The BOC’s decided to move forward including the cost of the bid bond  awarding the contract to A.W Babson.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


3. Budget Workshop
 a) Expenditures

Agenda Packet – pages 42 – 69

Update –
Christy did a slide presentation to set the stage for the Board discussion.


4. Pier Property Discussion and Possible Direction – Town Manager Chadwick

Agenda Packet – page 70

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Action for the next steps with the Holden Beach Pier Property.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Since the Holden Beach Pier /Property was purchased 4 years ago, there have been a number  of  recommendations, plans and changes  for what should be done. This includes repairing or rebuilding. The BOC recommended this be discussed during this meeting. Our engineer, HDR, is here to give an overview of what has been done so far and help the BOC come to an agreement of how the Town should proceed.

Cartoon man drafting a plan while sitting on a stool.

Previously reported – March 2025
Discussion and Possible Action to Accept Recommendations from HDR Regarding the Condition Assessment of the Pier – Interim Town Manager Ferguson

HDR Executive Summary » click here

A Bridge, Sun, Ocean, and a Couple of Birds

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Consideration and possible action to accept recommendations from HDR regarding the condition assessment of the pier.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
HDR was hired to engage in engineering analysis of the pier. The condition assessment of the pier structure has been initiated by their structural lead. HDR will present the findings.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Receive report and provide direction to HDR for continued work.


On March 3, 2025, HDR conducted a site investigation and condition assessment as defined in the “Waterfront Facilities Inspection and Assessment – Manuals and Reports on Engineering Practice No. 130” published by the American Society of Civil Engineers.

In summary, the overall condition of the existing fishing pier was assessed to be in POOR condition and HDR recommends replacing the timber superstructure in its entirety. The pier approach (superstructure and substructure) will also be required to be replaced in its entirety to satisfy federal ADA requirements. The existing substructure has many structural deficiencies which would require extensive repairs and is currently at the end of its useful service life. This coupled with the fact that the recommended construction methods would be similar for both repair and replacement options supports the conclusion that repairing the existing pier would not be structurally cost effective, nor would it provide the longevity or service life that results from replacing the timber fishing pier. Therefore, it is HDR’s recommendation that the Town of Holden Beach consider a pier replacement option only.


HDR is the engineering firm we hired to evaluate the pier structure. The presentation was on the pier condition assessment and their recommendations. The pier superstructure and substructure are currently at the end of their useful service life. Their report indicates that repairing the existing pier would not be cost effective. Commissioner Smith seemed to refuse to accept the report created by a licensed marine structural engineer that repair is doable but not practical. Commissioner Smith had an antagonistic exchange with the vendor. His behavior was completely inappropriate,  the relationship between the Board and the engineering firm should not be adversarial. It’s the firm’s recommendation that the Town consider the pier replacement option only.  Now that they are able to make an informed decision they have decided to cut our losses,  to save both time and money, by not considering the repair option. HDR will begin to develop an engineering design with cost estimates for both the building and maintaining a new pier. The motion was made to accept their preliminary report and their recommendation to move forward on preliminary planning to build a new pier.  So, we are back to the drawing board.

A decision was made – Approved (3-2)
Commissioners Smith and Dyer opposed the motion

Previously reported – April 2025

HDR Condition Assessment » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Consideration and possible action on HDR’s scope of work and structural questions regarding pier construction.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
At the March meeting, HDR presented a preliminary structural report that indicated a feasible path forward for the pier was a rebuild option. At this meeting, they will be presenting the final report, a revised scope of work/timeline for completion, and questions for the board’s consideration regarding future construction.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Receive information and consider making structural recommendations


At the March meeting, the BOC voted to move to remove the repair option and only consider a rebuild option for the pier, which would result in a scope change for the HDR agreement. The firm will be at the meeting to present the final structural analysis, outline the scope/time line change, and to ask the BOC for guidance regarding several construction questions. Questions are concentrated in the following areas:

    • Topside structural functionality requirements such as covered structures at the end of the pier, any dedicated vendor spaces along or at end of pier,
    • UTV, emergency (or other) vehicle, or top-down construction equipment access (currently only a standard pedestrian rating is assumed)
    • Timber versus concrete or a timber /concrete hybrid (currently an all-timber design is assumed)

Besides these main considerations the firm would also like to understand what the BOC sees as expected operations the pier must support and preferred construction windows to adequately account for the economic cost analysis. Specifically, would the board want to avoid summer construction, which may indicate that two mobilizations might be needed.

Update –
HDR is the engineering firm we hired to evaluate the pier structure. During the meeting, HDR representatives recapped the process that led us here, including their thorough assessment of the pier’s condition and their recommendations. According to their report, both the superstructure and substructure of the pier have reached the end of their useful service life, and repairing the existing pier would not be cost effective. They determined that pursuing repairs was not a financially sound option. A licensed marine structural engineer concluded that while repairs are technically possible, they are not practical in this situation. HDR made a concerted effort to explain and persuade the Board that it is not in the town’s best interest to pursue repairs. Planning & Inspections Director Evans emphasized that before deciding whether to repair or rebuild, an underwater inspection and study of the pilings must be conducted. Once the condition of the pilings is known, an informed decision can be made. Timbo noted that, ultimately, the only potentially salvageable portion of the pier may be the pilings.  

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

The HDR report makes it clear that repairing the existing pier is not a cost-effective solution. The structure is already at the end of its useful service life, which means any repairs would only be temporary. On top of the significant upfront cost, the ongoing maintenance expenses would continue to add up, creating a long-term financial burden. From a fiscal responsibility standpoint, it’s difficult to justify investing substantial funds into a structure that will require continual repairs and still ultimately need to be replaced. In other words, it risks throwing good money after bad. Additionally, this isn’t just a financial issue. On five (5) separate occasions, public input has consistently shown that there is not adequate support for a pier. Ignoring both the economic realities and repeated public feedback raises serious questions about priorities and decision-making.


BOC’s Regular Meeting 04/21/26

Board of Commissioners’ Agenda Packet » click here

Audio Recording » click here


1. Consent Agenda Items

a) Police Report – Chief Barger

Agenda Packet – pages 11 – 16

Police Report » click here

 b) Inspections Department Report – Inspections Director Evans

Agenda Packet – pages 17 – 20

Inspections Report » click here

 c) Finance Department Report – Finance Officer McRainey

Agenda Packet – pages 21 – 26

Finance Report » click here 

 d) Public Works Department Report – Public Works Director Benton

Agenda Packet – pages 27 – 28

Public Works Report » click here


2. Interviews for Vacancy on the Board of Commissioners Town Clerk Finnell

Agenda Packet – page 29

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Interviews for Vacancy on the Board of Commissioners

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
At the March meeting, the Board agreed to schedule interviews for the interested applicants. Interviews will consist of one-minute opening remarks, several questions and then one-minute closing remarks.

Previously reported – February 2026
Commissioner Vacancy
Several commissioners have asked about the vacancy and the process to replace Recommend you discuss at either a special meeting or the March meeting on process of filling the vacant position

BOC’s discussed the various ways that they can proceed to fill the vacancy. They seemed to agree that it needs to be filled sooner rather than later. The decision was made to have the staff call for applications now and instructed them to utilize The Board Membership Application form with a request for a copy of a resume. Once they receive applications they will determine how to move forward

THB Newsletter (02/18/26)
Board of Commissioners’ Vacancy
There is currently a vacancy on the Holden Beach Board of Commissioners. If you are a resident and interested in filling the vacancy, please send your resume, along with a completed Application for Board Membership to Heather Finnell at heather@hbtownhall.com or to 110 Rothschild Street, Holden Beach, NC 28462 by March 11th


Process for Filling Vacant Commissioner Position

§30.11 TERMS OF OFFICE; FILLING OF VACANCIES.
(A)     Commissioner shall be two years, both of which begin on the day of first regular meeting in December following their election, except in case either is elected to serve an unexpired term, in which case the newly elected officers shall qualify and commence serving immediately upon the declaration of the result of the election by the Town BOC.
(B)     Vacancies shall be filled as provided for in North Carolina General Statute § 160A-63

§160A63. Vacancies.
A vacancy that occurs in an elective office of a city shall be filled by appointment of the city council. If the term of the office expires immediately following the next regular city election, or if the next regular city election will be held within 90 days after the vacancy occurs, the person appointed to fill the vacancy shall serve the remainder of the unexpired term. Otherwise, a successor shall be elected at the next regularly scheduled city election that is held more than 90 days after the vacancy occurs, and the person appointed to fill the vacancy shall serve only until the elected successor takes office. The elected successor shall then serve the remainder of the unexpired term.

Previously reported – March 2026
Discussion and Possible Action on Next Steps in Filling the Vacancy on the Board of Commissioners – Town Clerk Finnell

BOC Vacancy Resumes » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Action on Next Steps in Filling the Vacancy on the Board of Commissioners.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Seven applications were received for the commissioner vacancy. The Board needs to determine the next steps in the process.

 A total of seven (7) applications were received to fill the Commissioner vacancy. To move forward in the selection process, the Board agreed to interview all applicants. It was determined that all interviews will be conducted during the April Regular Meeting, following the same process used during the previous election. The Board will make a final decision regarding the appointment at a later date.
A decision was made – Approved unanimously

Update –
The Board conducted interviews with the applicants seeking to fill the commissioner vacancy. Out of the seven applicants, only five participated in the interview process.

Editor’s note –
Participated:
Robert Brown, Chad Hock, Regina Martin, Richard McInturf, and Maria Surprise

Did not participate:
Gerald Arnold, and April Branick


3. Discussion and Possible Action on Draft Agreement Between the Town and McGill Associates for Professional Services (Comprehensive Design Plan for Block W, Jordan Boulevard and Bridge Area) – Assistant Town Manager Ferguson          

Agenda Packet – pages 3041

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Consideration and possible action on a draft contract for McGill Associates.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The Town issued an RFQ for engineering services for the Block Q/Jordan Boulevard Master Plan. The BOC chose McGill at a previous meeting. This is a draft contract and outline of the proposed services so that the board can make any changes prior to McGill presenting a final, including the price for the plan.

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Consideration and possible action on a draft contract for McGill Associates.

Previously reported – February 2026
Discussion and Possible Selection of Firm to Provide a Comprehensive Design Plan  for Jordan Boulevard/Block Q Area – Town Manager Chadwick & Assistant Town Manager Ferguson           

McGill – Block Q / Jordan » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Consideration and possible action on RFQ’s for Block Q/Jordan Boulevard master plan.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The Town issued a RFQ for architect/engineering services for the Block Q/Jordan Boulevard area master plan. Three submissions were received: McGill, HDR, and Pinnacle. Respondents were ranked using the nine criteria outlined in the RFQ (attached). McGill received the most points beating HOR by a score of 455 to 450. The BOC should consider what they want in the master plan final product before a contract comes back before the board.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Board should decide what they want included in the final plan and which firm to complete the product.

There was discussion on the selection of a firm for a comprehensive design plan for the Jordan Blvd/Block Q Master Plan.  Three (3) vendors were scored based on nine (9) criteria. HDR and McGill scores were very close. They chose to select McGill and awarded the contract tonight. A motion was made to accept the RFQ from McGill. They will have the planning department and staff work with the board to narrow the scope of the project.
A decision was made – Approved (3-1)
Commissioner Myers opposed the motion

Previously reported – March 2026
Town Manager Bryan Chadwick led the discussion. The BOC’s were expected to consider what they want included in the final master plan before a contract returns to the board for approval. However, much of the discussion repeated points that had already been raised previously. The original plan had been to provide the vendor only with general guidelines outlining what the board would like to see included. Bryan attempted to get some direction from the board but received very little input. As a result, it was unclear what—if anything—was ultimately decided. It appeared the board effectively abdicated responsibility to McGill to determine the plan.

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents TextThe need is for a cohesive and comprehensive plan that incorporates all of the properties. Ideally, the board should approach development with the end goal in mind. Hopefully, the resulting plan will address not only Block Q but also the surrounding parcels, creating a comprehensive vision for the entire area.

Update –
The Board was presented with a draft contract and an outline of the proposed services, allowing them to make any necessary changes before McGill presents a final version that includes the pricing for the plan. The scope defined in the draft contract for engineering services related to the Block Q/Jordan Boulevard Master Plan between the Town and McGill Associates was approved. McGill Associates will prepare and submit a finalized contract, including the proposed price, for the Board’s review at a future meeting.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


4. Discussion and Possible Approval of Resolution 26-05, Resolution of Intent to Consider An Ordinance Amending the Holden Beach Code of Ordinances, Section 30.15 Voting and Quorums and Setting the Date for a Public Hearing Thereon – Town Clerk Finnell

Agenda Packet – pages 42 – 43

Resolution 26-05 » click here 

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Action on Resolution 26-05, Resolution of Intent to Consider an Ordinance Amending the Holden Beach Code of Ordinances, Section 30.15 Voting and Quorums and Setting the Date for a Public Hearing Thereon

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Resolution 26-05 was prepared based on discussion from the March meeting. The resolution expresses the Board’s intent to update Section 30.15 Voting and Quorums of the Code of Ordinances to make it consistent with the  Board’s current Rules of Procedure and NCGS I 60A-74. It also schedules a public hearing for May 19th at 5:00 p.m.

The suggested motion is to approve Resolution 26-05.

Previously reported – March 2026
Discussion and Possible Action on Ordinance 26-02, An Ordinance Amending Holden Beach Code of Ordinances Section 30.15 Voting and Quorums – Town Clerk Finnell

Ordinance 26-02 » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Action on Ordinance 26-02, An Ordinance Amending Holden Beach Code of Ordinances Section 30.15 Voting and Quorums

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Section 30.15 Voting and Quorums of the Code of Ordinances is inconsistent with the Rules of Procedure the Board approved in December. Members of the Board have expressed interest in amending the code to reflect the language approved in the rules. Amending the code would also make the Town’s definition of quorum be consistent with NCGS l 60A-74. If the Board would like to update the definition of quorum in the Code of Ordinances, the suggested motion is approve Ordinance 26-02.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Amend the code to be consistent with NCGS 160A-74 and the Rules of Procedure.

Previously reported – December 2025
Commissioner Pate asked about the quorum definition since Attachment 2 matches the state statute, not the Town ordinance. Town Clerk Finnell explained if Attachment 2 is adopted, the quorum would need to be changed to match the Town’s Code of Ordinances.

The Board considered amending the Town’s Code of Ordinances to align the definition of a quorum with North Carolina General Statute 160A-74 and the Town’s Rules of Procedure. During the discussion, Board members raised questions about the proper procedure for making this amendment. Consequently, the Board decided to revisit the item at the next meeting, during which a Public Hearing will also be scheduled. The Board further discussed the importance of revising the quorum definition to ensure consistency across all governing documents. Staff will provide additional information and recommendations at the April meeting to support the continuation of this process.

Update –
The proposed resolution aims to update the Town’s definition of quorum, aligning it with the current Rules of Procedure and NCGS 160A-74. A Public Hearing regarding this matter is scheduled for May 19th at 5:00 p.m., providing an opportunity for community input. A motion was made to accept the Resolution, reflecting the Town’s commitment to maintaining clarity and consistency in its governance procedures.

A decision was made – Approved (3-1)
Commissioner Myers opposed the motion

Leonardo Di Caprio Holding a Glass, See You Next Month Text


5. Discussion and Possible Approval of Encroachment Agreement Between the Town and Michael McKee – Inspections Director Evans         

Agenda Packet – pages 4449

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Encroachment Agreement Greensboro Street

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
When property owners need to cross public easements or town property because of physical barriers or natural barriers the town will allow for an agreement so that they may have the ability to do so.

Update –
Timbo clarified that the established protocol permits property owners to cross town property when necessary, ensuring access. The Board approved the encroachment agreement with Michael McKee.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


6. Discussion and Possible Approval of Landscaping Services and Irrigation Maintenance Contracts – Assistant Town Manager Ferguson       

Agenda Packet – pages 5075

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Consideration and possible action on a contract on landscape/irrigation maintenance for next fiscal year.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST: The Town issued an RFP for landscape and irrigation maintenance services. Two bids were received after two rounds. Low Tide Landscaping is the low bid overall.

Update –
Landscape and irrigation maintenance service contracts with Low Tide Landscaping have been approved. The contract will commence on July 1st at an annual cost of $65,835. This represents a savings compared to the current vendor, Carolina Creations, whose proposal was for $70,057.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


7. Town Manager Report – Town Manager Chadwick

Agenda Packet – background information was not provided

Town Manager Report » click here

Bryan reviewed the Town Manager Report


Ocean Boulevard Stormwater
Meeting is being coordinated with McGill, the USACE, and the Town

Previously reported – February 2026
Contract is included in February agenda packet

Previously reported –  June 2025
The Town was awarded $2.2M in Environmental Infrastructure Disaster Relief Funding for stormwater projects. To get started USACE requires the execution of the Project Partnership Agreement. The Town portion of the 2.2 million dollar project is 25%, which would cost us $550,000. The motion was made to approve the project partnership agreement with the USACE and have the town staff execute the paperwork.


Corner of a building with beige siding and a metal roof.

Block Q Restrooms & Parking
Certificate of Compliance has been issued

Previously reported – November 2025
Grant extension was applied for with the state and timeline has been extended

Block Q Master Plan RFQ
Contract with McGill in agenda packet

Previously reported – March 2026
Staff met with McGill to narrow the scope for inclusion in contract

Previously reported – February 2026
Discussion and recommendation for a firm on agenda


Block Q Stage Area
Work started last week on the site

Previously reported – March 2026
Request for Proposals are out for bid
Bids will be returned to staff with a recommendation for approval by commissioners

Previously reported – February 2026
Final specs are completed for distribution in Request for Proposals
Bids will be returned to staff with a recommendation for approval by commissioners


Halstead Park
Work has started and expected to be completed in less than 60 days

Previously reported – March 2026
Working on getting the CAMA permit so contractor can begin work
Pier is closed due to safety until further notice as previously advertised

Previously reported – February 2026
Contractor will begin work the next couple of weeks

Previously reported – January 2026
Scope of work that was previously advertised needs to be changed to include new piles
Pier is closed due to safety until further notice as previously advertised


Lockwood Folly
Dredging of the inlet and sand placement on the east end should be completed in the coming days

Previously reported – March 2026
Congress approved an appropriation for maintenance of Lockwood Folly Inlet

Previously reported – February 2026
Congress approved an appropriation of $900,000 for maintenance of  the inlet


Dredging
The Corps is conducting maintenance at DA293 which is off Sailfish. Please be aware there may be work occurring in this dredge spoil area.

Previously reported – March 2026
USACE maintenance work in the inlets utilizing dredge spoil area on Sailfish 

Canal Dredging
Staff is actively working with the Corps on the cost of Dredge spoils disposal

Previously reported – March 2026
Plans are being made to dredge canals next winter

THB Newsletter (02/05/26)
In anticipation of a potential dredge event next winter, Coastal Geomatics will begin surveying the canals in mid-February. Their trucks will be seen parked on the side streets.  

Pier Property Site
BOC at the Special Meeting asked him to review the HDR contract and see if it covers them evaluating the condition of the pilings. Bryan presented them with two options to move forward. This is a necessary step if the piles are bad the entire project would be a NO GO. The Board voted to have the Town rather than HDR send out a Request for Qualifications for an underwater engineering study of the pier pilings.

A decision was made – Approved (3-1)
Commissioner Myers opposed the motion

Editor’s note –
A Request for Qualifications (RFQ) is a document that asks potential suppliers or vendors to detail their background and experience providing a specific good or service. In this case, the buyer is only concerned about the vendor’s skills and experience. Professionals responding will be selected solely based on their qualifications and not on price. Once a firm is selected the Town will negotiate a contract for the desired services. Therefore, the response is not a bid.

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents TextThis is the second time they have made a motion during the Town Manager’s Report, which raises concerns about procedural consistency and transparency. This item was neither included in the agenda packet nor formally added to the agenda at the start of the meeting, making it difficult for attendees to anticipate or prepare for its discussion. This was an improper motion and clearly violated established rules, undermining the integrity of the proceedings. Therefore, I am perplexed as to why a Point of Order was not immediately raised when the breach occurred, as this would have been the appropriate response to address the violation. I do not understand how the Mayor, Town Manager, Assistant Town Manager, Town Clerk, and Town Attorney all failed to intervene and prevent the improper vote, especially given their roles in safeguarding proper procedure.


Inlet Hazard Area
Staff attended the recent Coastal Resources Commission (CRC)  meeting and are actively involved in the discussion of possible changes to the Inlet Hazard Area

Hot Button Items / Inlet Hazard Areas
For more information » click here


Paving
Paving on Swordfish and Tuna will begin in early May and they plan to have it completed by Memorial Day


Restroom Maintenance and Cleaning
Staff is making changes and proposing other changes to help mitigate damages and maintenance of restroom facilities


Beach Access Trash Receptacles
Staff will be moving receptacles to the roadside of the beach accesses. This will be easier to maintain even in the middle of the day when beach access is difficult. Despite objections from Commissioner Myers the majority of the Board decided to allow them to try this

Jackie Chan Still from a Movie with Wait What Text

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

I strongly oppose this decision. I walk the beach strand four days a week and routinely pick up trash. Even though trash cans are out there, I typically pick up one to two bags per day this time of year, and more than three bags daily during peak tourist season. Based on this firsthand experience, I can say with confidence that reducing or removing trash cans will make an existing problem significantly worse. When trash cans are full, people leave their garbage next to them. When cans are removed, due to storm events, people continue to leave trash where the cans used to be. This behavior is consistent and predictable, and it is unlikely to change. Expecting the public to walk off the strand and up to street-level disposal points is unrealistic—they simply don’t or won’t do it. If anything, we should be making disposal easier, not more difficult. The practical solution is clear: more trash cans and more frequent pickups, especially during peak seasons. This service is currently funded through the BPART account, so cost should not be a barrier to maintaining or improving it. There are also logistical inconsistencies that need to be addressed. For example, some trash cans on the strand are located in front of oceanfront homes where there is no public beach access. What is the plan for locations like this? As it stands, this approach gives the impression that operational convenience is being prioritized over maintaining a clean and safe public environment. Additionally, the suggestion that mid-day pickups are too difficult does not reflect operational reality. Trash collection should occur early each morning on a daily basis to prevent overflow issues. With proper enforcement of ordinance (§94.06), including maintaining the required ten-foot corridor adjacent to the dunes, there should be adequate access for collection vehicles—even if a mid-day schedule is required. In short, reducing or removing trash cans will result in more trash on our beach.

Editor’s note –
If you would like to share your perspective on this matter, I encourage you to reach out to the Town Manager and the Board of Commissioners. Your input is valuable and can help inform their decisions.

Contact information:
alan@alanholdenrealty.com;tmmyers56@gmail.com;Dyer@hbtownhall.com;
pate@hbtownhall.com;
smith@hbtownhall.com;bryan.chadwick@hbtownhall.com

Angry villagers holding torches and pitchforks in protest.


Tax Laws
Staff was directed to draft a letter opposing proposed changes to property tax laws at the state level


Commissioner Vacancy
Interviews on tonight’s agenda


Employee Updates
Christy Ferguson received Credentialed Manager certification from International City/County Management Association

THB Newsletter (04/23/26)
Christy Ferguson, Assistant Town Manager for the Town of Holden Beach, recently received the Credentialed Manager designation from ICMA, the International City/County Management Association. Christy is one of over 1,300 local government management professionals currently credentialed through the ICMA Voluntary Credentialing Program. 

ICMA’s mission is to advance professional local government through leadership, management, innovation, and ethics and by increasing the proficiency of appointed chief administrative officers, assistant administrators, and other employees who serve local governments and regional entities around the world. The organization’s 13,000 members in 27 countries also include educators, students, and other local government employees.  

To receive the prestigious ICMA credential, a member must have significant experience as a senior management executive in local government; have earned a degree, preferably in public administration or a related field; and demonstrated a commitment to high standards of integrity and to lifelong learning and professional development. 

Christy received her Master of Public Administration degree from The University of North Carolina at Pembroke and her undergraduate degree from East Carolina University. She is qualified by over two decades of professional local government experience. Prior to her position with the Town of Holden Beach, she served as the Recreation Program Supervisor for the Town of Oak Island. She sits on the Government Affairs Committee for the American Shore and Beach Preservation Association and is serving as one of the local liaisons for their Coastal Advocacy network. 

Christy has always given 110% in everything she does for Holden Beach. This recognition by ICMA is proof of her knowledge, skills, abilities and professionalism in all she does in local government – Bryan Chadwick, Holden Beach Town Manager. 

For more information regarding the ICMA Voluntary Credentialing Program, contact Jenese Jackson at ICMA, 777 North Capitol Street, N.E., #500, Washington, D.C. 20002-4201; jjackson@icma.org; 202-962-3556. 

About ICMA 
ICMA, the International City/County Management Association, advances professional local government worldwide. The organization’s mission is to advance professional local government through leadership, management, innovation, and ethics. 

 ICMA identifies leading practices to address the needs of local governments and professionals serving communities globally. We provide services, research, publications, data and information, peer and results-oriented assistance, and training and professional development to thousands of city, town, and county leaders and other individuals and organizations throughout the world. The management decisions made by ICMA’s members affect millions of people living in thousands of communities, ranging in size from small towns to large metropolitan areas. 


Steve Barger has been sworn in as our Police Chief, they plan to host a meet and greet sometime soon 

Holden Beach selects new police chief
Brunswick County Board of Education member and village of Bald Head Island Public Safety Lieutenant Steven Barger will become the chief of police in the town of Holden Beach on March 30. Town Manager Bryan Chadwick announced Barger’s hiring during the town’s March 17 board of commissioners meeting. Holden Beach Police Interim Chief/Lieutenant Frank Dilworth said that the department is excited to have him. “I believe in service before self,” Barger said. “Taking care of young people, taking care of our communities, making them safer and allowing people to enjoy the beautiful Brunswick County that we all live here and know.” The town had been searching for a new police chief since former Chief Jeremy Dixon decided to take the role of police chief in the town of Shallotte. Dixon was sworn in as Shallotte police chief on March 9, replacing former Chief Adam Stanley. For the past 20 years, Barger has worked in public safety. He has lived in Brunswick County for the last 18 years and currently represents District 4 on the county school board. He also serves the village of Bald Head Island and he is a firefighter, paramedic and police officer, he said. Barger said his role in Bald Head Island is similar to the role he will take on in Holden Beach. He believes in officer wellness: that a police officer who has support and their mental health prioritized provides a great service to the community, he said. “We take care of police officers, and they take care of the community,” Barger said. Barger holds a master’s degree from Columbia Southern University in executive leadership and occupational safety. He has not only learned about operations in his public safety roles, but also how to take care of and lead people. His role on the school board has also helped him learn important leadership skills, he said. “[In] these small towns, there’s so much more than just standard policing,” Barger said. “The police departments and the fire departments do a lot of things that are outside the norm, [that are] extra service to the community.” Interacting with park-goers or helping people bring their groceries into the house are the type of small-town moments that Barger loves being a part of. He is an avid runner, so he plans to run along Holden Beach nearly every day, he said. “I welcome anybody to stop by and talk,” Barger said, “and I’m planning to hold numerous small, community events so people can ask questions and get to know me.”
Read more » click here

THB Newsletter (04/20/26)
Meet the Chief 
We are delighted to welcome Steve Barger as our new Police Chief. The Town is proud to have someone with his background and enthusiasm join our team. Chief Barger is an accomplished public safety professional with extensive leadership experience across police, fire and EMS operations. He has served as the Public Safety Lieutenant with the Bald Head Island Department of Public Safety since June 2013. He has a Master and Bachelor of Science and has earned the FBI-LEEDA Trilogy Certificate. He also holds a North Carolina Advanced Law Enforcement Certification. Chief Barger is an active member in our community. He currently serves as a member of the Brunswick County Board of Education and is a youth athletics coach for Brunswick County Parks & Recreation. With his previous employer, he established community policing initiatives to enhance departmental visibility and engagement. Chief Barger, his wife and their three daughters are excited to become an active part of the Holden Beach community and look forward to building lasting relationships here. Chief Barger has a proven track record of integrity and a deep commitment to public safety that aligns perfectly with our town’s goals. Please join us in extending a heartfelt welcome to Chief Barger and his family as he begins his journey with the Town and be on the lookout for an announcement regarding a meet the chief event coming soon.


In Case You Missed It 


THB Newsletter (04/01/26)
2025 Annual Drinking Water Quality Report
The 2025 Annual Drinking Water Report is now available. Click here to view the water quality results.


THB Newsletter (04/02/26)
2026 Vehicle Decals
2026 vehicle decals will be included in the April water bill.

Decals are your passes to get onto the island to check your property only in the case of a storm that would necessitate restricting access to the island. These are to be used only for your primary vehicles and should be placed on the interior of the lower driver side windshield.

Please make sure to place your decals in your vehicle or in a safe place. Property owners without a valid decal will not be allowed on the island during restricted access. No other method of identification is accepted in an emergency situation. Click here to visit our website to find out more information regarding decals and emergency situations.


Pets on the Beach Strand
Effective May 20th through September 10th
Pets are not allowed on the beach strand during the hours of 9am through 5pm

Dog Reminders
Please remember that any time your dog is off your premise, they must be on a leash, cord or chain at all times. Also, dog owners must remove dog waste immediately after it is deposited by the dog when on public property or any private property, including vacant lots, without the permission of the private property owner. Dog waste stations are conveniently located throughout the island.


Yard Debris Service
The last yard debris pickup for the season is scheduled for Friday, May 22nd


THB Newsletter (04/02/26)
Solid Waste Collection
Weekly Saturday pickup will begin May 23rd the Saturday before Memorial Day.


National Flood Insurance Program: Reauthorization
Congress must periodically renew the NFIP’s statutory authority to operate. On February 3, 2026, the president signed legislation passed by Congress that extends the National Flood Insurance Program’s (NFIP’s) authorization to September 30, 2026.


News from Town of Holden Beach
The town sends out emails of events, news, agendas, notifications and emergency information. If you would like to be added to their mailing list, please go to their web site to complete your subscription to the Holden Beach E-Newsletter.
For more information » click here


Upcoming Events 


2026 Concert Schedule
The 2026 concert schedule is now available. Enjoy the sounds of summer at our FREE concert series starting May 24th. Concerts are held on Sundays at 6:30 p.m. throughout the summer.

Click here to view the schedule.


8. Mayor’s Comments

From the Mayor’s Desk (04/01/26)

Police Chief

The new Police Chief, Steve Barger, began work on March 30, 2026.


Lockwood Folly Dredging

The dredging company is currently preparing the site. Sand placement on the east-end oceanfront is expected within the next few weeks.


New Tri-Beach Fire Station

The newly constructed fire station on Sabbath Home Road will be placed in service soon. Furniture and final details are currently being completed.


Holden Beach Causeway

The ongoing study and review of plans involving parking, sidewalks, and beautification continues. No final decision has been approved by Brunswick County or the North Carolina Department of Transportation.

Note: The Causeway is not part of the Town of Holden Beach.


Greensboro Street Sewer Station

The new pump station upgrades are complete and are now fully operational.


New Bathrooms (Block “Q” – Beside the Bridge)

The facility is expected to open for public use within the next few days.


New Playground Equipment (Beside the Water Tank) in Bridgeview Park

The new equipment is in place.


Holden Beach Fishing Pier

There has been little change in the status of this project. The Board of Commissioners is working with Town staff to evaluate and make decisions.


The Beach Strand

Winter storms have reshaped the beach strand from the vegetation line to the low watermark—this is normal.

The escarpment (drop-off from dry sand to wet sand) varies across the island, ranging from minimal to as much as 5 feet in some areas. Spring and summer conditions will gradually smooth the beach as sand returns from nearshore sandbars.


New Concert Facility (Block “Q” – Beside the Bridge)

Plans and bidding are being finalized. The facility is expected to open by mid-summer.

In the meantime, an exciting concert lineup has been scheduled:

· Concerts at Bridgeview Park (beside the water tank) at 6:30 p.m.

· First concert features the Special Occasion Band on May 24th

· Additional concerts will continue throughout the summer

All concerts are FREE


Halstead Street Park

The pier at the north end of Halstead Street is temporarily closed for repairs. Delays occurred due to state permitting, but completion is expected before the summer season.


Bike Paths

Bike paths along Ocean Boulevard have recently been swept. Please use caution.


Golf Carts & Low-Speed Vehicles

All vehicles operating on North Carolina roads must meet applicable inspection and licensing requirements.


House Numbers

Please ensure your home complies with requirements for size and placement of house numbers for safety and emergency purposes. Both street-side and waterfront-side numbers are required. Contact Holden Beach Town Hall if you need additional information.


Wishing everyone a happy, safe, and enjoyable summer!


General Comments 


BOC’s Meeting
The Board of Commissioners’ next Regular Meeting is scheduled on the third Tuesday of the month, May 19th


Budget Season
They have a proposed budget meeting schedule  as follows:

      • April 10th Expenditures
      • May 1st Revenues
      • May 5th Revenues & Expenditures
      • June 4th Budget Message Discussion

Budget Calendar
The Town Manager’s proposed budget is due by June 1st
Commissioners must adopt budget no later than June 30th for the next fiscal year
Adopting the annual budget is a primary responsibility of the Board.


Audio Recording
This month, the recording quality was outstanding. By far the best we’ve experienced so far. The addition of text scrolling at the bottom of the video was a nice enhancement. KUDOS!


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

It’s not like they don’t have anything to work on …

The following five (5) items are what’s In the Works/Loose Ends queue:

        • 2019 – Dog Park
        • 2021 – Pier Properties Project
        • 2021 – Rights-of-Way
        • 2021 – Block Q Project/Carolina Avenue
        • 2023 – Fire Station Project

The definition of loose ends is a fragment of unfinished business or a detail that is not yet settled or explained, which is the current status of these items. All of these items were started and then put on hold, and they were never put back in the queue. This Board needs to continue working on them and move these items to closure.

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

.

Lost in the Sauce 

.

 


From 2025 / Block Q Restroom Facility

Previously reported – March 2025
Consideration and Possible Action to Award Contract for the Construction of the Restroom Facility and Associated Parking/Sidewalks at Block Q – Interim Town Manager Ferguson

Supplement – Contract » click here  

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Consideration and possible action to award contract for the construction of the restroom facility and associated parking/sidewalks at Block Q.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The bids for the project were due back on

January 14th.  A second bid opening was held January 28th due to an insufficient number on January 14th. This project will include modular stormwater, sitework prep, and construction for the bathrooms and associated parking/sidewalks. Recommendation for award of contract.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Award contract to responsive bidder. Direct interim town manager to sign contract and complete all associated paperwork.

The most responsive bid after two rounds of advertising for the Block Q restroom and parking facility is $543,200. It falls within the budget for the project. The bid proposal outlines one hundred calendar days to completion.

Suggested Motion:
Approve the contract for Kowen Construction and authorize the interim manager to execute the associated paperwork.

Update –
The Board approved the contract with Kowen Construction for the Block Q restroom and parking facility in the amount of $543,200. Work is expected to be completed within one hundred (100) calendar days from the commencement of the work. Motion was made to award the contract for the construction of the restroom facility on Block Q authorize Town Manager to execute the associated paperwork.
A decision was made – Approved unanimously

 Editor’s Note –
There will be a Ground Breaking ceremony on June 4th  at 10:00am
The bathroom on Block Q is scheduled to be completed by August 20th
Grant extension was applied for with the state and timeline has been extended
Completion date has been pushed back at least a half dozen times already

It’s one year later and project has still not been completed


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Hurricane Season
For more information » click here.

Be prepared – have a plan!

 


No matter what a storm outlook is for a given year,
vigilance and preparedness is urged.


Do you enjoy this newsletter?
Then please forward it to a friend!


Lou’s Views . HBPOIN

.        • Gather and disseminate information
.        • Identify the issues and determine how they affect you

.        • Act as a watchdog
.        • Grass roots monthly newsletter since 2008

https://lousviews.com/